The planned takedown of America: now in full swing.

[Bill Ryan]

There are a number of threads on the forum that focus tangentially on this. Some posters (but not all) have been looking at component parts of the picture, but not the whole thing.

As I've remarked before (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111084-The-murder-of-George-Floyd-in-police-hands-Minneapolis-25-May-2020&p=1359735&viewfull=1#post1359735), we have to take a view from 120,000 feet before we can really see the shape of the planet.

There are quite a few aspects to this. This is certainly an incomplete list, and isn't in any special order — either of manifestation, or importance.


To get clear some clear clues about what's happening, follow the media (not "the money").
Antifa.
George Floyd, and Black Lives Matter. (The organization, not the principle.)
Chaz: "a new summer of love" (or maybe, anarchy in action).
The chaotic and incompetent mishandling of Covid-19 in the US. (I posted months ago that one has to suspect this was deliberate at some level).
The likelihood of increasing food shortages.
Emotional manipulation of every kind connected to every issue. (To all reading this, beware of what you're being pressured, subtly or otherwise, to think or believe.)
Consistent attempts to undermine the Presidency in every way (including the current possibility of a forced removal from office).
The systematic rewriting of history.
Widespread media (and social media) censorship.
The actions of the Federal Reserve, making the rich richer and the regular people [even] poorer (which is happening right now).

We may wonder what's next. Something will be, for sure, and maybe several things, which are likely to be major. None of this is going to fade away anytime soon.

I wrote back in February, re Covid-19 (at that time still called the Wuhan coronavirus), that we weren't even near the end of the First Chapter of all this. Transferring that to a movie storyboard, we may now at last be coming to the end of Act 1, with Act 2 starting to unfold. That's far from over, and always remember: Act 3 is every time a dramatic climax.

[Gwin Ru]

Gates Foundation Meets w/ Contact Tracing Participants & H.R. 6666 Drafter Months BEFORE Coronavirus (https://www.thelastamericanvagabond.com/daily-wrap-up/gates-foundation-meets-contact-tracing-participants-h-r-6666-drafter-months-before-coronavirus/)

Posted by Ryan Cristián

12 Jun 2020



https://secureservercdn.net/50.62.194.30/cm2.2c3.myftpupload.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/TDWU-6-12-600x400.jpg
(https://www.thelastamericanvagabond.com/daily-wrap-up/gates-foundation-meets-contact-tracing-participants-h-r-6666-drafter-months-before-coronavirus/)
https://secureservercdn.net/50.62.194.30/cm2.2c3.myftpupload.com/wp-content/themes/hades/plugins//wp-postratings/images/stars/rating_on.pnghttps://secureservercdn.net/50.62.194.30/cm2.2c3.myftpupload.com/wp-content/themes/hades/plugins//wp-postratings/images/stars/rating_on.pnghttps://secureservercdn.net/50.62.194.30/cm2.2c3.myftpupload.com/wp-content/themes/hades/plugins//wp-postratings/images/stars/rating_on.pnghttps://secureservercdn.net/50.62.194.30/cm2.2c3.myftpupload.com/wp-content/themes/hades/plugins//wp-postratings/images/stars/rating_on.pnghttps://secureservercdn.net/50.62.194.30/cm2.2c3.myftpupload.com/wp-content/themes/hades/plugins//wp-postratings/images/stars/rating_on.png

Welcome to The Daily Wrap Up (https://www.thelastamericanvagabond.com/daily-wrap-up/), a concise show dedicated to bringing you the most relevant independent news, as we see it, from the last 24 hours (6/12/20).

As always, take the information discussed in the video below and research it for yourself, and come to your own conclusions. Anyone telling you what the truth is, or claiming they have the answer, is likely leading you astray, for one reason or another. Stay Vigilant.

(https://www.rokfin.com/TLAVagabond (https://www.rokfin.com/TLAVagabond))
(https://www.bitchute.com/channel/24yVcta8zEjY/ (https://www.bitchute.com/channel/24yVcta8zEjY/))
l-9NgwuWg_Q




always remember: Act 3 is every time a dramatic climax. ... that seems to point to total control of earth's population - whether "dead" or alive - following the eugenicists' agenda of depopulation via vaccines and/or wars - whether "civil" or barbaric.


PS: I forgot "food restrictions" and ensuing famines...

[TomKat]

As I mentioned on another threat, George Sauron wants to take over local police departments, hence the "defund" compaign.

https://www.washingtontimes.com/news...stroy-america/

George Soros makes his money as a short-seller of whole countries and their currencies (e.g., UK, Thailand). He has the US in his sights now.

[Jayke]

All roads lead to the Rothschilds. I doubt they’ll win this time. They were hoping to throw war with Iran into the mix as an excuse to shut off the oil supply, since most imported oil comes through the Hormuz strait (https://www.eia.gov/todayinenergy/detail.php?id=39932). Imagine no oil to deliver supplies to local supermarkets. The whole US would’ve become an Antifastan by now if the war with Iran part of the plan had succeeded. Which as the Saker pointed out a couple weeks ago Donald Trump managed to recently avert (http://thesaker.is/did-trump-just-cancel-a-potential-double-war/).

No doubt they’ll keep trying but their network of influence is being rapidly exposed. They’ll probably choose to settle for a tightening of the technocracy than full societal collapse. Unless they can kill us off with 5G and vaccines instead.

==========


https://www.mintpressnews.com/hillary-clinton-begs-forgiveness-rothschild-leaked-email/221570/




Hillary Clinton Begs Forgiveness From Rothschilds In Leaked Email by Whitney Webb
Hillary Clinton asked Lady de Rothschild “Let me know what penance I owe you” after requesting Tony Blair accompany her on official business, preventing him from attending a Rothschild event scheduled for that same weekend.

Though the influence of money in politics is well-known, many people are amazed to learn that most of that money comes from very few individuals – 1% of the 1% as it were. These individuals comprise the global elite, whose mind-boggling fortunes are often used to buy ‘favors’ and even set policy in governments all over the world, not just the United States. Many of these elites made their fortunes through centuries-old banking dynasties. The most infamous of these is undoubtedly the Rothschild family, who have been the world’s wealthiest family for over 200 years.

Indeed, the most well-known Rothschild patriarch, Mayer Amschel Rothschild, once said “Give me control of a nation’s money and I care not who makes its laws.” The Rothschilds and their international banking cartel, ‘Rothschild & Co,’ are majority owners of numerous corporations spanning nearly every industry. They are also co-owners of numerous private banks including the International Monetary Fund, which essentially functions as a global loan shark with no government or international oversight, as well as many of the world’s central banks, which are private entities despite their associations with federal governments.

Several politicians, especially those who are the most willing to bend over backwards for wealthy interests, have made their careers by catering to the whims of the Rothschilds and other families like them. In US politics today, there is no better example of this archetype than Democratic Presidential nominee Hillary Clinton. In fact, less than two months ago, Clinton flew just 20 miles in a private jet to attend a private Rothschild fundraiser in her honor. Yet, this is just one of the latest examples of her intimate relationship to the banking dynasty.

In emails from her private server made available to the public by WikiLeaks, Clinton’s close relationship to Lady de Rothschild is evident due to their warm exchanges which include phrases such as “You are the best […] Sweet dreams,” “I remain your loyal adoring pal,” and “Much love.” This is significant as, judging by Clinton’s other emails, her communication style is almost always curt and concise, never approaching the outright declarations of affection found only in her exchanges with Lady de Rothschild. Lady de Rothschild, married into the Rothschild family in 2000 after being introduced to Sir Evelyn de Rothschild, who alone is worth $20 billion, at the 1998 Bilderberg Conference. War criminal Henry Kissinger served as the couple’s “match-maker.”

Yet, the most bizarre interaction between Clinton and Lady de Rothschild took place in an email titled “Info for you” (ID#1606), which was sent while Clinton was serving as US Secretary of State. In the email, Clinton tells Lady de Rothschild that she had to ask Tony Blair (then-Prime Minister of England) to accompany her to Israel due to the Middle East peace negotiations taking place at the time. Blair had previously planned to spend the weekend in Aspen, Colorado with the Rothschilds at an unspecified conference, but accepted Clinton’s invitation. Clinton then says “I hope you all understand. […] Let me know what penance I owe you.” For those who are not familiar with the word, penance is defined as follows: “An act of self-mortification or devotion performed voluntarily to show sorrow for a sin or other wrongdoing.” Does this sound like something Hillary Clinton would normally say

Considering that her former bodyguard once said she could “make Richard Nixon look like Mahatma Gandhi,” this seems doubtful. More importantly, why would someone as powerful as Secretary of State literally grovel for forgiveness from a private citizen? The circumstance is truly bizarre considering Clinton offers “penance” or asking the Prime Minister of England to decline an invitation to the Rothschilds’ weekend getaway in order to attend high-stakes peace negotiations. This email clearly shows where the real power is in politics as well as where Clinton’s true loyalty lies.

===========

Also shared this one on the Antifa thread:


Really Graceful YouTube channel looks at how Antifastan was simply gifted to the anarchists of Seattle by the mayor and government officials there. Is the whole Antifastan narrative part of a problem-reaction-solution set up? She also looks at Bill Gates connection to Seattle, as curiously, Bill Gates senior was head of the federal reserve in this district. Seems Bill Gates fingerprints are all over the absurd events 2020 has seen these past few months.

spPOHJe4iTk
Speaking of the Federal Reserve, Douglas Gabriel and Michael Mckibben take a deep dive on the top levels of organisation behind the red wave of communism. Rothschilds, Knights of Malta, Queens Privy Council, Cecil Rhodes and the ancient oligarchs of Venice, it covers them all in a coherent and revealing fashion. Audio only:

https://aim4truth.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/British-World-Order-Controls-America.mp3

[greybeard]

Also The Great Reset

'A golden opportunity' - HRH the Prince of Wales and other leaders on the Forum's Great Reset
There are videos on the link'

https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/06/great-reset-launch-prince-charles-guterres-georgieva-burrow

also same subject
posted several time on Avalon


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X6pzXrEBqR0

[greybeard]

The Great Reset | Launch session 3 June 2020

“The Great Reset” will be the theme of a unique twin summit to be convened by the World Economic Forum in January 2021. In-person and virtual dialogues will address the need for a more fair, sustainable and resilient future, and a new social contract centred on human dignity, social justice and where societal progress does not fall behind economic development.

The World Economic Forum is the International Organization for Public-Private Cooperation. The Forum engages the foremost political, business, cultural and other leaders of society to shape global, regional and industry agendas. We believe that progress happens by bringing together people from all walks of life who have the drive and the influence to make positive change.

World Economic Forum Website ► http://www.weforum.org/
Facebook ► https://www.facebook.com/worldeconomi...
YouTube ► https://www.youtube.com/wef
Instagram ► https://www.instagram.com/worldeconom...
Twitter ► https://twitter.com/wef
LinkedIn ► https://www.linkedin.com/company/worl...
TikTok ► https://www.tiktok.com/@worldeconomic...
Flipboard ► https://flipboard.com/@WEF

#WorldEconomicForum #TheGreatReset




http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pfVdMWzKwjc

I have noticed that time and time again The New World Order plan crops up in differs guise -- the open secret .
People are being led to this drip, step by step.
All sounds so inviting, plausible a bright new future.
Chris

ps Im most of the way through the video.
Now if I had not heard the opposing arguments on Avalon, I would think --its a great idea, we need to do something totally different and of course Prince C has been "a friend of the earth" for ever.
Is he being duped to give support or what and is it actually a genuine endeavour???.
Very believable.

Please watch the video and give opinion.
Chris

[Wind]

It's an inside job all right, you may look up The Roman Empire (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roman_Empire) for reference.

I86r_JjOR04

[Forest Denizen]

It's an inside job all right, you may look up The Roman Empire (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roman_Empire) for reference.

I86r_JjOR04

Dear Wind, thank you so much for posting this brilliant, prescient, and moving speech by a brilliant and tireless campaigner for a truly just world. This 20 minute excerpt falls upon the ears like an epic poem.. a deeply heartfelt lament :flower:

[shaberon]

Seems to have been planned since the Revolution temporarily interrupted command.

Specifically, all roads lead to Britain, in the sense of implementing a private central bank firstly, then, later, via politics and law. Then the whole Jihadist thing was driven in Washington by another British agent in 1980. Despite being smaller, Britain has long since had empire and a mole system in place, along with a financial system, which has grown back over whatever the colonies achieved when they rebelled.

The world cannot be a "dollar world" any more, which surely is the cue that U. S. dominance will no longer be in effect.

I am not sure why the union of states is desirable. Like the one called U. S. S. R. In a certain sense, whatever may be taken down, was not supposed to be there in the first place. If we call something a state, that means the people in that area are self-sustaining and can provide their basic needs. So California, New York, etc., are independent from me. Binding them together into a jingoistic war machine sounds like the worst idea I've ever heard of.

[Elainie]

Agenda 21 /2030 at warp speed, next is crash of the dollar, rollout into digital currency.

[Tyy1907]

It's clear as Bill said we're in the next level of human suppression and subjugation.

The memes pass it off as 2020 just being a bad year.

What will it take for humanity to wake up and come together?

[Satori]

If I’m not mistaken, this presentation was performed for a small audience in 2017. It has less than 29,000 views.

Hedges, who is operating way outside his sphere of influence, seeks to lay hundreds of years of corruption on Trump, who whether in 2017 or even in 2020, has no responsibility for the things of which Hedges speaks, again, and again, and again....

Frankly, Hedges, the socialist/communist/collectivist, needs to shut up.

Now is when I need that “no thanks button”.

[enigma3]

It looks like the PTB (Rothschilds et all) are trying to fully implement the 16 year plan before the November election. The ultimate goal is to have the ability to control everyone. Hence the big push to vaccinate us all with a vaccine that does not work well and includes a nano-RFID chip. From what I have read, this RFID chip will connect to their power to control our moods and thoughts (5G). It also will be tied to a financial system where we each get a bank card for all spending, all transactions. That gives them the power to deny any transaction they do not approve of. I'm surprised Bill Gates has not started growing horns.
Have we ever lived in a more spooky time?

[enigma3]

Another thought along these lines. The PTB has for many years now implemented policies that tell us they can treat us any way they wish and we cannot do anything about it. Airport screenings, police brutality, a total disregard for individual rights and freedoms, a serious attempt to destroy the Bill of Rights, inspecting your computer or phone within 100 miles of the border, iris recognition at airports, and now Covid tracing. The list goes on and on.
If you really want to get spooked, read a synopsis of Agenda 2030. Orwellian to the core.

[rgray222]

I never thought I would see this NPR (National Public Radio) advocating a book burning. It is a kinder, gentler sounding event but no less a purge of books that they no longer want people to read. They are using the terminology........Decolonize Your Bookshelf.

They are attempting to remove every ounce of history that they don't like, statues, movies and books.

To read the full story on NPR - Your Bookshelf May Be Part Of The Problem (https://www.npr.org/2020/06/06/870910728/your-bookshelf-may-be-part-of-the-problem?utm_source=twitter.com&utm_medium=social&utm_campaign=npr&utm_term=nprnews&fbclid=IwAR3PLn5CMcwdW5trHKDQ2ANMEnO7GWQWrXtULGvip-vBgv5-vnNxmIR7o4E)

They also want to remove from the planet the movie Gone With The Wind - Hatie McDaniels - Wikipedia
(https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hattie_McDaniel)
Gone With The Wind Removed From HBO Max - BBC (https://www.bbc.com/news/entertainment-arts-52990714)

https://scontent-iad3-1.xx.fbcdn.net/v/t1.0-9/103965073_10214026052885324_4695690346449912167_n.jpg?_nc_cat=101&_nc_sid=110474&_nc_ohc=iBQ5OowjKPwAX-VaCK0&_nc_ht=scontent-iad3-1.xx&oh=92a30979f53772b639793e87aec43820&oe=5F0934E0

[Forest Denizen]

That’s very interesting, Satori, it sounds to me that you really don’t know Chris Hedges at all.


If I’m not mistaken, this presentation was performed for a small audience in 2017. It has less than 29,000 views.

Hedges, who is operating way outside his sphere of influence, seeks to lay hundreds of years of corruption on Trump…

First, the fact that he wasn’t speaking in a “coliseum” seems to be problematic to you? Is it because he didn’t have the “biggest crowds ever”?

Second, what you say about him laying blame on Trump is just completely false. Before interjecting with this sort of opinion, I would have expected you to at least give the above video a look.

[Gracy]

Frankly, Hedges, the socialist/communist/collectivist, needs to shut up.

Any other journalists out there that need to shut up?

[Peter UK]

Hedges, who is operating way outside his sphere of influence, seeks to lay hundreds of years of corruption on Trump, who whether in 2017 or even in 2020, has no responsibility for the things of which Hedges speaks, again, and again, and again....


Well Trump did come in for something of a character assassination, although he did make a certain qualification at one point by stating that Trump was a symptom of but not the actual disease itself.

[Mike]

I never thought I would see this NPR (National Public Radio) advocating a book burning. It is a kinder, gentler sounding event but no less a purge of books that they no longer want people to read. They are using the terminology........Decolonize Your Bookshelf.

They are attempting to remove every ounce of history that they don't like, statues, movies and books.

To read the full story on NPR - Your Bookshelf May Be Part Of The Problem

They also want to remove from the planet the movie Gone With The Wind - Hatie McDaniels - Wikipedia
(https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hattie_McDaniel)
Gone With The Wind Removed From HBO Max - BBC (https://www.bbc.com/news/entertainment-arts-52990714)

https://scontent-iad3-1.xx.fbcdn.net/v/t1.0-9/103965073_10214026052885324_4695690346449912167_n.jpg?_nc_cat=101&_nc_sid=110474&_nc_ohc=iBQ5OowjKPwAX-VaCK0&_nc_ht=scontent-iad3-1.xx&oh=92a30979f53772b639793e87aec43820&oe=5F0934E0



that's precisely what Mao did in the early stages of his takeover - he was attempting to rewrite history, using these same actions, book burning and so forth. that was just one small step on his way to killing millions and millions of people. of course the nazis did this too

for anyone who thinks the comparison between Mao'ist China and the current BLM movement is dramatic one, consider what David Icke calls the "totalitarian tiptoe". Totalitarian fascists don't usually operate quickly and recklessly; they take one step and wait for your reaction. if you resist they pause a moment and try again. if you resist again they do the same. they'll wait you out forever, just repackaging the original plan in different language until you relent a little. Then they take another small step forward. Before you know it, you've ceded ground and are in lock step with whatever they wanted you to do in the first place.

the current totalitarians don't even really need to be cautious because people today have become so despicably weak in character that they can just be easily rolled over. and the rest of 'em have allowed themselves to be convinced it's all for a greater good

toppling statues. burning books. banning movies. defunding those who are viewed as ideological enemies. this is how every fascist regime in history has begun! when things get really bad, we'll all be forced to look at all the times we could have said, no, i don't support that, but didn't... and the sting will never fade. the coward does indeed die a million deaths.

it appears that tucker carlson is the last honest man standing, even as one sponsor after another leaves his show. if you told me a couple years ago that i'd be saying that, i would have called you crazy.

i look around at the world today and i just see endless cowards, bowing to and accepting foolish utterances and actions that have fueled fascist ideologies that have created some of the most murderous regimes in recent history. all in the name of inclusivity, diversity, and equity. ugh.

someone bold and powerful needs to stand up and say, no, f#ck you. but one by one, they're all folding like a bunch of soft bitches.

we've all been softened up enough over time to either accept or fold. in my thread you are the illuminatti i made the argument that the average person today was just as capable of acting as egregiously and morally empty as the german people did while nazi'ism was taking over germany. that's precisely what's happening now in this most recent debacle: under the guise of compassion of equity, we are unleashing all of our most vile hate and weakness of character. we are no less complicit that the germans were then...

..and an entire made up Orwellian vocabulary has been invented to label those acting nobly and sanely as racists and bigots.

everything is in reverse, and we've become too mentally and spiritually and emotionally weak to resist. to the contrary, we've accepted it all; we have to..otherwise we'd have to acknowledge our shameful and cowardly weaknesses.

I was somewhat amused when all this began. now i'm mostly disgusted.

as Bill suggests, this recent chaos is likely just one drop in the bucket. there is obviously a puppet master, or masters, orchestrating events. no doubt. and it's wise to be aware of that. but much of it we're helpless to do anything against, at least outwardly. Energies are better spent, i think, by actively assuming total personal responsibility for ourselves, integrating our shadows to the best of our ability, and both being virtuous and contemplating virtue as much as we possibly can. it's only the weakest of individuals that allow this type of sh!t to happen. so we have to get stronger, as individuals

[Satori]

That’s very interesting, Satori, it sounds to me that you really don’t know Chris Hedges at all.


If I’m not mistaken, this presentation was performed for a small audience in 2017. It has less than 29,000 views.

Hedges, who is operating way outside his sphere of influence, seeks to lay hundreds of years of corruption on Trump…

First, the fact that he wasn’t speaking in a “coliseum” seems to be problematic to you? Is it because he didn’t have the “biggest crowds ever”?

Second, what you say about him laying blame on Trump is just completely false. Before interjecting with this sort of opinion, I would have expected you to at least give the above video a look.

I did. That’s why I felt entitled to an opinion.

I’ve read many of his articles and listened to him many times over the years. Another reason I’m entitled to an opinion. I do not disagree with all of his views and opinions. But I do disagree with anyone who posits, to any degree, that Trump is the source of all that ails us and that if he were not POTUS all would be well.

[Baby Steps]

Donald Trump is the last champion of American national sovereignty

He is being finished off by the current crisis, if we see the National Guard shooting people in Seattle he is done

Any conceivable replacement of whatever political flavour will sell out to international interests

The USA will fall into line like the others and global corporate dictatorship will be a reality

[Forest Denizen]

That’s very interesting, Satori, it sounds to me that you really don’t know Chris Hedges at all.


If I’m not mistaken, this presentation was performed for a small audience in 2017. It has less than 29,000 views.

Hedges, who is operating way outside his sphere of influence, seeks to lay hundreds of years of corruption on Trump…

First, the fact that he wasn’t speaking in a “coliseum” seems to be problematic to you? Is it because he didn’t have the “biggest crowds ever”?

Second, what you say about him laying blame on Trump is just completely false. Before interjecting with this sort of opinion, I would have expected you to at least give the above video a look.

I did. That’s why I felt entitled to an opinion.

I’ve read many of his articles and listened to him many times over the years. Another reason I’m entitled to an opinion. I do not disagree with all of his views and opinions. But I do disagree with anyone who posits, to any degree, that Trump is the source of all that ails us and that if he were not POTUS all would be well.

Thank you, Satori. I honestly find this fascinating. I too have read and listened to Hedges for years and haven’t identified him ever suggesting that if Trump were not in office, all would be well. Interesting that so many of us read the same material and extract from it an entirely different informational construct.

I appreciate your reply, Satori.

[onawah]

People don't always connect their physical health with their mental health and how the former affects the latter, but clearly the current TPTB have had many advantages over Mao in their preparations for taking control, as I pointed out here: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111084-The-murder-of-George-Floyd-in-police-hands-Minneapolis-25-May-2020&p=1360302&viewfull=1#post1360302

Psyops like years of fluoride in the water, mercury, aluminum and other toxins in vaccines, a cocktail of other toxins in the air via chemtrails, vehicle and factory pollution, pesticides and insecticides in the soil, GMOs, processed food without nutrition but loaded with additives, toxic frequencies, out and out brainwashing and mind control -- the list goes on and on.
It's a wonder people can think at all.


Just one oppositional violent retaliation would kill all that. Why are the silent majority SO silent ? That's the elephant in the room for me. Something is keeping the sane majority and the executive branch tightly on the same page.

A 'psyop' ?



it appears that tucker carlson is the last honest man standing, even as one sponsor after another leaves his show. if you told me a couple years ago that i'd be saying that, i would have called you crazy.

i look around at the world today and i just see endless cowards, bowing to and accepting foolish utterances and actions that have fueled fascist ideologies that have created some of the most murderous regimes in recent history. all in the name of inclusivity, diversity, and equity. ugh.

someone bold and powerful needs to stand up and say, no, f#ck you. but one by one, they're all folding like a bunch of soft bitches.

we've all been softened up enough over time to either accept or fold. in my thread you are the illuminatti i made the argument that the average person today was just as capable of acting as egregiously and morally empty as the german people did while nazi'ism was taking over germany. that's precisely what's happening now in this most recent debacle: under the guise of compassion of equity, we are unleashing all of our most vile hate and weakness of character. we are no less complicit that the germans were then...

..

UPDATE: Also, the more people live in big cities, the more they become disconnected from Nature, which means they are much less healthy, grounded, conscious, sane, etc. and why Agendas 21 & 30 both plan for "smart cities", herding people into small, crowded units in cities and out of rural areas.

[rgray222]

Anyone thinking that Defunding the police means reform has another thought coming. This may be a utopian view of what life should but it is not a realistic view.

In The New York Times

Yes, We Mean Literally Abolish the Police

Because reform won’t happen.

https://static01.nyt.com/images/2020/06/14/opinion/14kaba_sub2/14kaba_sub2-superJumbo-v4.jpg?quality=90&auto=webp

Congressional Democrats want to make it easier to identify and prosecute police misconduct; Joe Biden wants to give police departments $300 million. But efforts to solve police violence through liberal reforms like these have failed for nearly a century.

Enough. We can’t reform the police. The only way to diminish police violence is to reduce contact between the public and the police.

There is not a single era in United States history in which the police were not a force of violence against black people. Policing in the South emerged from the slave patrols in the 1700 and 1800s that caught and returned runaway slaves. In the North, the first municipal police departments in the mid-1800s helped quash labor strikes and riots against the rich. Everywhere, they have suppressed marginalized populations to protect the status quo.

So when you see a police officer pressing his knee into a black man’s neck until he dies, that’s the logical result of policing in America. When a police officer brutalizes a black person, he is doing what he sees as his job.

Now two weeks of nationwide protests have led some to call for defunding the police, while others argue that doing so would make us less safe.

The first thing to point out is that police officers don’t do what you think they do. They spend most of their time responding to noise complaints, issuing parking and traffic citations, and dealing with other noncriminal issues. We’ve been taught to think they “catch the bad guys; they chase the bank robbers; they find the serial killers,” said Alex Vitale, the coordinator of the Policing and Social Justice Project at Brooklyn College, in an interview with Jacobin. But this is “a big myth,” he said. “The vast majority of police officers make one felony arrest a year. If they make two, they’re cop of the month.”

We can’t simply change their job descriptions to focus on the worst of the worst criminals. That’s not what they are set up to do.

Second, a “safe” world is not one in which the police keep black and other marginalized people in check through threats of arrest, incarceration, violence and death.

I’ve been advocating the abolition of the police for years. Regardless of your view on police power — whether you want to get rid of the police or simply to make them less violent — here’s an immediate demand we can all make: Cut the number of police in half and cut their budget in half. Fewer police officers equals fewer opportunities for them to brutalize and kill people. The idea is gaining traction in Minneapolis, Dallas, Los Angeles and other cities.

History is instructive, not because it offers us a blueprint for how to act in the present but because it can help us ask better questions for the future.

The Lexow Committee undertook the first major investigation into police misconduct in New York City in 1894. At the time, the most common complaint against the police was about “clubbing” — “the routine bludgeoning of citizens by patrolmen armed with nightsticks or blackjacks,” as the historian Marilynn Johnson has written.

The Wickersham Commission, convened to study the criminal justice system and examine the problem of Prohibition enforcement, offered a scathing indictment in 1931, including evidence of brutal interrogation strategies. It put the blame on a lack of professionalism among the police.

After the 1967 urban uprisings, the Kerner Commission found that “police actions were ‘final’ incidents before the outbreak of violence in 12 of the 24 surveyed disorders.” Its report listed a now-familiar set of recommendations, like working to build “community support for law enforcement” and reviewing police operations “in the ghetto, to ensure proper conduct by police officers.”

These commissions didn’t stop the violence; they just served as a kind of counterinsurgent function each time police violence led to protests. Calls for similar reforms were trotted out in response to the brutal police beating of Rodney King in 1991 and the rebellion that followed, and again after the killings of Michael Brown and Eric Garner. The final report of the Obama administration’s President’s Task Force on 21st Century Policing resulted in procedural tweaks like implicit-bias training, police-community listening sessions, slight alterations of use-of-force policies and systems to identify potentially problematic officers early on.

But even a member of the task force, Tracey Meares, noted in 2017, “policing as we know it must be abolished before it can be transformed.”

The philosophy undergirding these reforms is that more rules will mean less violence. But police officers break rules all the time. Look what has happened over the past few weeks — police officers slashing tires, shoving old men on camera, and arresting and injuring journalists and protesters. These officers are not worried about repercussions any more than Daniel Pantaleo, the former New York City police officer whose chokehold led to Eric Garner’s death; he waved to a camera filming the incident. He knew that the police union would back him up and he was right. He stayed on the job for five more years.

Minneapolis had instituted many of these “best practices” but failed to remove Derek Chauvin from the force despite 17 misconduct complaints over nearly two decades, culminating in the entire world watching as he knelt on George Floyd’s neck for almost nine minutes.

Why on earth would we think the same reforms would work now? We need to change our demands. The surest way of reducing police violence is to reduce the power of the police, by cutting budgets and the number of officers.

But don’t get me wrong. We are not abandoning our communities to violence. We don’t want to just close police departments. We want to make them obsolete.

We should redirect the billions that now go to police departments toward providing health care, housing, education and good jobs. If we did this, there would be less need for the police in the first place.

We can build other ways of responding to harms in our society. Trained “community care workers” could do mental-health checks if someone needs help. Towns could use restorative-justice models instead of throwing people in prison.

What about rape? The current approach hasn’t ended it. In fact most rapists never see the inside of a courtroom. Two-thirds of people who experience sexual violence never report it to anyone. Those who file police reports are often dissatisfied with the response. Additionally, police officers themselves commit sexual assault alarmingly often. A study in 2010 found that sexual misconduct was the second most frequently reported form of police misconduct. In 2015, The Buffalo News found that an officer was caught for sexual misconduct every five days.

When people, especially white people, consider a world without the police, they envision a society as violent as our current one, merely without law enforcement — and they shudder. As a society, we have been so indoctrinated with the idea that we solve problems by policing and caging people that many cannot imagine anything other than prisons and the police as solutions to violence and harm.

People like me who want to abolish prisons and police, however, have a vision of a different society, built on cooperation instead of individualism, on mutual aid instead of self-preservation. What would the country look like if it had billions of extra dollars to spend on housing, food and education for all? This change in society wouldn’t happen immediately, but the protests show that many people are ready to embrace a different vision of safety and justice.

When the streets calm and people suggest once again that we hire more black police officers or create more civilian review boards, I hope that we remember all the times those efforts have failed.

Source: https://www.nytimes.com/2020/06/12/opinion/sunday/floyd-abolish-defund-police.html?fbclid=IwAR2IvjL9NrYiSc5Dpq2iX3HBYCLCbof1191aYw2EwqklHWUO834CW-LV_ec

[Constance]

someone bold and powerful needs to stand up and say, no, f#ck you.



Yes Mike. Just like Neo from the Matrix. Where are these individuals or groups???

Where are these good men?

zSErYhxNLX0
The Best Men I Know Are DANGEROUS" (building a strong character) - Jordan Peterson

I've shared what I could around what we can do to take action but it seems that very few are open to what I've shared and this documentary might be an explanation for it.

This documentary made in 2012 is about the dark side of civilization, why we should bring it down and why most civilized people don't.

Please listen for full context. There are references to climate change in there but don't get stuck or hung up on that, otherwise you will miss the point.

[THE ****-IT POINT]
'When you have had enough. When you decide to take matter into your own hands and don't care what's going to happen to you. When you know that from now on you will resist with whatever tactic you think is most effective.'

GYUYzYdL1E4

[gnostic9]

This is a video about The world Economic Forum's plan for the take over of the world via covid 19.

https://seed171.bitchute.com/hSiUinUJE4LJ/8JbyeV-_5Lo.mp4
https://seed171.bitchute.com/hSiUinUJE4LJ/8JbyeV-_5Lo.mp4


Love peace and joy to all!

[ZenBaller]

Very well put. From my astrological perspective and from what I've been following from (mundane astrology) experts, this is the year of a singularity event* as it has been predicted for some time.

Given that the planet and humanity are in an undergoing huge shift of consciousness that so many different spiritual traditions coincide with (Mayan calendar/5th world, Age of Aquarius, photon belt, Hopi prophecies etc.), we have finally entered an era of accelerated evolution.

The old structures are falling apart, giving space to the new consciousness that will inevitable arise from the ashes. The "singularity event" I mentioned is not a reference to the recent new age "Event", although it could be the same thing from different viewpoints.

What is about to happen (when complete) will have a huge historical impact on the human psyche. That's why it cannot happen in a single-night. There has to be a build-up in the human collective psychology. Covid and BLM are the first layers in order to reach the critical energetic accumulation and make the leap to the next level when the final hit arrives.

If I had to make a knowledgeable guess, the eclipse of the 21st of June and the few weeks before and mostly after it, is the next big milestone where many hidden information will be uncovered.

Also, intuitively speaking, given the unstable and spoiled brat-behaviour of Trump (not a political comment, just an observation), now that he is feeling more and more with his back against the wall, I feel that he will make a totally unpredictable move that will surprise everyone. He will not go down. His madness is playing a pivotal role in the self-destruction of the old world. No other plastic politically correct president could have done that, like all the others before him. The world needed a crazy one to break the pattern.

* = a point in time at which growth becomes uncontrollable and irreversible, resulting in unforeseeable changes to human civilization (Wikipedia definition)

[Deborah (ahamkara)]

This is a frequency war and a roll out of AI/Social Media/Digital control of perception. To crate the right mental vibration for programming, the frequency blanket of fear, outrage, and anger is thrown over the populous by the media.
Covid = FEAR: of death, suffering, losing those you love
Floyd Death/Social Unrest: OUTRAGE, ANGER over racial injustice.

Both of these things are real, but rise up another level and notice how they are used to manipulate perception/ frequency and force unanimous, worldwide focus on a single issue. This has never happened so quickly or so thoroughly before. The speed and instantaneous nature of technology allows for real time programming. They are beta testing the system.

The media is complicit and Silicon Valley is using all of their information on human interaction with digital media to maintain and steer the programming. All those years observing and gathering data- video games, social media posts, searches, emails. it is now used to orchestrate for the desired result.

The authoritarian pattern is obvious to anyone familiar with history, or who has read Orwell or dystopian science fiction. The group that is most dynamic, however, 18-35 years old, is much less familiar with the Russian Revolution, Lenin, Stalin, Chairman Mao et. al. Their idealism and passion is coopted.

Stay out of the fear/anger/outrage/despair vibration and we can begin to fine tune a better, more effective response. Each person is being challenged to their full capabilities. Everyone existing at this moment is here to contribute.

[Gracy]

Frankly, Hedges, the socialist/communist/collectivist, needs to shut up.

Any other journalists out there that need to shut up?

I'm still looking for an answer to this very simple question.

[Jayke]

Frankly, Hedges, the socialist/communist/collectivist, needs to shut up.

Any other journalists out there that need to shut up?

I'm still looking for an answer to this very simple question.

How about every journalist on mainstream tv that just parrots mockingbird media talking points. :ROFL:

Imagine how different 2020 would have been if all the fake news journalists had remained silent.

[Bluegreen]

Frankly, Hedges, the socialist/communist/collectivist, needs to shut up.

Any other journalists out there that need to shut up?

I'm still looking for an answer to this very simple question.

The Very Dishonest New York Times

[Gracy]

Frankly, Hedges, the socialist/communist/collectivist, needs to shut up.

Any other journalists out there that need to shut up?

I'm still looking for an answer to this very simple question.

The Very Dishonest New York Times

Okay, for hypothetical purposes the NYT now sits back, and shuts up from public discourse.

Who's next?

How many more, and which ones, need to shut up to set things straight?

[onawah]

WHAT IS THE REAL AGENDA BEHIND DEFUNDING AND DISMANTLING THE POLICE?
Spiro Skouras with guest Rosa Koire
78.9K subscribers
6/12/20

"What drives the civil unrest we see unfolding in the streets today? Is this an organic form of resistance against an oppressive system of control? Or is there an ulterior motive striving to restructure the current system of control under the guise of social and racial injustice?

Many are afraid to ask these questions because they may be labeled a racist, for daring to question the legitimacy of the groups who seem to defy the rule of law with complete immunity from the judicial system. At the same time they receive the endorsement of political leaders, celebrities and mega corporations.

In this report Spiro is joined by Rosa Koire, a top expert on the United Nations Agenda 21 who authored the book titled 'Behind the Green Mask: U.N. Agenda 21'

Spiro and Rosa Koire discuss and break down how the United Nations' long standing global governance agendas are materializing before our eyes hidden just beneath the veil of global crisis and social injustice."
EGA18p_XerE
***********************************************************
Reviewed by Alexandra Bruce of Forbidden Knowledge:
https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net/what-is-the-real-agenda-behind-defunding-and-dismantling-the-police/
"You probably thought I was exaggerating when I said that the Globalists were calling for UN intervention in the US due to its “systemic racism”. You were wrong.

Yesterday, the United Nations Committee on the Elimination of Racial Discrimination released the statement urging the US Government “to take immediate and appropriate reforms aimed at eliminating racially disparate impacts or structural discrimination in the police and the criminal justice system..” and George Floyd’s family has petitioned the UN to physically come in and disarm the police in the US (while their GoFundMe has garnered over $14 million dollars in two weeks).

Retired forensic commercial real estate appraiser and anti-Agenda 21 activist, Rosa Koire joins Spiro Skouras to weigh in on the latest Communist technique called “systemic racism”, which she says is the same as that used by the Nazis and by Mao “to destroy the personality and to rebuild you as the New Man. You are going to be rebuilt as the new Global Citizen.”

Rosa Koire has been doing an excellent job of raising awareness about Agenda 21 for many years. She describes how it is being rolled-out – never by name. This is carefully avoided. She says Agenda 21 programs can be identified by their so-called “communitarian” ethos that is imposed from without by NGOs, circumventing the will of communities and the individuals within.

Agenda 21 has been re-branded as the Green New Deal and has been getting pushed hard in the agitprop of Greta Thunberg, Alexandra Ocasio-Cortez, the Extinction Rebellion and the Sunrise Movement. The Green New Deal aims to restructure the entire global energy economy within 10 years by completely “transitioning” the US out of fossil fuels and nuclear energy and into renewables, like wind and solar power, a goal that seems more realistic than ever, now that the Globalists have engineered the COVID-19 “pandemic” and the George Floyd riots to collapse various economic sectors.

Agenda 21 is the action plan to inventory and control all land, all water, all minerals, all plants, all animals, all construction, all means of production, all energy, all education, law enforcement and judicial systems; all information, all food and all human beings on the planet.

“It is an inventory and control plan. It’s about data-sharing, it’s about money transferring from the developed nations to the lesser-developed nations and ultimately, it’s about destroying your ability to have a voice, destroying your ability to have representative government. It’s about changing your government to governance…entirely destroying your ability to be free and to be independent.

“And the goal, of course is to transfer power from local- and individuals to a global governance system. You can’t do that all at once, so it’s been a long process and you see it as exactly what you’re seeing right now: It’s a plan to disrupt and destroy the existing system. It’s a plan of transformation and control – and that’s what we’re living through right now…

“They plan to have this fully locked-up and completed by 2050. If you go to America2050.org, which is a Ford Foundation and Rockefeller Foundation project, you’ll get a look at what their idea is for in fact, what they want the United States to devolve into, which is to destroy the sense of having a unified union and to, in fact not have 50 states any longer; to have 11 megaregions…

“What this plan does is it destroys the concept of the nation-state and it completely destroys it and devolves it into the city-states or regions. And these are not individual cities, like San Francisco or New York, these are regions that are governed by megacities, which are huge, enormous cities that could be part of Washington State, part of Oregon, part of Idaho and part of British Columbia.

“So, it breaks the national borders, it breaks state borders, it breaks, of course, county and city borders and this is about destroying your ability to be able actually control what it is that happens to you…

“It’s a global plan that’s implemented locally…it’s a stealth plan and you’ll never see it called Agenda 21…

“If they could have arranged an alien landing, they would have done that…global crisis requires a global response and that justifies global governance. What could be more global than Climate Change? Well, how about a pandemic?”

She says this plan has existed openly on paper since the 1880s with the Fabian Society, attracting luminaries like HG Wells, George Bernard Shaw and Bertrand Russell but it tends to hide behind environmentalist causes and just now behind COVID-19 and “systemic racism”. It wasn’t until now that the technology existed to make their dreams come true.

The destruction of local police forces is intended to make way for more automated policing by means of Artificial Intelligence and drones and robots. “Then, you’ll have a real dangerous situation where you’re not able to reason with a real human being,” she says.

As Spiro says here, “We’re transitioning to a new digitalized system, where everything will be monitored and tracked and traced on the Blockchain and everything will be essentially tokenized…this is a technocratic takeover operation that Eisenhower warned us of…and here we are living it, right now…when we see it, it’s a very anti-human agenda…” and depopulation is definitely a big part of the agenda.

Rosa says, “Yes, it’s about depopulation, because you know what? You are just not worth it. You use too much. You are taking up too much room. This is what the Climate Change thing is all about. You are using too much energy, too much water and too much land and you need to be isolated and moved into the high-density city center, where you can be more easily controlled and managed ad surveilled – and that’s what this is doing to you right now. It’s not like this is happening in 2030 or 2050 – 2020 is a really important year…in the implementation of this plan.”

As for solutions to this ominous threat, Rosa says that awareness is the first step in the Resistance and action is the second step.

“We’re being conditioned to be passive right now. We’re being conditioned to click a “Like” and think we’re being a political activist…I don’t mean to insult you – but let me insult you, here: you don’t even know where your city council meets. You think it doesn’t matter. But those are the people who make the rules that you live under, right there in your town and you better believe it does matter.

“And don’t tell me that your government is so bad that you can’t do anything about it…you’ve let it get that way and if you continue to let it get that way, it ain’t going to get better.

“So, what you need to do is…be your government. We’re in the endgame here, there’s not a lot of time left, you should have been doing this a while ago but…you need to know what Agenda 21 looks like and recognize it, so when you see it in your city, you can go and talk about it, you can get yourself elected – or not get elected – but talk about it.

“You can stand up at your city council. Every item on that agenda is probably related to Agenda 21, if you know what you’re looking for...

“But just knowing without doing something about it is not enough…so you have to become more politically-active and you have to not be a First Adopter…you’re going to see Virtual Reality, that’s going to replace your reality, it’s going to be so much ‘better’…Once you do that, your life is over. You’re going to want this stuff. They’re making it so that you want it…We have to fight this together. We have to resist.”

Rosa is the foremost expert on Agenda 21, there’s a lot more important information in here and it’s never been more vital to hear what she has to say than right now."

[Tintin]

someone bold and powerful needs to stand up and say, no, f#ck you.



Yes Mike. Just like Neo from the Matrix. Where are these individuals or groups???

Where are these good men?

zSErYhxNLX0
The Best Men I Know Are DANGEROUS" (building a strong character) - Jordan Peterson ]

:YES!:

Genius video posting :flower:

Why? Well, it's personal only from the point of view that a couple of weeks ago - and exactly like Jordan - I was reconsidering the word "meek" in its biblical context. I was a student of religious studies when I was at school and I've always wondered: it doesn't make any sense at all the way its interpreted or in the lived sense.

It has always really bothered me too. I always wondered whether it was a mistranslation, deliberate or not.

At 09:30 ish in here the problem solved.

"Those who have swords and know how to use them but choose to keep them sheathed will inherit [the world]"

BOOM.

Now that makes sense.

How many of us have imagined in our most angry moments wrestling and destroying our opponents, only in our minds, vividly, and have played that out, but never actually enacted it?

I know I have.

Constance asks: where are these good men?

Many may lurk here behind Avalonian walls, swords sheathed.

:heart:

[onawah]

EXCLUSIVE: Bill Gates Negotiated $100 Billion Contact Tracing Deal With Democratic Congressman Sponsor of Bill Six Months BEFORE Coronavirus Pandemic

https://truepundit.com/exclusive-bill-gates-negotiated-100-billion-contact-tracing-deal-with-democratic-congressman-sponsor-of-bill-six-months-before-coronavirus-pandemic (https://truepundit.com/exclusive-bill-gates-negotiated-100-billion-contact-tracing-deal-with-democratic-congressman-sponsor-of-bill-six-months-before-coronavirus-pandemic/)
6/12/20

Audio here:

http://projectavalon.net/Thomas_Paine_Podcast_Ep_27.mp3

"The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation helped negotiate who would score a $100 Billion government-backed contact tracing contract in August 2019 — six months before the ‘pandemic’ arrived in the United States and four months before it swept through China. (Listen Above)

The shocking revelations were unveiled on the Thomas Paine Podcast and the Moore Paine Show on Patreon by the two investigators who blew the whistle on the massive Clinton Foundation tax fraud during a Congressional hearing in 2018. John Moynihan and Larry Doyle testified in Congress, detailing the fraud and schemes utilized by the Clinton’s to avoid paying up to $2.5 BILLION in federal taxes.

The investigative duo, in their first interview since that bombshell Congressional testimony, revealed to Paine that representatives from the Gates Foundation met with U.S. Congressman Bobby L. Rush at a sit down in Rwanda, East Africa in mid August 2019 to hash out who would score the windfall from a government contact tracing program. And just last month — nine months after the meetings with the Gates Foundation in Rwanda — Rush, a Democrat from Illinois, introduced the $100 BILLION H.R. 6666, the COVID-19 Testing, Reaching and Contacting Everyone (TRACE) Act.

Rush’s bill would establish a program run by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) for national coronavirus testing and contact tracing.

Paine has since learned Congressman Rush traveled to Rwanda with his spouse from August 12th to 19th, 2019 to take part in talks and a week-long event underwritten by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and the Rockefeller Brothers Fund.

But how can you negotiate the byproducts of monitoring a pandemic six to seven months before the outbreak of the virus even happens?
This story is developing. Listen Above.

[Bill Ryan]

WHAT IS THE REAL AGENDA BEHIND DEFUNDING AND DISMANTLING THE POLICE?
Spiro Skouras with guest Rosa Koire
78.9K subscribers
6/12/20

"What drives the civil unrest we see unfolding in the streets today? Is this an organic form of resistance against an oppressive system of control? Or is there an ulterior motive striving to restructure the current system of control under the guise of social and racial injustice?

Many are afraid to ask these questions because they may be labeled a racist, for daring to question the legitimacy of the groups who seem to defy the rule of law with complete immunity from the judicial system. At the same time they receive the endorsement of political leaders, celebrities and mega corporations.

In this report Spiro is joined by Rosa Koire, a top expert on the United Nations Agenda 21 who authored the book titled 'Behind the Green Mask: U.N. Agenda 21'

Spiro and Rosa Koire discuss and break down how the United Nations' long standing global governance agendas are materializing before our eyes hidden just beneath the veil of global crisis and social injustice."
EGA18p_XerE
***********************************************************
Reviewed by Alexandra Bruce of Forbidden Knowledge:
https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net/what-is-the-real-agenda-behind-defunding-and-dismantling-the-police/
"You probably thought I was exaggerating when I said that the Globalists were calling for UN intervention in the US due to its “systemic racism”. You were wrong.

Yesterday, the United Nations Committee on the Elimination of Racial Discrimination released the statement urging the US Government “to take immediate and appropriate reforms aimed at eliminating racially disparate impacts or structural discrimination in the police and the criminal justice system..” and George Floyd’s family has petitioned the UN to physically come in and disarm the police in the US (while their GoFundMe has garnered over $14 million dollars in two weeks).

Retired forensic commercial real estate appraiser and anti-Agenda 21 activist, Rosa Koire joins Spiro Skouras to weigh in on the latest Communist technique called “systemic racism”, which she says is the same as that used by the Nazis and by Mao “to destroy the personality and to rebuild you as the New Man. You are going to be rebuilt as the new Global Citizen.”

Rosa Koire has been doing an excellent job of raising awareness about Agenda 21 for many years. She describes how it is being rolled-out – never by name. This is carefully avoided. She says Agenda 21 programs can be identified by their so-called “communitarian” ethos that is imposed from without by NGOs, circumventing the will of communities and the individuals within.

Agenda 21 has been re-branded as the Green New Deal and has been getting pushed hard in the agitprop of Greta Thunberg, Alexandra Ocasio-Cortez, the Extinction Rebellion and the Sunrise Movement. The Green New Deal aims to restructure the entire global energy economy within 10 years by completely “transitioning” the US out of fossil fuels and nuclear energy and into renewables, like wind and solar power, a goal that seems more realistic than ever, now that the Globalists have engineered the COVID-19 “pandemic” and the George Floyd riots to collapse various economic sectors.

Agenda 21 is the action plan to inventory and control all land, all water, all minerals, all plants, all animals, all construction, all means of production, all energy, all education, law enforcement and judicial systems; all information, all food and all human beings on the planet.

“It is an inventory and control plan. It’s about data-sharing, it’s about money transferring from the developed nations to the lesser-developed nations and ultimately, it’s about destroying your ability to have a voice, destroying your ability to have representative government. It’s about changing your government to governance…entirely destroying your ability to be free and to be independent.

“And the goal, of course is to transfer power from local- and individuals to a global governance system. You can’t do that all at once, so it’s been a long process and you see it as exactly what you’re seeing right now: It’s a plan to disrupt and destroy the existing system. It’s a plan of transformation and control – and that’s what we’re living through right now…

“They plan to have this fully locked-up and completed by 2050. If you go to America2050.org, which is a Ford Foundation and Rockefeller Foundation project, you’ll get a look at what their idea is for in fact, what they want the United States to devolve into, which is to destroy the sense of having a unified union and to, in fact not have 50 states any longer; to have 11 megaregions…

“What this plan does is it destroys the concept of the nation-state and it completely destroys it and devolves it into the city-states or regions. And these are not individual cities, like San Francisco or New York, these are regions that are governed by megacities, which are huge, enormous cities that could be part of Washington State, part of Oregon, part of Idaho and part of British Columbia.

“So, it breaks the national borders, it breaks state borders, it breaks, of course, county and city borders and this is about destroying your ability to be able actually control what it is that happens to you…

“It’s a global plan that’s implemented locally…it’s a stealth plan and you’ll never see it called Agenda 21…

“If they could have arranged an alien landing, they would have done that…global crisis requires a global response and that justifies global governance. What could be more global than Climate Change? Well, how about a pandemic?”

She says this plan has existed openly on paper since the 1880s with the Fabian Society, attracting luminaries like HG Wells, George Bernard Shaw and Bertrand Russell but it tends to hide behind environmentalist causes and just now behind COVID-19 and “systemic racism”. It wasn’t until now that the technology existed to make their dreams come true.

The destruction of local police forces is intended to make way for more automated policing by means of Artificial Intelligence and drones and robots. “Then, you’ll have a real dangerous situation where you’re not able to reason with a real human being,” she says.

As Spiro says here, “We’re transitioning to a new digitalized system, where everything will be monitored and tracked and traced on the Blockchain and everything will be essentially tokenized…this is a technocratic takeover operation that Eisenhower warned us of…and here we are living it, right now…when we see it, it’s a very anti-human agenda…” and depopulation is definitely a big part of the agenda.

Rosa says, “Yes, it’s about depopulation, because you know what? You are just not worth it. You use too much. You are taking up too much room. This is what the Climate Change thing is all about. You are using too much energy, too much water and too much land and you need to be isolated and moved into the high-density city center, where you can be more easily controlled and managed ad surveilled – and that’s what this is doing to you right now. It’s not like this is happening in 2030 or 2050 – 2020 is a really important year…in the implementation of this plan.”

As for solutions to this ominous threat, Rosa says that awareness is the first step in the Resistance and action is the second step.

“We’re being conditioned to be passive right now. We’re being conditioned to click a “Like” and think we’re being a political activist…I don’t mean to insult you – but let me insult you, here: you don’t even know where your city council meets. You think it doesn’t matter. But those are the people who make the rules that you live under, right there in your town and you better believe it does matter.

“And don’t tell me that your government is so bad that you can’t do anything about it…you’ve let it get that way and if you continue to let it get that way, it ain’t going to get better.

“So, what you need to do is…be your government. We’re in the endgame here, there’s not a lot of time left, you should have been doing this a while ago but…you need to know what Agenda 21 looks like and recognize it, so when you see it in your city, you can go and talk about it, you can get yourself elected – or not get elected – but talk about it.

“You can stand up at your city council. Every item on that agenda is probably related to Agenda 21, if you know what you’re looking for...

“But just knowing without doing something about it is not enough…so you have to become more politically-active and you have to not be a First Adopter…you’re going to see Virtual Reality, that’s going to replace your reality, it’s going to be so much ‘better’…Once you do that, your life is over. You’re going to want this stuff. They’re making it so that you want it…We have to fight this together. We have to resist.”

Rosa is the foremost expert on Agenda 21, there’s a lot more important information in here and it’s never been more vital to hear what she has to say than right now."

:bump: :bump: :bump:

A very important, enlightening interview. It fits together so many of the jigsaw puzzle pieces we see swirling around in front of our eyes, right this very moment.

[onawah]

Schools Turn to Surveillance Tech to Prevent Covid-19 Spread
6/5/20
https://www.wired.com/story/schools-surveillance-tech-prevent-covid-19-spread/
Administrators hope tracking beacons will identify where students congregate and who should be isolated if someone contracts the coronavirus.

"WHEN STUDENTS RETURN to school in New Albany, Ohio, in August, they’ll be carefully watched as they wander through red-brick buildings and across well-kept lawns—and not only by teachers.

The school district, with five schools and 4,800 students, plans to test a system that would require each student to wear an electronic beacon to track their location to within a few feet. The technology logs which students and teachers are in each classroom throughout the day. The hope is such technology could prevent or minimize an outbreak of Covid-19, the deadly respiratory disease at the center of a global pandemic.Schools and colleges face an incredible challenge come the fall. Across the world, teachers, administrators, and parents are wrestling with how to welcome pupils back into normally bustling classrooms, dining rooms, and dorms, while the threat of the coronavirus remains ever-present.

Many plan to proceed gradually and carefully, while keeping kids spread out as much as possible. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s guidelines for reopening schools recommend staggered schedules that allow for smaller classes, opening windows to provide more air circulation, avoiding sharing books and computers, regular cleaning of buses and classes, and requiring masks and handwashing. Many see some form of distance learning continuing through next year.

A handful also are considering deploying technology to help. “We are very much interested in the automated tracking of students,” says Michael Sawyers, superintendent for New Albany-Plain Schools. He believes that the technology could help the school determine whether social distancing is being observed and help quickly identify students who may have been exposed if someone tests positive for the coronavirus.

Randi Weingarten, president of the American Federation of Teachers says she isn’t aware of other schools looking to adopt detailed surveillance measures. But the AFT has issued guidelines on reopening schools and colleges that warns about vendors potentially using the crisis to expand data-mining practices.

News of the future, now.A small but growing surveillance industry has sprung up around Covid already, with firms pitching everything from temperature-tracking infrared cameras and contact tracing apps to wireless beacons and smart cameras to help enforce social distancing at work. “It's been one of the most disturbing parts of this,” says Albert Fox Cahn, founder of the Surveillance Technology Oversight Project.

“We are very much interested in the automated tracking of students.”

MICHAEL SAWYERS, SUPERINTENDENT, NEW ALBANY-PLAIN SCHOOLS

Now, Cahn says, this cottage industry is keen to find a way into classrooms. “One of the things that will be a huge profit driver, potentially, is that younger children would need specially designed devices if they don’t have smartphones,” he says.

Like countless other schools, those in the New Albany-Plain district are considering regular temperature checks as well as strict enforcement of mask wearing and social distancing. The additional tracking technology, to be piloted there in coming weeks through summer school classes, comes from Volan, which sells Bluetooth beacons to some schools as a safety tool. The beacons track where people are and send alerts in emergencies. Volan is one of several companies now hoping to sell its technology as an aid to reopening schools.

Katy Abel, associate commissioner for external affairs and special projects at the Massachusetts Department of Higher Education, says some state universities in Massachusetts are exploring use of beacons.

RightCrowd, which sells smart Bluetooth badges to companies including Honeywell and Genentech, has developed one system that issues a warning if people get too close and another that can be used for contact tracing. “We have inquiries coming from many industries including higher education and boarding schools,” says the company’s CEO, Peter Hill.The pandemic transformed daily life across the world, closing virtually all US schools in March. Glitchy Zoom calls have replaced in-person conversations, and students without good access to computers and high-speed internet risk falling behind. Colleges and private schools that charge substantial fees may find it difficult to justify those charges if students continue to learn from their kitchen tables. The discussion is complicated by the fact children do not seem to spread the coronavirus as readily as adults and are typically not as badly afflicted by Covid-19—although some seem to be at greater risk.The University of Arizona has begun developing a contact tracing app for students. It will work like those being offered by state public health departments, using Bluetooth signals exchanged between smartphones so that potentially infected students can be identified and tested or quarantined. Officials at several other colleges contacted by WIRED said they were exploring different technologies but it was too early to discuss them.

Marcus Muster, director of technology at the Kiski School, a private boarding school in Loyalhanna Township, Pennsylvania, about 40 miles east of Pittsburgh, says he has talked with Identigy, a company advertising a system to record people’s movements; combined with smart ID cards or Bluetooth beacons, it could help manage Covid risk. The company says the platform will also be compatible with contact tracing apps made by others. “That would be the Cadillac in my opinion,” Muster says. “We know that we need to identify some way to be able to automate the contact tracing process other than just, you know, talking to teachers.”Brian Betze, superintendent of the schools in Robbinsville, New Jersey, says he would be open to using the Volan system, which he used at his previous school. “We’re always trying to make schools safer for kids, and I believe technology is the best way to do that,” Betze says.

However, Betze, who says the decision about whether to reopen schools in New Jersey will ultimately be made by the governor, seems unsure whether the Volan system—or anything else for that matter—will really keep kids safe. “Middle school kids, high school kids, they want to talk with their friends. They look forward to class, physical education, lunch,” he says. “Until there's a vaccine, or a treatment, I'm not sure it's safe to go back.”

Updated, 6/9/20, 2:30pm ET: This story has been updated to better reflect the way Volan's technology works within a school."

[Gwin Ru]

[...]
- I was reconsidering the word "meek" in its biblical context....

It has always really bothered me too. I always wondered whether it was a mistranslation, deliberate or not.

At 09:30 ish in here the problem solved.

"Those who have swords and know how to use them but choose to keep them sheathed will inherit [the world]"

BOOM.

[...]Interesting: Not long ago, I heard of a similar concept when listening to one of Greg Hallett's interviews when relating his quest of legal definitions of Bible terms and where he mentions a definition of "Meek." Something like having a strong force to swat any attacks but not using it to attack and/or subdue or terrorize neighbors. That made a lot more sense to me than the "defenseless" concept that's promoted all around.


Edit: found the video where he said, for "Meek,":
“Being ready to fight, trained to fight, having the resources to fight but not fighting”
at ~ 1:38:40 in this video:

New King of England (Part 3 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JTO4ltbuzqM)) May 26, 2020


JTO4ltbuzqM


... which is basically the attitude of most martial arts.

[Tintin]

Source: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sSDClxjcR-4


Excerpt from Joe Rogan and Jordan Peterson Dec 2016 interview “Tyranny, one tiny step at a time - How ideology, group identity & collective guilt destroy societies”

From about 14:02 through 17:06


[Peterson] if you teach one side to play identity politics de-facto you teach the other side to play identity politics. And I've seen more and more people who are Center people as far as I'm concerned pushed to the right because of the continual insistence that, by their mere existence they're part of the perpetrator group

[Rogan] So just by being a white person, who is somehow or another successful [that] you are a privileged person; you're part of the elite. You're part of the 1%, you're part of the problem

[Peterson] Absolutely. You're an oppressor by being just too. Well it's also extremely annoying for people who've worked really hard, and who've made the requisite sacrifices to become successful along some dimension, to have that immediately attributed to their oppression and it's not, it's not obvious that that's something we want to do

it's like, for the social justice warrior types out there who might be listening, it's like, are you really willing to say that every single person who's accomplished something has done that as a consequence of oppression?.[My emphasis - TQ]

That's again with [what] the Soviets claimed with regards to the to the successful peasants in the nineteen, in the just before the 1920s. It's like, well, the peasants weren't emancipated they were serfs until about thirty years before that. They were serfs. They were basically slaves and some of them had clambered up to the point where maybe they owned their hot, and a cow,

Well the Soviet claim was well that's all theft. You got that all because you're an oppressor and so then the Soviet intellectuals went into the villages, and just imagine how this happened. So imagine a village, a small town where everyone knows everybody and there's maybe 10, 20 people there who are moderately successful.

Ok, and so you can imagine that those 20 people have like a hundred enemies at the bottom of the socio-economic distribution – useless horrible people who are jealous and resentful about the fact that these people have been successful.

Ok, so now the intellectuals come in and say: “Property is theft!” “Success is oppression!” and then they look for the people in the village who are willing to move against those 20 successful people, while those guys at the bottom, those hundred resentful jealous murderous people at the bottom, they're just waiting for an opportunity to go kick down some doors.

And that's exactly what they did in the 1920s. And as I said they wiped out all their productive peasants and then six million Ukrainians starved to death. They had posters the Soviets produced.Posters in the 1930s that said - essentially – “Don't forget it's wrong to eat your children.”

There's nothing about the Soviet, there's nothing that you can imagine that's horrible enough so that it matched the reality of what happened in the Soviet Union between 1919 and 1959, And, you know, the West knew about this too, early.

[Agape]

It’s unbelievable how fast did they get the “idea” how to control human populace the best. Bye bye normalcy and freedom. Welcome to the new Orwellian world of 2020.
Of course the new tracking chip technology will probably take off big way, right after computers and smart phones.
Many of the big tech companies already use it to track their employees, for multiple so called “security” reasons.
There won’t be big need for human police as we know it now once these tracking chips are adopted.
It will reduce lots of problems and automate reporting.

Under the umbrella of long lasting pandemic threat this will stay with us, give it 2 years and the “faithful herd” will be under control.
Give it another 2 years and they’ll start hunting down those who refuse the tracking ID.

Mike is right there, most people with higher levels of awareness rather stepped back and out of the equation, last 20 years especially than we would fight with it.

It’s sour as it can get. I know here in India even if most people would naturally disagree and object to this ( the contact tracing App is compulsory now in many sectors but new technologies get through with speed of lightening, no resistance required) if they’re told it concerns their children health and that of family they will go with it.

I can imagine it will be one of their best policing options and the public will be given the option in future against dismantling lots of the physical police corpse.


If the US does it everyone else will follow.


I can’t even believe I’m still sitting here without being tracked these days but guess that’s just me. Marvel the freedoms we have won and preserved ,
the freedom to live and freedom to die in the hands of Almighty


😢🌈

[Bluegreen]

:rant:

The New York Times is a particularly egregious Satanic mouthpiece and Narrative Controller for Those Few Whose Names We Do Not Know. Last week in their Dear Abbey section someone asked about dropped food on the floor and the '5-Second Rule' and the guy says until we get a vaccine it goes into the trash immediately. F-ck that. They are going to be shoving this predictive programming down our throats HARD in the coming weeks so please be aware that the NYT is 100% PROPAGANDA & LIES even when its not.

(Rant over)

[Delight]

The take down of civilzation has always fascinated me. I remember in grade school in the 60's maybe as early as fourth or fifth grade, we read about ancient Egypt... was shown the pyramids and told whatever the official word on this long ago civilization. I thought at the time, WHY and How could a civilization vanish, leaving crumbling works. I wondered and it is a question where now we see speeded up versions of deaths of culture.

When I learned about the Holocaust, I learned that Germany and Austria just a few years before was a bastion of art, music, and philosophy, a beautiful "moment" of civilization flowering which disintegrated at the behest of distorted Ideals.Civilization plunged into a horror of cruelty and death. I think about all the little wars which the US and others have arranged and how despots have been placed in charge of destruction.

I see it as a grand "plan" of Evil (opposite of live). Evil being the agency of destruction that acts out of bureaucracies and where then no "one" is responsible. I was once a part of the system as a nurse. Medical Evil is carried out by hand maids in their jobs. The police, every level of government where it is about maintaining feifdoms of power act as agents of Evil. Fearful people are sold the idea that safety of whatever flavor justifies thefts of free will.

People are overtly manipulated to feel that a whole planet suffering is "necessary". The buy in to the "economic" model makes us all cooperative as polluters and destroyers. The latest corporate spiders and all the chemical poisoning have webbed us in the stickiness of damnation. One can hardly escape the bludgeoning of sense and good will. There is no place to get away IMO.

So, we have to take on the challenge of what to do about the problem of this EVIL.

The forum has so many examples.

I actually feel really encouraged that the shattering of any common ground of understanding will bring people to need the 12,000 mile up perspective. Change is happening and IMO observing the big picture is elevating. We are in a collective moment where everything is falling apart.

On the ground however, the only ones we can effect are ourselves. I think that we must look at something diving deep down into our own being. Many have reported like Gabor Mate the recognition that we have all been traumatized. Trauma engenders fear. I think that the opposite of fear is not love but trust. To overcome fear IMO, there needs to be something in which we can trust.

To me the fight against evil can only take place in our own consciousness. My experience as a nurse showed me the way that evil operates in a system. Systems seek only to maintain themselves. It is actually truly like an artificial organism where every part becomes the "hand maid" for its perpetuation. One is educated and trained to believe a model and then one is rewarded for following the model. One is sanctioned for deviating. One slowly becomes an apologist for the system in order to stay in. If the system is evil, change will STILL not come from within because all in will agree to support (for their various reasons). For instance as a nurse, one follows routines and orders that may be EVIL. Having accepted being a follower of orders, one becomes numbed to the details or FEARFUL of repercissions. If one recalls the recent strategy of denying visitors in hospitals, nurses more than anyone will grasp that this is disastrous for patients. But nurses are followers of policies. This is just a teeny tiny example of how common caring is denied in the name of Policy.

One has to repudiate and step out of it and create a different system. In the case of Big Medicine, IMO we should stay the hell away and starve it to death. BUT people believe in the system because they were taught it is the "best" one can hope to have....
I would bet my house that every single one of us with any encounters will have had serious errors in our care. At the least, in the disease model we accept, every thing about our "health" is a serious source of stress.

Joe Dispenza talks about how we are "habituated" to being "ourselves", literally addicted to the chemicals of stress in our physiological patterns. he has been doing AMAZING work with people who overcome themselves and change dramatically. It is hard hard work.

Change feels terribly uncomfortable as we move against familiar pathways. Crossing the river of change means having the strength to fight the currents we encounter.

I listened to this talk tonight. Paul levy talks about his personal encounter with EVIL.

m5ioPiHeUNM

Paul Levy originated the understanding that "wetiko" is a mind virus that turns us against ourselves. It may be the metaphor for the evil that makes us DESTROY ourselves. Devolution throws us repeatedly back to the dark and scary underworld of the Dream. We can master it by TRUSTING that inner most Source which is with us in the Dream.

This is the first job to fight evil. In any way possible, we MUST connect with our own TRUST in Infinite Intelligence. The way OUT is WAY WAY inside. Trusting that we are not the pathetic pawns of our own misguided alligiences, we will THEN one by one WALK OUT of the systems created in mistake and fear.

It is NO SMALL thing to become conscious that we are the hand maids for what ever we serve and seriously all the little ways we serve Evil adds up. In fact, that recognition can just lead us all farther into the demoralized truama of abuser and abuse. It will never ever work for people to just see the Evil. We have to start FEELING the conscious energy and benevolence of LIFE. if we have no trust in being supported by LIFE, we cannot start walking. In Paul Levy's estimation, Evil is real and evil is what we create and project into the dream. Change us so we no longer serve it and evil has no reality. The take down is our responsibility and pure paradox we deal with NOW.

[shaberon]

Donald Trump is the last champion of American national sovereignty

He is being finished off by the current crisis, if we see the National Guard shooting people in Seattle he is done

Any conceivable replacement of whatever political flavour will sell out to international interests

The USA will fall into line like the others and global corporate dictatorship will be a reality


That is the schtick of his party. They are corporatists "in the guise of traditional American freedom". There would not be this kind of real estate mogul in a system that does not allow mortgages. It is not possible to find a bigger lie, although, you can find other big ones.

American National is the correct term for a Natural Person who is a Sovereign. Citizen is the term for one to whom the government is Sovereign. The two are mutually exclusive. Probably the best "common language interpretation" of Citizen is "federal employee". So he is a proud admirer of U. S. sovereignty over subject citizens.

The other parts seem like reasonable expectations, even though the National Guard is a state militia that follows the governor, presidents can be blamed for anything.

The Secretary of the Treasury is a governor of the IMF. International sellout is, in this sense, long established. Trump's style which resembles "Americanism" does hold the emphasis on American dominant, and at least making parts of the country look good in economic reports. And it is perhaps this Tin Man strength that will be crushed like a can in ice.

Starting rows with the ICC and the state of affairs with sanctions is an assertion of dominance.

However it seems likely that many countries want the U. S. to start drawing down its bases and not demand all the NATO funding and so forth. According to Govini (https://en.farsnews.ir/newstext.aspx?nn=13990324001143), they are scraping cash towards nuclear projects:

"On the other end of the equation, there is also a very good reason why Trump repeatedly says US troops won’t stay in Syria forever. According to bankrupt Washington, for every one of the US soldiers officially counted injured casualties in Syria, Iraq and Afghanistan, the government has to spend some $2 million in long-term medical cost.

The $2 million per casualty figure does serve as a stark reminder of how the US and its veterans will be suffering if official Washington makes the choice to keep its foreign military bases running or has new boots on the ground in the Middle East.

Some might say Saudi Arabia will pay for America’s endless war here, but because of falling oil prices and demand, even that autocratic regime is also broke, unable to fund its costly war against Yemen, much less defeat the coronavirus outbreak."



If Trump doesn't quite get his way, there is a decent chance American dominance will be relegated to 7%, or, about how much of the world population it represents.

Much more of it is, of course, in India and China, where they are less affected by any of these stories.

Aside from America's ability to project power, how relevant is it in general terms?

I suppose if it can pull through with any type of production capacity, it can still find some trading partners, but who really cares all that much? It's not like we paid any attention when it was suspected there was Pneumonic Plague coming in to Beijing.

The tendency towards world government is magnifying, and so if you change the dominator from the U. S. to the U. N., then it just looks different.

And yes, wetiko or wendigo is an accurate term for reduction of man to beast.

[fractal being]

Consistent attempts to undermine the Presidency in every way (including the current possibility of a forced removal from office).


And it started...

‘Parkinson’s? Dementia? Stroke?’ Trump’s ‘weird’ West Point appearance turns Twitter sleuths into medical experts

Donald Trump’s address at the US West Point Military Academy has been dissected and analyzed by hundreds of wannabe online neurologists concerned by the supposedly ‘deteriorating health’ of their commander-in-chief.

At one point during his speech to US military academy graduates on Saturday, Trump used both of his hands to lift a glass of water, while at the end of it he descended the ramp extremely carefully – too carefully for some.

These two “distressing” incidents were enough for the vast crowd of Trump detractors to declare the US leader unfit for service, propelling the #TrumpIsNotWell hashtag into top trends and diverting attention from what he had to say.
Read more here (https://www.rt.com/usa/491755-trump-health-rumors-twitter/) and here (https://heavy.com/news/2020/06/watch-trump-drinking-water-west-point/).

[Agape]

Great post, Delight and all 🙏 yes most of the old big civilisations mysteriously vanished with or without traces.
Small numbers of people remained to carry the knowledge they saved further.

Countless famines, epidemics followed the same pattern of rising population numbers and merging with other groups worldwide.

That part of problem is solved now, we won’t return to the version of very isolated groups now. The connection has been made and people have seen the photo of blue planet from Space. The awareness is global now even in previously isolated ethnic groups, it’s pure and natural.
We all live on one planet just that everyone started their life journey somewhere else, in this lifetime. We all are pilgrims , with goals and aspirations that are far bigger and better than current picture of this world,
even while going nowhere we are still spinning, speeding 1000 miles a sec and unrolling in to the giant space around us.

The Key to future balanced and prosperous state of humanity really will be in maintaining balanced state of population( could come down to the Georgia guidestone statement) while every child, every adult will be taken care of individually and given the opportunity to grow and evolve and live long and healthy life.

And then of course there is but one good way to get to that state peacefully, without wars , epidemics and cataclysms in general or another force
and the way is very long.

So many friends of mine are capable of the bigger social feel but others are not. Some people postpone or reject having children right because there already are many children in this world we even fail to care for.

It can’t really change the numbers, on the other end there are childless couples suffering through IV fertilisation protocols, there are different “gender options” and designer baby clinics for the rich but everything has grown big in numbers.


We have soon reached the threshold of non return.

Building a NWO governance will be costly and think of the endless amount of oil needing to be poured to tanks and other “security measures” to control the “State”. I think they’ll call it the State on inside, as opposed to the USA.

All tongue in cheek 😋


Whatever is happening now is still objectible, improvable , changeable.

It all is a flow we can flow with or ameliorate that’s till we hit a dam.


It also all starts reminding me of the Soylent Green movie and it’s real message: how long does it take to people to wake up so they start speaking truth instead engaging in lies and sophisticated mind games ?
Till the majority ends up in Soylent Green ?


They’re already selling “food from insects” in European supermarkets. Really, really.


They plan to sell us ****burger made in lab from human poop.


Wakey, wakey🙏😀🙏


Do you really wish to feel so yucky till the end of your lifetime ?

[Valerie Villars]

Mike, Constance and Tintin; brilliant observations.

Standing up for yourself is acting in favor of your destiny. Society hates people who do that. Society will press harder when you say no. It will press so hard that eventually, if you withstand the pressure, there will be a place where the balloon of you will pop. That is the real you. There are benevolent forces who will be behind you. But you must be able to withstand that pressure until it does.

The real you has significantly more power than the majority of un-popped balloons.

It doesn't matter what names society gives you. Your real name comes from God.

[Gwin Ru]

It seems like strong cognitive dissonance "resonates" with a lot of people, especially politicians... but WHY?

Tearing Up America – Powerful video from Tony Heller (https://www.iceagenow.info/tearing-up-america/)

June 13, 2020 (https://www.iceagenow.info/tearing-up-america/) by Robert (https://www.iceagenow.info/author/xilef/)
“At the same time they’re keeping people from going to church, they’re allowing mass gatherings of rioters, looters and protesters.”
-Tony Heller
After the President’s State Of The Union Speech, Nancy Pelosi tore up the President’s speech. The last thing Democrats wanted was for America to succeed under President Trump, and they began their scorched earth campaign.

For those of you in a rush, I have paraphrased Tony’s words (below).


X_7KGN2G6gU
Tearing up President Trump’s State of the Union address was one of the most despicable moments in American history, but the Democrats were just getting started.

Now, forty million Americans are out of work. Our schools are shut down. No amateur or professional sports. You’re not allowed to go to church. All concerts banned. Theaters shut down. Museums and zoos closed. Most small businesses forcibly closed. No one allowed to congregate in large groups (except rioters and looters). Cities d-funding their police departments.

Here we are four months later after Nancy Pelosi tore up that speech, and that’s what is happening.

Democratic governors, one after the other, started quarantining their healthy population at the same time they were sending very sick people into nursing homes.

These actions were insane. For thousands of years nations have known to quarantine sick people. No one has ever quarantined healthy people before.

The last thing the Democrats wanted was for America to succeed under President Trump, and the rest is history.

Russia collusion was a scam. Catastrophic clime change was a scam. The huge death counts forecast for Covid-19 were a scam. Social distancing was a scam. They were not based on science. And more than half of the deaths which did occur in the United States occurred in states where the governors forced sick people into the nursing homes.

Democratic politicians have been a complete disaster for Americans this year.

At the same time they’re keeping people from going to church, they’re allowing mass gatherings of rioters, looters and protesters.

Any Rand said,
“the hardest thing to explain is the glaringly evident which everyone had decided not to see.”
What’s going on in America right now is not very subtle, and people need to keep their eyes open.

We need to put an end to Democrats tearing up America.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Millions of people on lockdown... what are they gonna do?... well, let's see what's on TV...

Get it?

... alright... first there was that enforced switch to digital receivers and trashing anything analog; paving the way for IOT. That made many wonder about new mind control technologies being carried along digital signals...

Then, millions more having nothing else to do during lockdown but watch TV... and... got zapped! (https://www.naturalnews.com/2020-06-13-patent-nervous-system-manipulated-through-tv-computer.html)

[Tintin]

[...]
- I was reconsidering the word "meek" in its biblical context....

It has always really bothered me too. I always wondered whether it was a mistranslation, deliberate or not.

At 09:30 ish in here the problem solved.

"Those who have swords and know how to use them but choose to keep them sheathed will inherit [the world]"

BOOM.

[...]Interesting: Not long ago, I heard of a similar concept when listening to one of Greg Hallett's interviews when relating his quest of legal definitions of Bible terms and where he mentions a definition of "Meek." Something like having a strong force to swat any attacks but not using it to attack and/or subdue or terrorize neighbors. That made a lot more sense to me than the "defenseless" concept that's promoted all around.

:thumbsup:

And of course could also then allude to: intellect, knowledge, wisdom and understanding in material and spiritual terms and how and when to deploy those swords?

[greybeard]

Remember David Icke Londonreal in less than an hour
Will be interesting to see what he has to say this time.
Chris


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eMGgGsrbync

[holcaul]

WHAT IS THE REAL AGENDA BEHIND DEFUNDING AND DISMANTLING THE POLICE?
Spiro Skouras with guest Rosa Koire
78.9K subscribers
6/12/20

"What drives the civil unrest we see unfolding in the streets today? Is this an organic form of resistance against an oppressive system of control? Or is there an ulterior motive striving to restructure the current system of control under the guise of social and racial injustice?

Many are afraid to ask these questions because they may be labeled a racist, for daring to question the legitimacy of the groups who seem to defy the rule of law with complete immunity from the judicial system. At the same time they receive the endorsement of political leaders, celebrities and mega corporations.

In this report Spiro is joined by Rosa Koire, a top expert on the United Nations Agenda 21 who authored the book titled 'Behind the Green Mask: U.N. Agenda 21'

Spiro and Rosa Koire discuss and break down how the United Nations' long standing global governance agendas are materializing before our eyes hidden just beneath the veil of global crisis and social injustice."
EGA18p_XerE
***********************************************************
Reviewed by Alexandra Bruce of Forbidden Knowledge:
https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net/what-is-the-real-agenda-behind-defunding-and-dismantling-the-police/
"You probably thought I was exaggerating when I said that the Globalists were calling for UN intervention in the US due to its “systemic racism”. You were wrong.

Yesterday, the United Nations Committee on the Elimination of Racial Discrimination released the statement urging the US Government “to take immediate and appropriate reforms aimed at eliminating racially disparate impacts or structural discrimination in the police and the criminal justice system..” and George Floyd’s family has petitioned the UN to physically come in and disarm the police in the US (while their GoFundMe has garnered over $14 million dollars in two weeks).

Retired forensic commercial real estate appraiser and anti-Agenda 21 activist, Rosa Koire joins Spiro Skouras to weigh in on the latest Communist technique called “systemic racism”, which she says is the same as that used by the Nazis and by Mao “to destroy the personality and to rebuild you as the New Man. You are going to be rebuilt as the new Global Citizen.”

Rosa Koire has been doing an excellent job of raising awareness about Agenda 21 for many years. She describes how it is being rolled-out – never by name. This is carefully avoided. She says Agenda 21 programs can be identified by their so-called “communitarian” ethos that is imposed from without by NGOs, circumventing the will of communities and the individuals within.

Agenda 21 has been re-branded as the Green New Deal and has been getting pushed hard in the agitprop of Greta Thunberg, Alexandra Ocasio-Cortez, the Extinction Rebellion and the Sunrise Movement. The Green New Deal aims to restructure the entire global energy economy within 10 years by completely “transitioning” the US out of fossil fuels and nuclear energy and into renewables, like wind and solar power, a goal that seems more realistic than ever, now that the Globalists have engineered the COVID-19 “pandemic” and the George Floyd riots to collapse various economic sectors.

Agenda 21 is the action plan to inventory and control all land, all water, all minerals, all plants, all animals, all construction, all means of production, all energy, all education, law enforcement and judicial systems; all information, all food and all human beings on the planet.

“It is an inventory and control plan. It’s about data-sharing, it’s about money transferring from the developed nations to the lesser-developed nations and ultimately, it’s about destroying your ability to have a voice, destroying your ability to have representative government. It’s about changing your government to governance…entirely destroying your ability to be free and to be independent.

“And the goal, of course is to transfer power from local- and individuals to a global governance system. You can’t do that all at once, so it’s been a long process and you see it as exactly what you’re seeing right now: It’s a plan to disrupt and destroy the existing system. It’s a plan of transformation and control – and that’s what we’re living through right now…

“They plan to have this fully locked-up and completed by 2050. If you go to America2050.org, which is a Ford Foundation and Rockefeller Foundation project, you’ll get a look at what their idea is for in fact, what they want the United States to devolve into, which is to destroy the sense of having a unified union and to, in fact not have 50 states any longer; to have 11 megaregions…

“What this plan does is it destroys the concept of the nation-state and it completely destroys it and devolves it into the city-states or regions. And these are not individual cities, like San Francisco or New York, these are regions that are governed by megacities, which are huge, enormous cities that could be part of Washington State, part of Oregon, part of Idaho and part of British Columbia.

“So, it breaks the national borders, it breaks state borders, it breaks, of course, county and city borders and this is about destroying your ability to be able actually control what it is that happens to you…

“It’s a global plan that’s implemented locally…it’s a stealth plan and you’ll never see it called Agenda 21…

“If they could have arranged an alien landing, they would have done that…global crisis requires a global response and that justifies global governance. What could be more global than Climate Change? Well, how about a pandemic?”

She says this plan has existed openly on paper since the 1880s with the Fabian Society, attracting luminaries like HG Wells, George Bernard Shaw and Bertrand Russell but it tends to hide behind environmentalist causes and just now behind COVID-19 and “systemic racism”. It wasn’t until now that the technology existed to make their dreams come true.

The destruction of local police forces is intended to make way for more automated policing by means of Artificial Intelligence and drones and robots. “Then, you’ll have a real dangerous situation where you’re not able to reason with a real human being,” she says.

As Spiro says here, “We’re transitioning to a new digitalized system, where everything will be monitored and tracked and traced on the Blockchain and everything will be essentially tokenized…this is a technocratic takeover operation that Eisenhower warned us of…and here we are living it, right now…when we see it, it’s a very anti-human agenda…” and depopulation is definitely a big part of the agenda.

Rosa says, “Yes, it’s about depopulation, because you know what? You are just not worth it. You use too much. You are taking up too much room. This is what the Climate Change thing is all about. You are using too much energy, too much water and too much land and you need to be isolated and moved into the high-density city center, where you can be more easily controlled and managed ad surveilled – and that’s what this is doing to you right now. It’s not like this is happening in 2030 or 2050 – 2020 is a really important year…in the implementation of this plan.”

As for solutions to this ominous threat, Rosa says that awareness is the first step in the Resistance and action is the second step.

“We’re being conditioned to be passive right now. We’re being conditioned to click a “Like” and think we’re being a political activist…I don’t mean to insult you – but let me insult you, here: you don’t even know where your city council meets. You think it doesn’t matter. But those are the people who make the rules that you live under, right there in your town and you better believe it does matter.

“And don’t tell me that your government is so bad that you can’t do anything about it…you’ve let it get that way and if you continue to let it get that way, it ain’t going to get better.

“So, what you need to do is…be your government. We’re in the endgame here, there’s not a lot of time left, you should have been doing this a while ago but…you need to know what Agenda 21 looks like and recognize it, so when you see it in your city, you can go and talk about it, you can get yourself elected – or not get elected – but talk about it.

“You can stand up at your city council. Every item on that agenda is probably related to Agenda 21, if you know what you’re looking for...

“But just knowing without doing something about it is not enough…so you have to become more politically-active and you have to not be a First Adopter…you’re going to see Virtual Reality, that’s going to replace your reality, it’s going to be so much ‘better’…Once you do that, your life is over. You’re going to want this stuff. They’re making it so that you want it…We have to fight this together. We have to resist.”

Rosa is the foremost expert on Agenda 21, there’s a lot more important information in here and it’s never been more vital to hear what she has to say than right now."

I have always wondered, who are "they". Who are the people, groups, or entities that are behind puppets like Bill Gates, George Soros, Adolf Hitler, Vladimir Lenin, the Rockefellers, the Rothschilds, and so forth? Who is behind all these degenerates throughout history. Is there an equally powerful opposing force that is on "our" side. A force the does not want to depopulate humanity, which opposes humanism and transhumanism. A force that wants to help us grow.

If yes, than WHO are these forces?

[Bill Ryan]

Remember David Icke Londonreal in less than an hour
Will be interesting to see what he has to say this time.
Chris


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eMGgGsrbync

This interview with David was recorded by Avalon member BoR (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/member.php?45827-BoR) ("Beacon of Reason") on 12 June, a couple days ago.

https://www.bitchute.com/video/SUfz4S4bcI7E (https://www.bitchute.com/video/SUfz4S4bcI7E/)

SUfz4S4bcI7E

[greybeard]

Remember David Icke Londonreal in less than an hour
Will be interesting to see what he has to say this time.
Chris


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eMGgGsrbync

Live after nearly an hour delay
Chris

[onawah]

That's the point at which we begin to ask if those behind the negative agenda are actually human, to look more closely at what AI actually is, what the Gnostics disclosed about the Archons, and what various whistleblowers have revealed about alien agendas, whether negative or positive.



I have always wondered, who are "they". Who are the people, groups, or entities that are behind puppets like Bill Gates, George Soros, Adolf Hitler, Vladimir Lenin, the Rockefellers, the Rothschilds, and so forth? Who is behind all these degenerates throughout history. Is there an equally powerful opposing force that is on "our" side. A force the does not want to depopulate humanity, which opposes humanism and transhumanism. A force that wants to help us grow.

If yes, than WHO are these forces?

[East Sun]

onawah,

no one seems to came right out and say that they must not be human
or are at least partially or sub human.

They may look human as some we could mention or not. It might be
too dangerous for even the most outspoken to say, but hints have
been made so we can read between the lines.

There have been other 'hints' like a painting I once saw. Don't
know who the artist was. As you have said there are indications in
scripture, quite a few.

It will be revealed and maybe soon if we win the battle.

[greybeard]

onawah,

no one seems to came right out and say that they must not be human
or are at least partially or sub human.

They may look human as some we could mention or not. It might be
too dangerous for even the most outspoken to say, but hints have
been made so we can read between the lines.

There have been other 'hints' like a painting I once saw. Don't
know who the artist was. As you have said there are indications in
scripture, quite a few.

It will be revealed and maybe soon if we win the battle.

Quite a few have said out right that the lower astral or and alien entities are behind all the misery and control experienced by the human race.
The late Dr David Hawkins for one and of course David Icke now.
Chris

[Delight]

Remember David Icke Londonreal in less than an hour
Will be interesting to see what he has to say this time.
Chris


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eMGgGsrbync

Live after nearly an hour delay
Chris

I could not access it so hoping someone can add here soon. Strangely May 3rd interview with Icke was taken down saying it had violated standards. I thought Rose had his own platform?

[RunningDeer]

I could not access it so hoping someone can add here soon. Strangely May 3rd interview with Icke was taken down saying it had violated standards. I thought Rose had his own platform?


I thought Rose had his own platform?

The platform is @ FreedomPlatform.LondonReal.TV (https://freedomplatform.londonreal.tv/). YouTube is now mainly a place to advertise up coming shows.

Click here: We Will Not Be Silenced (https://freedomplatform.londonreal.tv/rose-icke-iv-we-will-not-be-silenced/). When you click play, a pop-up display will ask for an email address. This allows you direct access to the David Icke Part 4 interview.




ROSE / ICKE IV
WE WILL NOT BE SILENCED
1,150,028 views

June 3, 2020
David Icke Reveals the Truth
A small handful of social media monopolies control everything that we say and that we see.

Over the last 2 months we have seen a disproportionate amount of censorship and have interviewed countless people who have also been shut down by these trillion dollar behemoths.

We believe you should have sovereignty over your mind & body. Join London Real for ROSE/ICKE IV on June 14th as we aim TO BREAK OUR OWN RECORD FOR A LIVESTREAM.



UPDATE: The segment is only 8 minutes. I wouldn't characterize it as a Part 4. Maybe you have to be a member to hear Part 4? Towards the end, Rose said their talk would be in segments.

https://i.imgur.com/rwOW7mc.gif

[AutumnW]

If I’m not mistaken, this presentation was performed for a small audience in 2017. It has less than 29,000 views.

Hedges, who is operating way outside his sphere of influence, seeks to lay hundreds of years of corruption on Trump, who whether in 2017 or even in 2020, has no responsibility for the things of which Hedges speaks, again, and again, and again....

Frankly, Hedges, the socialist/communist/collectivist, needs to shut up.

Now is when I need that “no thanks button”.

Frankly, Hedges, the socialist/communist/collectivist, needs to shut up.

If someone criticizes the current rapacious unethical and illegal forms of capitalism, they need to shut up....got it. Pretty simple cure for an economic social quagmire. Thanks!

[AutumnW]

You don't need angels or demons or any other forms of fundamentalism to understand what has happened in the U.S, and to a large degree, globally.

From Nick Shakson:

"Decades of largely unquestioned mergers and acquisitions, where corporations have bought up competitors, have led to this. Historically, and especially in the United States in the early part of the 20th century, monopoly power was rightly viewed as a serious threat to the economy and to society, and steps were taken to break up monopolies. It was President Franklin Roosevelt who famously said that “government by organized money is just as dangerous as government by organized mob.”

However, in recent decades, neoliberal economics has led a much more benign view of monopoly power, and very little action is now taken to dismantle them. I think this is a key distinction between neoliberalism and classical liberal economics. These monopolies impose hidden monopoly taxes on every consumer, as it enables these companies, and their wealthy shareholders, to extract excessive profits from the market, directly fueling the growth in extreme wealth at the expense of ordinary citizens."

https://www.counterpunch.org/2019/08/29/billionaires-are-a-sign-of-economic-failure/

[Delight]

This interview with David was recorded by Avalon member BoR (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/member.php?45827-BoR) ("Beacon of Reason") on 12 June, a couple days ago.

https://www.bitchute.com/video/SUfz4S4bcI7E (https://www.bitchute.com/video/SUfz4S4bcI7E/)

SUfz4S4bcI7E

Thanks for posting the interview.

I love that more and more attention is being placed on acknowledging how we can consciously interact with "the field".

It's strange for me about me that initially when China was "locking down", I took that in to mean that the virus was dangerous. Then I was willing to focus MORE in this direction and Jon Rappaport was getting on my nerves though I like his POV usually.

Then my point of attention was taken by the financial tear down which seemed MUCH more concerning. It showed a false dichotomy between life and living.

Then I had to look at the meaning of death (for me). I came to the conclusion that I would readily volunteer to die if it meant the "future" was happy and free. BUT I saw that people may not really wish these ideals?

THEN I realized that "my" sacrifice if any would be meaningless when the issue is not the problem of politics, economics and cultural bias. There may be no problem at all REALLY!!!

When I considered "the big picture", I realized that I can only parse together (out of the fragments of what is what) one commonality....

The Observer is everything. A person with Golf ball size consciousness may think they know it "all" and then be slapped out of complacency and forced to "expand". This EPICSODE offered me all kinds of cognitive dissonance that made me REACH out. IMO I now have a larger POV.

Would I ever wish to deny the same opportunity to every "one"? NO
The reality of having our being within a living field and how we each are discovering MORE awareness through various means.... fascinating. I AM confident this MESS is not frightening when you know that EVERYTHING is a dream I dream, you dream, All dream. Then we wake....


“Out beyond ideas of wrongdoing and rightdoing,
there is a field. I’ll meet you there.
When the soul lies down in that grass,
the world is too full to talk about.
Ideas, language, even the phrase “each other”
doesn’t make any sense.
The breeze at dawn has secrets to tell you.
Don’t go back to sleep.
You must ask for what you really want.
Don’t go back to sleep.
People are going back and forth across the doorsill
where the two worlds touch.
The door is round and open.
Don’t go back to sleep.”
Rumi
Exit From The Matrix: Free Individual vs. Deep State
Jon Rappoport
info@nomorefakenews.com

The people who run society are engaged in bringing systems and structures into interlocking alignment, in order to create larger and larger machines of control.

I keep returning to this territory, because the whole thrust of modern civilization is making the individual extinct.

Powerless, badly educated, adrift in technology, viewed as a unit tied to a massive collective---this is the picture of the individual.

Let's go back to square one. The individual is fundamentally at odds with the State. The State wants control. The State wants loyalists, adherents, joiners, conformists. The individual wants freedom, if he has any inkling of his own power.

The basic makeup of the State is promoted as a We. We want this. We need this. We deserve this. We all agree on this. The ubiquitous We is floated on purpose. The aim is to eradicate the I. The individual.

The State wants all arguments to center on what We should get. Should We be given this or that? Should We have A or B? What is best for We?

This is where all the trouble starts.

The State is not going to solve that trouble because it is creating it.

On the other hand, the individual who is free knows what he wants. Or can discover it. Sooner or later, he realizes that most of the people around him aren't free. Those people have embedded themselves so deeply in We that they can't see outside it. The very idea of being free is meaningless to them.

So be it.

Ultimately, when all the bets are in, when all the chips are laid down on the table, the State's game is all about We. That's how the game is rigged.

The individual is ruled out.

The roulette wheel spins, but it doesn't matter which slot the ball falls into. No slot is labeled "individual."

And I'm not just talking about the State. Any large organization works in the same way.

So the free individual has to take his future in his own hands.

First, he has to conceive that he does have a future apart from We.

Then he has to imagine what that future could look like. He has to invent the future he wants.

What's called "the spiritual" is not independent from what I'm talking about here. How the free individual imagines his future and then goes after inventing it is very much a spiritual exploration. Why? Because the individual is more than a bio-machine. Knowing that, he conceives of a future which is more than lowest-common-denominator physical needs.

In my collection, Exit From The Matrix, I include dozens of imagination exercises and techniques I developed, based on a study of ancient Tibet, and my work with hypnotherapist Jack True. The whole purpose of those exercises is: the individual returns to himself and his power.

Not the We. The I.

The entire planet is turning into a cult, which I call: "What Already Exists." As opposed to the individual inventing what he most profoundly wants to exist.

What Already Exists is mostly structures and systems. To the degree a person feels his life should be lived inside a structure, he is going to refrain from imagining the future he truly wants.

In fact, the whole notion of "truly wants" is going to shrink and vanish from his mind.

But that notion is the key.

The key to his freedom and creative power.

[AutumnW]

The combines act and anti-trust laws used to be imposed to prevent consolidation of power and the formation of virtual unregulated monopolies through oligopoly. Standard oil was broken up. Bell telephone was broken up--decades ago. Because oversight became so lax, under Clinton, the baby Bells reconsolidated.

Amazon is a great example of a company that has engaged in illegal activity, that has been overlooked to get away with all sorts of illegal activity...I do hope the Trump govt is sucessful in breaking them up. The problem is, if they break up Amazon, that is red meat for lawyers going after ALL the mergers, particularly in military defense arena and the ginormous media industry. That would affect both Fox and CNN--for starters. Is any government willing to go there??

The narrow mainstream point of view has an effect on what we believe to be true, so these outlets are free to engage in propaganda. That includes Tucker Carlson, who is a perfect example of a 'limited hangout,' someone who appears to be, "for the people." It's a game. Don't be a pawn. Question everything.

[Delight]

[/CENTER]Click here: We Will Not Be Silenced. When you click play, a pop-up display will ask for an email address. This allows you direct access to the David Icke Part 4 interview.

For me, entering the email scores of times does not access anything?

[Delight]

9 years ago this was on youtube and it was NOT funny to me then

yKxM4ToLLR8

[greybeard]

[/CENTER]Click here: We Will Not Be Silenced. When you click play, a pop-up display will ask for an email address. This allows you direct access to the David Icke Part 4 interview.

For me, entering the email scores of times does not access anything?

You also have to tick the box beside by clicking subscribe etc.Delight.
The most up to date episode will not be available till later they cut it into segments for easy access.
I watched it live thought it was delayed for an hour. David Icke talked for three hours.
Chris

[Delight]

Click here: We Will Not Be Silenced. When you click play, a pop-up display will ask for an email address. This allows you direct access to the David Icke Part 4 interview.

For me, entering the email scores of times does not access anything?

You also have to tick the box beside by clicking subscribe etc.Delight.
The most up to date episode will not be available till later they cut it into segments for easy access.
I watched it live thought it was delayed for an hour. David Icke talked for three hours.
Chris

Did all that and nothing happens. Thanks for suggestions.




Note from Bill: as soon as someone can download it and send it to staff@projectavalon.net, it'll be in the Avalon Library. We understand that might not be for a few days. (It's also possible it might be on Infowars' http://banned.video.)

:focus:

[Bluegreen]

onawah,

no one seems to came right out and say that they must not be human
or are at least partially or sub human.

They may look human as some we could mention or not. It might be
too dangerous for even the most outspoken to say, but hints have
been made so we can read between the lines.

There have been other 'hints' like a painting I once saw. Don't
know who the artist was. As you have said there are indications in
scripture, quite a few.

It will be revealed and maybe soon if we win the battle.

Quite a few have said out right that the lower astral or and alien entities are behind all the misery and control experienced by the human race.
The late Dr David Hawkins for one and of course David Icke now.
Chris

Forum member Wes Penre:

"The AIF is my own term and stands for “Alien Invader Force.” They are basically the same extraterrestrial force that the Enuma Elish (the Babylonian Creation Story) and the Sumerian texts talk about, where they were called the Anunnaki. There are lots of gods mentioned in the texts, so it looks like our planet was crowded with them. However, when you cross-check the names of these gods with each other, an interesting picture starts to emerge. What you’ll find is that all these names—and many of them are not names, but titles—are basically referring to the same four-five different gods. You will find that all these perhaps hundred different names appearing in the old texts can be narrowed down to four-five beings. This becomes even more evident if we start comparing other texts, too, such as the Vedic texts and Norse mythology, etc. When we have established who these few gods really are, a totally new perspective on our ancient past will emerge. These few main gods, and other “lesser” gods who followed them here, are influencing virtually everything in our lives. What they have done is to control our perceptions of reality."

https://wespenrepublications.home.blog/tag/alien-invader-force/

[Bill Ryan]

David Icke's interview today with Brian Rose from London Real is now here. The very beginning is cut off, but according to one of the comments, all that's really missing is Brian Rose's introduction.


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jNdLsSIEswg

[Constance]

UPDATE: Also, the more people live in big cities, the more they become disconnected from Nature, which means they are much less healthy, grounded, conscious, sane, etc. and why Agendas 21 & 30 both plan for "smart cities", herding people into small, crowded units in cities and out of rural areas.


You have got it in a nutshell there Onawah. :handshake:

Absolutely everything we are need to truly provide us with real opportunities for growth on all levels of our being in this society right now is available to us. However absolutely everything we are living currently as a society is diabolically opposed to us obtaining those needs.

We wonder why we have become diseased and disempowered as individuals but it is because of what is missing from our lives. We are going to need to put back what is missing as a point of urgency if we are going to survive this.

Has anyone ever wondered why Terra Madre has had all her natural wonders exploited, plundered, stripped and decimated to the point where we have so little opportunity to engage with all the divine and natural forces that truly sustains us?
It is because those who currently wield the power innately know and understand that this is one of the three reference points for where our true state of empowerment lies.

I would say that individuals like Queen Elizabeth II, who holds title to roughly 6.6 billion acres of land throughout the world (For reference, that’s about one-sixth of the land on the entire planet), thoroughly knows and understands this.

Mike is right, our energies are better spent by assuming total responsibility for ourselves.

However, in order to be able to take responsibility for ourselves and to truly empower ourselves we first have to be capable, ready, willing, able and have the capacity and the wherewithal to do this; and we cannot do this successfully whilst we continue to separate ourselves from the very things that we need for growth on all levels of our being.

[rgray222]

The liberal agenda has moved so far left that most Democrats are confused, bewildered and alarmed. They don't even recognize their own party. For some, the liberal agenda they grew up with is now considered right-wing in some circles. Why? Well, it doesn't go far enough. It has to be far-left, quasi-Marxist, or full bore Marxist. The woke that were mocked on college campuses have graduated in sufficient numbers. And now, their toxic agenda is spreading like a brush fire. It is unknown if this fire will just quickly burn the debris on the surface exposing the larger reality underneath or if it will take hold and blaze to the core of the precarious lower 48. 

Even the black protesters are beginning to question the motives of their white allies. Some black leaders have started to publicly question what protesters are even doing there, one said  "These people, I’m not even sure they know why they’re here.” (https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/nation/2020/06/14/inside-seattle-autonomous-zone-black-protesters-seek-lasting-change/3179232001/) While the white protesters are supporting racial equality there goal is much larger and much more ominous.  Some liberal Democrats fail to see the bigger picture, Bill Maher said "defunding the police is friggin nuts" (https://thehill.com/homenews/media/502593-bill-maher-tees-off-on-f-ing-stupid-defund-the-police-message-terrible-idea). The Mayor of Minneapolis was booed out of the room when he said he would not defund the police (https://www.cnn.com/2020/06/07/us/minneapolis-mayor-police-abolition/index.html). The list of astonished Democrats reads like a who's who of the left. They just don't get it that the fringe on the left has put much more than just their nose underneath the proverbial tent. It started long before AOC arrived on the scene but she was the first visible harbinger that things had radically changed. Even today many still don't truly understand the sea change that is taking place right before their eyes. It is possible that some are beginning to see it but they are like deer in the headlight, wondering if they should run or standstill.

The four years (or more) of training these protesters acquired at University taught them that no dissent is permitted. The idea of a young college mind having an opposing thought different from the mobs is stamped out at lightning speed. This is why the thought police have been unleashed around the edges of society. The activist modern-day media are in lock-step supporting the rebellious and riotous mob and giving credence to the thought police at every opportunity. Just one slip-up or differing opinion could get you fired, suspended, or canceled. These are the hordes of Mordor, an apt description by conservative commentator Erick Erickson. The hordes are lying in wait to pounce with a ferocity that we have not seen before. The cancel culture is being supported by the corporate community worldwide because they want to be seen to be doing something but they have no idea where all this is going.

Bernie Sanders was the great tell of this generation, young Socialist and Marxist were comfortable with him, after all, he reminded them of the radical grandfatherly figure that had taught them for four years. Somehow our higher learning institutions are no longer educating they are in full-on indoctrination mode with no sign of slowing. The good news is more and more are waking up to the seeds of this radicalization.

In one way or the other, the left-wing mob will find a way to get you. They don't want apologies; they want the destruction of those they view as enemies to their worldview. Just look around all of the weird acts of contrition being exhibited by white liberals that are rightfully described as activities that are more in line with cult behavior. I was going to put some examples here but many of them have been removed or made so hard to find that people like myself simply say it is not worth the effort. I'm sure you have seen the washing of feet (https://www.usnews.com/news/best-states/north-carolina/articles/2020-06-08/police-officers-wash-feet-of-black-pastors-in-north-carolina) and the communal praying to the race diety (https://twitter.com/i/status/1267931725004288009).

Among self-described liberals, we’re watching an intellectual revolution. This particular revolution is a political catastrophe that in reality appears more of a psychotic break than a revolt. It now appears that the American left has actually lost its mind. It’s become a cowardly mob of upper-class social media addicts, Twitter Snobs who move from discipline to discipline torching reputations and jobs with breathtaking casualness.

The leaders of this new movement are replacing traditional liberal beliefs about tolerance, free inquiry, and even racial harmony with ideas so toxic and unattractive that they shun debate, moving straight to shaming threats, and intimidation. They are counting on the guilt-ridden, self-flagellating nature of traditional American progressives, who will not stand up for themselves.  They will walk straight to the razor's edge voluntarily and then ask for more.

They’ve conned organization after organization into empowering panels to search out thoughtcrime, and it’s established now that anything can be an offense, from a UCLA professor placed under investigation (https://www.washingtonexaminer.com/news/professor-under-investigation-for-reading-mlks-letter-from-birmingham-jail-containing-n-word) for reading Martin Luther King’s “Letter from a Birmingham Jail” out loud to a data scientist fired* from a research firm for — get this — retweeting an academic study suggesting nonviolent protests may be more politically effective than violent ones!

Yes, change is good. Yes, change is needed and even once in a while a bit of insurrection can be healthy. The problem is this toxic mess we find ourselves in originates from a location that is occupied by hate, far beyond the limits of anger. Oddly enough colleges, prestigious universities, and the media are at risk as well.  The motto of the mob is death to the institution, it makes no difference if the institution supports the left or the right.

Once the mob breathes enough life into the cause world leaders, countries with great resources and the United Nations global activist will pick up the charge. At that point, it will be a well funded clearly defined march towards the goal of transferring power to the global governance system.  It is all about controlling the environment, population, and freedoms that determine the quality of our lives. Of course, this will be sold to us as something good for society. You will be told that if you don't get behind this or if you prevent it from happening it will result in the destruction of the human race.

Nothing could be further from the truth

I wrote most of this for my site but parts of it were picked up and published elsewhere.

Source: https://www.shieldspirit.com/2020/06/the-liberal-agenda-has-moved-and-most.html

[TomKat]

Agenda 21 /2030 at warp speed, next is crash of the dollar, rollout into digital currency.

I'm thinking the next step is a big war.

[lunaflare]

Another stellar interview with David Icke (post #67). He's a great teacher and no interviewer can come close to his expanded vision. Fortunately, David steers the three hours with clear dot-connecting--and always with a twinkle.

Seems vital, especially now, to be reminded that we are infinite consciousness (therefore all connected) and having a human experience. Different bodies; different perspectives. Icke talks about the danger of labels which saturate our world: black, white, asian, gay, straight etc. and how these can control and enslave us (purposefully by the 1%)

Renegade is a good documentary on Icke's life if you get the chance to see it. I learned his biggest fan is Alice Walker. Their mutual respect and shared understanding of the nature of reality really walks the talk...

[bobme]

good thread bill. many good repies also. i knew from day one this virus was ascam for complete control. i told everyone no, donot cave into it.

i know know the majority did. but i had to speak out about the absudity of it all.

there we a few who listend, and finnaly saw the truth in what i was trying to say. but more just repeated what they were told by the media they had to believe.

i see there are more people becomming more aware, yet i also see many refsing to see. ialmost feel like there is no hope anymore. but i will not stop trying. lovr you all.

thank yuo for puttng up with my vent.

[Gwin Ru]

“At the same time they’re keeping people from going to church, they’re allowing mass gatherings of rioters, looters and protesters.”
-Tony Heller
It seems like strong cognitive dissonance "resonates" with a lot of people, especially politicians... but WHY?
[...]Well, David Icke offers a very good, logical and rational answer to that question :) looking at our proverbial spherical box from way out of it:


jNdLsSIEswg

[Gwin Ru]

USA Plan: Militarized Control of Population. The “National Covid-19 Testing Action Plan” (https://www.globalresearch.ca/usa-plan-militarized-control-population/5713839)

By Manlio Dinucci (https://www.globalresearch.ca/author/manlio-dinucci)
Global Research, June 14, 2020



https://www.globalresearch.ca/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/thumbnail-7-400x320.jpeg


The Rockefeller Foundation has presented the “National Covid-19 Testing Action Plan”, indicating the “pragmatic steps to reopen our workplaces and our communities”. However, it is not simply a matter of health measures as it appears from the title.
The Plan – that some of the most prestigious universities have contributed to (Harvard, Yale, Johns Hopkins and others) – prefigures a real hierarchical and militarized social model.

At the top, the “Pandemic Testing Board (PTB), akin to the War Production Board that the United States created in World War II“. The Pandemic Testing Board would “consist of leaders from business, government and academia” (government representatives would not in the first row, but finance and economic representatives being listed in order of importance).

This Supreme Council would have the power to decide productions and services with an authority similar to that conferred to the President of the United States in wartime by the Defense Production Act.

The plan calls for 3 million US citizens to be Covid-19 tested weekly, and the number should be raised to 30 million per week within six months. The goal is to achieve the ability to Covid-19 test 30 million people a day, which is to be realized within a year.

For each test, “a fair market reimbursement (e.g. $100) for all Covid-19 assays” is expected. Thus, billions of dollars a month of public money will be needed.

The Rockefeller Foundation and its financial partners will help create a network for the provision of credit guarantees and the signing of contracts with suppliers, that is large companies that manufacture drugs and medical equipment.

According to the Plan, the “Pandemic Control Council” is also authorized to create a “Pandemic Response Corps”: a special force (not surprisingly called “Corps” like the Marine Corps) with a staff of 100 to 300 thousand components.

They would be recruited among Peace Corps and Americorps volunteers (officially created by the US government to “help developing countries”) and among National Guard military personnel. The members of the “Pandemic Response Corps” would receive an average gross wage of $40,000 per year, a State expenditure of $4-12 billion a year is expected for it.

The “pandemic response body” would above all have the task of controlling the population with military-like techniques, through digital tracking and identification systems, in work and study places, in residential areas, in public places and when travelling. Systems of this type – the Rockefeller Foundation recalls – are made by Apple, Google and Facebook.

According to the Plan, information on individuals relating to their state of health and their activities would remain confidential “whenever possible”. However, they would all be centralized in a digital platform co-managed by the Federal State and private companies. According to data provided by the “Pandemic Control Council”, it would be decided from time to time which area should be subject to lockdown and for how long.

This, in summary, is the plan the Rockefeller Foundation wants to implement in the United States and beyond. If it were even partially implemented, there would be further concentration of economic and political power in the hands of an even narrower elite sector to the detriment of a growing majority that would be deprived of fundamental democratic rights.

The operation is carried out in the name of “Covid-19 control”, whose mortality rate has so far been less than 0.03% of the US population according to official data. In the Rockefeller Foundation Plan the virus is used as a real weapon, more dangerous than Covid-19 itself.

*




This article was originally published on Il Manifesto.



Manlio Dinucci is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization.


Featured image is from Children’s Health Defense


The original source of this article is Global Research
Copyright © Manlio Dinucci (https://www.globalresearch.ca/author/manlio-dinucci), Global Research, 2020


Related:


Lock step scenario (Rockefeller foundation's PDF document) (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?110506-Covid19-Cui-Bono-Is-there-an-agenda&p=1348500&viewfull=1#post1348500)

[Yetti]

Bill you nail it ! what I see in desperation is how many people just swell the media narrative without any question , and even if a fact is presented to them , they will just ignore or disbelieve , or change into attack mood , but Never! chew it a little in order to discuss the matter and facts with you with an objective mind. Deep state did a wonderful job washing brains here. . The good news is a vast mayority of my friends in latin america are awake! and spread the curiosity among their friends , To wake up is just a question of choice!

[wegge]

Regarding mass testing, our German Minister of Health dropped a bombshell yesterday and admitted that massively increasing testing would lead to many false positives.
German Link: https://deutsch.rt.com/inland/103494-viel-mehr-falsch-positive-als/

Some days ago a YouTube video surfaced (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FtlPO1PktZA&feature=youtu.be&fbclid=IwAR0a1rNYR2zNTjVWg7NWil-BfMd8jc3i7IeDxTo0slJ215vZKQImbvBfvfs), again in German, that explains via an excel spreadsheet, how a Test with an accuracy of 98%, leads to hundreds of thousands false positives, if millions get tested.
I think the surfacing of this video plus it´s pressure (?) led to his 180 turn, because only 6 days ago he declared he wants to massively increase testing (https://www.zeit.de/wissen/gesundheit/2020-06/jens-spahn-corona-tests-fuer-alle-covid-19-deutschland-verordnung) and also test people without symptoms.

Shows to me that the truth has reality changing properties, which can act rapidly. Let´s see how the saga continues.

[onawah]

Biggest Bailout of Wall Street in U.S. History was Planned Months before the Plandemic Virus Crisis
“Big” Pharma now HUGE Pharma
June 15, 2020
( HYPERLINKS IN THE ARTICLE AT: )
https://vaccineimpact.com/2020/biggest-bailout-of-wall-street-in-u-s-history-was-planned-months-before-the-plandemic-virus-crisis-big-pharma-now-huge-pharma/

by Brian Shilhavy
Editor, Health Impact News

"We have been reporting here at Health Impact News that the worldwide reaction to the Coronavirus has been a very well-planned event that has allowed life as we knew it to change almost overnight, as the New World Order plan is no longer a conspiracy, but something that has been published now for everyone to see.

The UN “New World Order” Has Now Been Published: No Longer a “Conspiracy Theory” – Out of Shadows
The New World Order: Creating a Crisis so the Rich Get Richer While Millions Lose Their Jobs
New World Order Continues to be Published: The “Great Reset” – Transhumanism and the 4th Industrial Revolution
The transfer of wealth from the middle class and small businesses to Wall Street has also been very swift, as three stimulus packages have already been implemented, with the vast majority of new money being produced by the Federal Reserve and the Central Bankers primarily benefiting the pharmaceutical industry, which has a blank check at this point to develop COVID vaccines at “Warp Speed.”

Project “Warp Speed” is led by General Gustave Perna, and Dr. Moncef Slaoui, the former chairman of GlaxoSmithKline’s vaccines division, who has worked closely with Bill Gates and other Big Pharma leaders, including Google which is also now a pharmaceutical company.

Trump Mobilizes Military to Deliver Coronavirus Vaccine – Appoints Another Bill Gates Funded Big Pharma Exec as Chief Military Advisor
And now it is being reported that a Phase Four stimulus package is in the works, where President Trump wants another $2 TRILLION in bailouts (Democrat Nancy Peolsi wants $3 TRILLION):

“with the bulk of that focused on bringing home our manufacturing base, starting with pharmaceuticals and medical supplies and equipment.” (Source https://www.breitbart.com/clips/2020/06/13/navarro-trump-very-interested-in-at-least-2-trillion-for-phase-four-bill-bulk-focused-on-bringing-back-manufacturing/)
https://healthimpactnews.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2020/06/Economic-Policy-Journal-Graph.png
In an article published by Pam Martens and Russ Martens at Wall Street on Parade, we learn that not only was the reaction to a “new” virus pre-planned before it happened, so were the economic stimulus packages that have destroyed America’s economy, and in fact the world economy, by former central bankers now on the payroll at an investment firm called BlackRock.

BlackRock Authored the Bailout Plan Before There Was a Crisis – Now It’s Been Hired by three Central Banks to Implement the Plan
by Pam Martens and Russ Martens
Wall Street on Parade

Excerpts:

It’s called “Going Direct.” That’s the financial bailout plan designed and authored by former central bankers now on the payroll at BlackRock, an investment manager of $7 trillion in stock and bond funds. The plan was rolled out in August 2019 at the G7 summit of central bankers in Jackson Hole, Wyoming – months before the public was aware of any financial crisis. One month later, on September 17, 2019, the U.S. Federal Reserve would begin an emergency repo loan bailout program, making hundreds of billions of dollars a week in loans by “going direct” to the trading houses on Wall Street.

The BlackRock plan calls for blurring the lines between government fiscal policy and central bank monetary policy – exactly what the U.S. Treasury and the Federal Reserve are doing today in the United States. BlackRock has now been hired by the Federal Reserve, the Bank of Canada, and Sweden’s central bank, Riksbank, to implement key features of the plan. Three of the authors of the BlackRock plan previously worked as central bankers in the U.S., Canada and Switzerland, respectively.

The authors wrote in the white paper that:

“in a downturn the only solution is for a more formal – and historically unusual – coordination of monetary and fiscal policy to provide effective stimulus.”

We now understand why, for the first time in history, the U.S. Congress handed over $454 billion of taxpayers’ money to the Fed, without any meaningful debate, to eat losses on toxic assets produced by the Wall Street banks it supervises. The Fed plans to leverage the $454 billion into a $4.54 trillion bailout plan, “going direct” with bailouts to the commercial paper market, money market funds, and a host of other markets.

The BlackRock plan further explains why, for the first time in history, the Fed has hired BlackRock to “go direct” and buy up $750 billion in both primary and secondary corporate bonds and bond ETFs (Exchange Traded Funds), a product of which BlackRock is one of the largest purveyors in the world. Adding further outrage, the BlackRock-run program will get $75 billion of the $454 billion in taxpayers’ money to eat the losses on its corporate bond purchases, which will include its own ETFs, which the Fed is allowing it to buy in the program.

Helicopter money is also spelled out in the BlackRock plan, which explains why simultaneously with the $454 billion Congress carved out for the Fed under the CARES Act, fiscal stimulus was also “going direct” with $1200 checks and direct deposits to the little people of America and Paycheck Protection Program loans and grants “going direct” to small businesses.

In the United States, approximately 85 percent of the stock market is owned by the richest 10 percent of Americans. Buying stocks would simply expand and accelerate the wealth and income inequality which is already at the highest levels since the 1920s – a time when Wall Street also owned large deposit-taking banks.

The Swiss National Bank, the central bank of Switzerland, where one of the BlackRock authors previously worked, already has massive holdings of individual stocks, including $94 billion in publicly traded stocks in the U.S. according to its March 31, 2020 report that was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The BlackRock authors of the “Going Direct” plan are the following:

Stanley Fischer: Fischer was Vice Chairman of Citigroup from 2002 to 2005. Citigroup received the largest bailout in global banking history, getting $2.5 trillion cumulatively in revolving loans from the Fed and billions more from taxpayers in the financial crisis of 2007 to 2010. Fischer went from Citigroup to serve as Governor of the central bank of Israel (Bank of Israel) from 2005 to 2013. (He holds dual citizenship in Israel and the U.S.) One year later, Fischer became a Governor on the U.S. Federal Reserve Board, advancing to Vice Chairman on June 16, 2014. He resigned his position at the Fed October 13, 2017 and joined BlackRock as a Senior Advisor in January 2019.

Philipp Hildebrand: Hildebrand was Chairman of the Governing Board of the Swiss National Bank from 2010 until he abruptly resigned in early 2012. (There was a scandal over his wife, a former hedge fund trader, making trades in currencies while he had inside information on interest rates.) Hildebrand is now Vice Chairman of BlackRock and a member of the firm’s Global Executive Committee.

Jean Boivin: Boivin is the Head of the BlackRock Investment Institute. He joined BlackRock in 2014. Prior to joining BlackRock, Boivin was appointed Deputy Governor of the Bank of Canada in March 2010 where he served for two years. Boivin left the Bank of Canada in October 2012 to become Associate Deputy Minister at the Department of Finance, and to serve as Canada’s Finance Deputy at the G-7, G-20 and the Financial Stability Board.

Elga Bartsch: Bartsch heads up economic and markets research at the Blackrock Investment Institute. Prior to joining BlackRock, Bartsch was Global Co-Head of Economics and Chief European Economist at Morgan Stanley in London. According to the government audit of the Fed’s bailout programs during the 2007-2010 financial crisis, Morgan Stanley was the second largest recipient of the Fed’s bailout programs, behind Citigroup, receiving $2.04 trillion cumulatively in revolving, below-market rate loans.

On May 15, the central bank of Sweden, the Riksbank, announced that it would be using BlackRock to conduct “an analysis of the Swedish corporate bonds market and an assessment of possible design options for a potential corporate bonds asset purchase programme.”

The Bank of Canada announced in April that BlackRock has been hired as an adviser for its commercial paper, provincial bond, and corporate bond buying programs.

The Federal Reserve has given a no-bid contract to BlackRock to manage all of its corporate bond programs.

Peter Ewart, a writer based in Prince George, British Columbia, wrote the following in the Prince George Daily News about BlackRock’s role in herding central bank actions:

“The situation also shows how the economic system in both Canada and the U.S. is not classical capitalism but rather state monopoly capitalism, where giant enterprises are regularly backstopped with public funds and the boundaries between the state and the financial oligarchy are virtually non-existent.”

Read the full article at WallStreetonParade.com : https://wallstreetonparade.com/2020/06/blackrock-authored-the-bailout-plan-before-there-was-a-crisis-now-its-been-hired-by-three-central-banks-to-implement-the-plan/ "

[shaberon]

I have always wondered, who are "they". Who are the people, groups, or entities that are behind puppets like Bill Gates, George Soros, Adolf Hitler, Vladimir Lenin, the Rockefellers, the Rothschilds, and so forth? Who is behind all these degenerates throughout history. Is there an equally powerful opposing force that is on "our" side. A force the does not want to depopulate humanity, which opposes humanism and transhumanism. A force that wants to help us grow.


If yes, than WHO are these forces?



Plato v. Aristotle

Aristotelian forces have seized both theology and materialism. It began an especially violent journey with


Hypatia of Alexandria (https://theravenreport.com/2017/01/30/hypatia-of-alexandria-and-the-murder-that-crushed-intellectualism/)

https://theravenreport.files.wordpress.com/2017/01/a6e75e0a91b649c284cf581e39af9ee5.jpg



Born around 355, Hypatia was the leading mathematician and astronomer of her time and the first woman to make her way into these disciplines during the Greco-Roman era of the 4th century. She was a symbol of what it meant to embrace intellectualism on a superior level, rendering all things in the universe as motivations for learning, not war. She was a thinker of the highest order, living in a world landscaped by religious conflict, separatism, and fear. Even more fascinating is the way her life illuminated the plight of science during a time of extreme religious separatism—a time when these two entities were often pitted against one another in a battle for universal understanding.


Slaughtering her began a wave of violent conversion which covered Europe except for the Baltic states.

Outside of that sphere, Byzantine Science (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Byzantine_science#Humanism_and_Renaissance) was in every period closely connected with ancient-pagan philosophy, and metaphysics. "Humanism" inspired by this, is "the humanities". Europe still had Natural Science until Isaac Newton, when Aristotelian science purged it.

From there, across the Silk Road, one finds many enclaves if not outright bastions of learning, and examples of religious tolerance. One can be confident that there are beneficial forces.

Plato is closer to Pythagoras, which leans towards vegetarianism and the use of the five-pointed star as Hygeia or Health, this, being the principle of Five Elements, such as in Ayurveda. This is a basic thing, an everyday principle of life for everybody. So we more or less have this against an artificial death cult.

[Constance]

Is there an equally powerful opposing force that is on "our" side. A force the does not want to depopulate humanity, which opposes humanism and transhumanism. A force that wants to help us grow.

If yes, than WHO are these forces?



Why, it's you!!! It's been you all along. :heart: Your future self is always beckoning you on in the way of intuitions and inspirations. For an idea of how the intuitive process works, I invite you to watch this video.

You will need to start at the 7.5 minute mark because there were technical problems.

Lz2YPs93d3E

[shaberon]

The Federal Reserve has given a no-bid contract to BlackRock to manage all of its corporate bond programs.




According to Wolf Street (https://wolfstreet.com/2020/06/11/america-convulses-in-pain-fed-bails-out-the-wealthy/), this cannot be said powerfully enough. The "various agencies", are, again, more or less a smoke screen so people do not see the government giving handouts to the same greedy hands:

The Fed’s huge purchases of Treasury securities in March was a hedge-fund bailout.

(Other main recipients are mortgage-backed securities and indebted corporations)

In central-bank lingo, this is called “moral hazard”: Bailing out the wealthy and asset holders, hedge funds, mortgage REITs, private equity firms, and huge risk takers, and it’s called “moral hazard” because it encourages this risky behavior because they know that they’re going to get a bailout when it hits the fan next time, and so they do the same thing again and take even greater risks, and it blows up again with even bigger consequences, and they get bailed out again with even more trillions.

By means of a slew of programs, the Fed has handed $2.9 trillion so far to Wall Street. Asset prices soared – bonds, stocks, mortgage-backed securities, leveraged loans, the whole schmear. People that owned them made many trillions of dollars in two months even as tens of millions of people lost their jobs and people protested in the streets.

The Fed bailed out and made whole those that hold assets. The more assets they hold, and the wealthier they are, they more they got so that they don’t have to feel the pain, and so that they don’t have to feel the anger, and so that they can continue to accumulate wealth and power while the rest of the country is screaming.

This is the largest wealth transfer in the history of mankind, and it increased by a huge amount the already huge wealth disparity.



It will be difficult to make a larger object of contention for a long time, this Black Rock-managed swindle is scandalous, well inside the margins described In a 1991 interview, then N [ational] E [ndowment] D [for Democracy] President David Ignatius arrogantly stated “a lot of what we do today was done covertly 25 years ago by the CIA…The biggest difference is that when such activities are done overtly, the flap potential is close to zero. Openness is its own protection”.

That is from a paper by Cynthia Chung (http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/55230.htm) which highlights very well the manner in which, in the U. S., Rooseveltian anti-imperialism was replaced by Trumanesque service to Her Majesty. At first, it was based in faulty Cold War Intelligence. Then, it is shown that CFR/State Dept./and the projection of Democracy are one. Kissinger was the one who got rid of most of the non-complicit elements in the CIA, and he says:

[The British] became a participant in internal American deliberations, to a degree probably never practiced between sovereign nations…In my White House incarnation then, I kept the British Foreign Office better informed and more closely engaged than I did the American Department…

And the new vehicle was the Trilateral Commission:

Its formation would be organised by Britain’s hand in America, the Council on Foreign Relations, (aka: the offspring of the Royal Institute for International Affairs, the leading think tank for the British Crown).

Who rapidly began looking at destruction leading to enforced democracy:

In 1975 the CFR launched a public study of global policy titled the 1980’s Project. The general theme was “controlled disintegration” of the world economy, and the report did not attempt to hide the famine, social chaos, and death its policy would bring upon most of the world’s population.

The study explained that the world financial and economic system needed a complete overhaul according to which key sectors such as energy, credit allocation and food would be placed under the direction of a single global administration. The objective of this reorganization would be the replacement of nation states.

However, before this could occur, nation states would have to falter, or at least give off the impression of faltering.

The failure of the nation state is not a natural phenomenon but rather is the outcome of a fascist coup; involving a banker’s dictatorship, economic looting and permanent warfare (the Cold War never ended) to hinder national industrial growth.

Among the most effective strategies towards this end has been color revolutions, which just so happens to be the NED’s specialty practice and has included, to name a few, the nations of Yugoslavia, Georgia, Iraq, Lebanon, Burma, Iran, Egypt, Yemen, Ukraine and the ongoing Hong Kong protests.

Wherever this strategy has unfolded, the target state is told by the international community that it has no right to intervene and is told to stand by as its nation is ransacked by locusts and its government ‘reorganised’.

FDR once said "I was told… six years ago, to clean out that State Department. It’s like the British Foreign Office…."


That never happened.

[greybeard]

TPTB Why its you!!
There is no other according to the Self Realized.
So the way to transcend the "evil" is through prayer and meditation.
David Icke recommends this.
He has said "There is only love the rest is an illusion"
Raise you consciousness and you raise the collective.
2030 -36 is touted as the great awakening -- TPTB (ego) know this and does everything that it can to prevent it.

There is nowhere that "God" is not.
You are That -- Thou are That..
All will be well but tough times ahead in Maya.
"Acts will happen
deeds are done
But there is no individual doer there of"

Chris

[muxfolder]

David Icke's interview today with Brian Rose from London Real is now here. The very beginning is cut off, but according to one of the comments, all that's really missing is Brian Rose's introduction.


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jNdLsSIEswg

Once again, David nails it.

[gnostic9]

Billy Te Kahika holds a meeting in response to New Zealand lockdown.



http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dMilQ7LSyWo




Love peace and joy to all!

[shaberon]

Most evidence would say the British Empire is not the same as the Jesuit one even into the twentieth century.

To paraphrase Quigley (https://www.globalresearch.ca/imperialism-diamonds-power-plan-cecil-rhodes-secret-society-global-control/5716207) on 19th century Synarchy that did not yet have a "system", there was, mysteriously enough, a secret society called Cecil Rhodes’ Secret Society, to serve as a form of religious brotherhood based on the Jesuit model, and was to be devoted to the extension of the British Empire across the globe.

So it was "based" on them, it was not them taking over England--nor was there a global system:

When Rhodes died in 1902, the leadership of the society passed largely to [Alfred] Milner, who shared the same goal as Rhodes of creating a truly global empire, which would be brought about by “secret political and economic influence behind the scenes and by control of journalistic, educational and propaganda agencies”.

That is the definition of Synarchy, i. e., secret, and this was Quigley's only real criticism; he liked it, and thought it should be open Oligarchy.

The nuts and bolts of the same power regime as today were found in the Boer War, an overtly capitalist war that used mass produced propaganda for public support, and blatant racist advertising.

Milner played a core role in South Africa for years, including being one of the British officials who tried to cover-up the horrors of concentration camps used by the British during the Second Boer War. Between June 1901 and May 1902, approximately 28,000 people died, 22,000 of which were children, in British concentration camps in Southern Africa, and Milner was brought in to try and clean the mess up, resulting in him trying to find ways to spin the disaster to make it more palatable to the British public back home.

An approximate equal and successor is that father of freedom, Churchill (https://www.globalresearch.ca/the-horrible-truth-about-winston-churchill/5626729):


The young Churchill played his part enthusiastically in all kinds of imperial atrocities. When concentration camps were built in South Africa, for white Boers, he said they produced “the minimum of suffering.” The Boer death toll was in fact almost 28,000.

So he was participating in killing other "white people" behind an artistic facade which mocked them in a way equating them to animals.

Churchill further announced:

“I hate Indians. They are a beastly people with a beastly religion.”

This is the same British Imperialism as in the CFR, through which they had already clamped down on the U. S. in Roosevelt's era, and is still obeyed, like a puppy, by Hillary Clinton, among others. Same thing as Herrenvolk, different language.

By 1975, the CFR already had a multiple-disasters power projection plan, to cause problems and answer with world government, extended through the National Endowment for Democracy. According to Engdahl (https://www.globalresearch.ca/the-horrible-truth-about-winston-churchill/5626729):

The NED and its various offshoots was created in the 1980’s by CIA head Bill Casey as a covert CIA tool to overthrow specific regimes around the world under the cover of a human rights NGO. In fact, they get their money from Congress and from USAID.

Casey is famously attributed the line about when nothing the American public knows is real, the CIA's mission is accomplished. If, in their opinion, this work is done, we might agree about that.

The "color revolution" technique started feebly in Poland and improved in Yugoslavia. He goes on to describe financial backers of the current protests, such as Ford and Rockefeller (the main arteries of the U. N.), as well as possibly perceived rivals such as Soros.

In Belgrade:

Trained squads of activists were deployed in protests to take over city blocks with the aid of ‘intelligence helmet’ video screens that give them an instantaneous overview of their environment. Bands of youth converging on targeted intersections in constant dialogue on cell phones, would then overwhelm police. The US government spent some $41 million on the operation. Student groups were secretly trained in the Sharp handbook techniques of staging protests that mocked the authority of the ruling police, showing them to be clumsy and impotent against the youthful protesters. Professionals from the CIA and US State Department guided them behind the scenes.

Lincoln (https://www.jamesjpn.net/conspiracy/what-famous-men-had-to-say-about-jesuits/) has supposedly blamed the Jesuits for promising weapons to the Confederacy in the name of Democracy.

Americans Warned of Jesuitism (https://books.google.com/books?id=nX1eAAAAcAAJ&lpg=PA125&ots=AcqLvYLNWL&dq=jesuits%20usury&pg=PA126#v=onepage&q=jesuits%20usury&f=false) (1851) refers to Usury. and to the Afnair suit in France. Here is Full Text (https://quod.lib.umich.edu/m/moa/AJH2497.0001.001?rgn=main;view=fulltext).

Jesuits Complete History (https://books.google.com/books?id=nX1eAAAAcAAJ&lpg=PA125&ots=AcqLvYLNWL&dq=jesuits%20usury&pg=PA126#v=onepage&q=jesuits%20usury&f=false) (1883) combines it with fraudulent bankruptcy.

Jesuit Order and Origin (https://books.google.com/books?id=tmgVWAluL_AC&lpg=RA3-PA16&ots=2MDj4Us-mz&dq=jesuits%20bank%20of%20england&pg=RA3-PA15#v=onepage&q=jesuits%20bank%20of%20england&f=false) (1848) refers to fractional reserve lending at 41 : 1.

There is a view that after Rome was sacked by Charles V Spain in 1527 (http://www.reformation.org/secrets-of-the-bank-of-rome.html), Switzerland became the repository for remaining papal wealth; this being the root of the Bank of International Settlements. The Jesuit Order, formed shortly after the attack, brainstormed in all the universities and came to the conclusion that Usury is the best usurper of nations.

Since this was evidently understood by revolutionaries such as Washington, Adams, Franklin, M. de Lafayette, that is to say there is a faction of Masonry that is against what they typically called Usury, which is more or less a Biblical term for unfair practices. The Anti-Masonic Party is an 1801 Jesuit-induced rebuttal which reverses this. In France, of course, it was true that there were Masons on all sides of the issues, but the American resistance was fairly clear.

The Bank of International Settlements spawned out of the consequences of the Treaty of Versailles, i. e., there were generations of crazy things going on for the German Mark, until, with a lot of private British and American investment, it re-industrialized and worked its way into a definite payment plan, which, was almost taken care of, but, recently, someone in Greece is making a claim. So, although Bank of England was probably the first bank "of a country", since it is now part of the BiS system, it appears the Jesuits and the British have reconciled over their main love, money.

I imagine it would be almost impossible to find any Jesuit fingerprints on the scenes today, since, they have achieved "voluntary service" from many people, doubly so if the CIA's mission has worked. That is one of the nearest things to perfection in a Machiavellian sense. Buddhism considers it a worse temptation than merely being able to get whatever you want.

[greybeard]

"IT WILL HAPPEN IN THE NEXT FEW WEEKS!" | Robert Kiyosaki

"Not sure I believe this says Chris"



http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LaQVuXouFug





Clarification from Bill: This is Kiyosaki's prediction of the collapse of the Repo market in the Fall, and consequently the implosion of 401k pensions. (He may be right.)

[Gracy]

Atlanta police walking off the job?
3_kQjIxEUKw

[Bill Ryan]

Atlanta police walking off the job?
3_kQjIxEUKw

Seems like this might be happening. (And in my personal opinion based on what I believe I know, that would be rather understandable.)


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TS7Lli5jaw4

[Bill Ryan]

The lynch mob now turns on the police. Watch as more chaos and conflict will develop amid the growing witch-hunt hysteria, with police officers everywhere deciding it's just not worth it to continue to try to do their job.

A new career in private security, probably much better paid and with much more anonymity, will be looking far more attractive to many.

[happyuk]

An excellent article on the reality of what is going on in America when the Catholic Supreme Court Chief Justice and five other Justices vote against God’s creation of human sexuality.

The article ends with this paragraph, a reference to the domination of worldliness in the United States which is increasing daily.

"Fighting this may not work. That two-thirds of our nation’s highest court clearly despise the Constitution and the way of life it protects, and which it is their sole job to defend, may be yet another indication that the United States we know and love is heading into a dark night of oblivion, like all empires before it. If that is the case, however, I’m going down fighting as hard as I can."

https://thefederalist.com/2020/06/16/scotuss-transgender-ruling-firebombs-the-constitution/

[happyuk]

On a lighter note, this guy's response to a pig-ignorant CNN anchor, while munching on raw ramen noodles, made me laugh out loud:

https://9gag.com/gag/aQd9L32

[Bill Ryan]

Here's a 5,600 word article by Matt Bracken, that he originally wrote in 2012 and then reposted unchanged on 31 May 2020. That's 18 long days ago.

The site it was on is down, and it wasn't on archive.org. But I found the whole thing still on a Google cache, and PDFed it.

I don't believe it's any kind of call to violence. It's far more like a worst-case-scenario warning.

In earlier years, I've several times posted a similar article written by Al Martin in 2004 (republished by Jeff Rense in 2008), called Protocols for Economic Collapse in America (http://projectavalon.net/Protocols_For_Economic_Collapse_In_America.pdf).

That article, well worth reading and understanding by anyone now, describes what would roll out (and is already written in law, hence the "Protocols" title) if all hell breaks loose and the structure of US society is badly damaged. Matt Bracken's article is quite closely related.

When the Music Stops: How America's Cities may Explode in Violence


http://projectavalon.net/When_the_Music_Stops_-_How_America's_Cities_may_Explode_in_Violence_(Matt_Bracken).pdf


http://projectavalon.net/When_the_Music_Stops_-_How_America's_Cities_may_Explode_in_Violence_(Matt_Bracken).pdf

[Sarah Rainsong]

Below is a bit more "on the ground" local reporting of the situation in Atlanta. But I will say, this is going to get worse before it gets better. Police across the country are facing a reckoning, one which is really only partially their making. The system is corrupt. And trying to paint over rotten wood just isn't going to fix anything, much less trying to say that the wood is not even rotten.

If America is being "taken down" it's as much due to her own choices as it is to any outside influences. There is so much ancestral trauma from so many different angles that is being exposed right now---there is no easy way out. Cleaning out these wounds that have been festering for generations is going to be painful.

Those that would like for BLM to just disappear are ignorant to how deep this wound goes. The systemic bigotry and corruption have rotted our entire justice system to its core. Those who just want some reform are basically calling for a little bit of paint over rotted wood. Those that want to complain about how the movement has been hijacked are missing the point. Of course the movement has been hijacked! Every. single. meaningful. movement toward addressing corruption. That does not mean that people should stop fighting.

I do wonder that while the rot is being exposed, what will people do when they see how truly deep it is?

In the end, it is my hope that the rot will be removed and that we will have a better world for it. But it's not going to be easy, and it will be painful.

Atlanta Police walk out following murder charge against officer who shot Rayshard Brooks (https://decaturish.com/2020/06/atlanta-police-walkout-following-murder-charge-against-officer-who-shot-rayshard-brooks/)



Atlanta, GA — The head of Atlanta’s police union confirmed Wednesday that officers from the Atlanta Police Department in Zones 3 and 6 walked off the job Wednesday afternoon.

Vince Champion, southeast regional director of the International Brotherhood of Police officers, said that police officers had stopped answering calls midshift, in response to charges against Officer Garrett Rolfe who is accused of murdering Rayshard Brooks in Atlanta.

“The union, we would never advocate this. We wouldn’t advocate a blue flu,” Champion said. “We don’t know the numbers. Apparently we’re learning that command staff are asking outlying counties for support and aren’t getting it.”

Decaturish has calls out to public affairs officers in Gwinnett, DeKalb and Cobb counties for confirmation.

A spokesperson for APD called reports of a walkout “inaccurate.”

“Earlier suggestions that multiple officers from each zone had walked off the job were inaccurate,” the spokesperson said. “However, the department is experiencing a higher than usual number of call-outs with the incoming shift. We have enough resources to maintain operations and remain able to respond to incidents throughout the city.”

Zones 3 and 6 cover south Atlanta, where Rolfe killed Rayshard Brooks after a June 12 DUI arrest turned into an altercation. Rolfe fired three bullets at Brooks as he fled with a taser in hand. Video of the shooting suggests Brooks pointed the taser at officers as he fled.

A protest the next day descended into vandalism and the arson of the Wendy’s restaurant where the shooting occurred. Police and state fire officials have offered a reward for tips leading to the arrest and prosecution of the arsonists.

Champion accused Paul Howard, Fulton county’s district attorney, of lying about what is happening in a press conference earlier today when Howard suggested that officer Devin Brosnan had turned state’s evidence and is testifying.

“The attorney for the officer said that’s not true two minutes later, and said he’s not pleading guilty and not offering state’s evidence,” Champion said.

Other local media are seeing evidence of the walkout.

Atlanta INtown reports, “A drive around Zone 6 indicated there was not the usual APD presence. A Georgia State Patrol unit was handling a two-car accident at Boulevard and Edgewood Avenue around 9 p.m. The APD’s precinct at Wellstar Atlanta Medical Center appeared empty. Down in Grant Park, the Zone 3 precinct was populated by Fulton County Sheriff units.”

[Maia Gabrial]

All this rioting and Lamestream lying is because the Rothschilds are pissed that Trump took the Federal Reserve banks away from them. And they want him gone in any way possible. You can see by all the ppl involved (and there are so many of them from different walks of life) are bought and paid for by the Soroses on behalf of the Rothschilds. It's shocking!

Can anyone see past the money or benefits long enough to figure out that they've been used?

[Mike]

Below is a bit more "on the ground" local reporting of the situation in Atlanta. But I will say, this is going to get worse before it gets better. Police across the country are facing a reckoning, one which is really only partially their making. The system is corrupt. And trying to paint over rotten wood just isn't going to fix anything, much less trying to say that the wood is not even rotten.

If America is being "taken down" it's as much due to her own choices as it is to any outside influences. There is so much ancestral trauma from so many different angles that is being exposed right now---there is no easy way out. Cleaning out these wounds that have been festering for generations is going to be painful.

Those that would like for BLM to just disappear are ignorant to how deep this wound goes. The systemic bigotry and corruption have rotted our entire justice system to its core. Those who just want some reform are basically calling for a little bit of paint over rotted wood. Those that want to complain about how the movement has been hijacked are missing the point. Of course the movement has been hijacked! Every. single. meaningful. movement toward addressing corruption. That does not mean that people should stop fighting.

I do wonder that while the rot is being exposed, what will people do when they see how truly deep it is?

In the end, it is my hope that the rot will be removed and that we will have a better world for it. But it's not going to be easy, and it will be painful.

Atlanta Police walk out following murder charge against officer who shot Rayshard Brooks (https://decaturish.com/2020/06/atlanta-police-walkout-following-murder-charge-against-officer-who-shot-rayshard-brooks/)



Atlanta, GA — The head of Atlanta’s police union confirmed Wednesday that officers from the Atlanta Police Department in Zones 3 and 6 walked off the job Wednesday afternoon.

Vince Champion, southeast regional director of the International Brotherhood of Police officers, said that police officers had stopped answering calls midshift, in response to charges against Officer Garrett Rolfe who is accused of murdering Rayshard Brooks in Atlanta.

“The union, we would never advocate this. We wouldn’t advocate a blue flu,” Champion said. “We don’t know the numbers. Apparently we’re learning that command staff are asking outlying counties for support and aren’t getting it.”

Decaturish has calls out to public affairs officers in Gwinnett, DeKalb and Cobb counties for confirmation.

A spokesperson for APD called reports of a walkout “inaccurate.”

“Earlier suggestions that multiple officers from each zone had walked off the job were inaccurate,” the spokesperson said. “However, the department is experiencing a higher than usual number of call-outs with the incoming shift. We have enough resources to maintain operations and remain able to respond to incidents throughout the city.”

Zones 3 and 6 cover south Atlanta, where Rolfe killed Rayshard Brooks after a June 12 DUI arrest turned into an altercation. Rolfe fired three bullets at Brooks as he fled with a taser in hand. Video of the shooting suggests Brooks pointed the taser at officers as he fled.

A protest the next day descended into vandalism and the arson of the Wendy’s restaurant where the shooting occurred. Police and state fire officials have offered a reward for tips leading to the arrest and prosecution of the arsonists.

Champion accused Paul Howard, Fulton county’s district attorney, of lying about what is happening in a press conference earlier today when Howard suggested that officer Devin Brosnan had turned state’s evidence and is testifying.

“The attorney for the officer said that’s not true two minutes later, and said he’s not pleading guilty and not offering state’s evidence,” Champion said.

Other local media are seeing evidence of the walkout.

Atlanta INtown reports, “A drive around Zone 6 indicated there was not the usual APD presence. A Georgia State Patrol unit was handling a two-car accident at Boulevard and Edgewood Avenue around 9 p.m. The APD’s precinct at Wellstar Atlanta Medical Center appeared empty. Down in Grant Park, the Zone 3 precinct was populated by Fulton County Sheriff units.”



Hi Sarah, compared to some kind of unrealistic, hypothetical utopia, the U.S. appears to be rotten. but compared to the rest of the world (and compared to our not too distant history) it is a shining beacon of hope, despite everything going on now. much of the world is ruled by brutal thugs. large numbers of people are starving and don't have access to clean drinking water...or any water for that matter. some live in mud huts, among civil war torn lands devoid of any of the amenities or technologies or conveniences we all enjoy here. I'm working part time in a pretty low paying job, and I can still get a steak and a beer pretty much whenever i want...and still pay the rent too. Poverty in America represents luxury in many other places. In that sense, a preoccupation with race is practically a luxury

it's never been easier to be alive. for anyone. especially if you live here in the U.S. and look, i'm not some red white n blue foam finger waving patriot either. there are some things that need to change, but to blow the whole thing up is nuts. for example, we all have an internal guide to meaning; the psychologists call it the "orientating reflex". it's that place between stasis and transformation. it basically asks you to maintain your structure even as you update it in the face of constant challenges. if you blow up your basic structure it's just chaos(i.e 'defund the police' or 'disband the police'); if you don't change at all you become stale and antiquated. balance. this conversation we are having now, for example, is within a tradition that is sufficiently general so we can all understand it, and is being sufficiently updated all the time. that's how society needs to move forward, imo.

criticizing it all is perfectly ok. striving for improvement is admirable and perfectly ok. but imo it should all be within the context of enormous gratitude for what we have built here. otherwise it's immensely disrespectful to all the millions of people - black and white and whoever - who have toiled so hard for so long to build it.

i think we all have a kind of collective amnesia when social justice enters the arena; we all suddenly forget all the wonderful and life changing things those systems have provided us with.

when we're kids and we don't get what we want we may huff and puff and hyperventilate and scream: I hate you! I wish you were dead!, all over something that seems meaningful in the moment but likely isn't..to a set of parents who have done nothing but nurtured and fed and loved us and kept us alive. but when they don't buy us that lego set, we suddenly forget all that. not a perfect analogy, but you get the point

if we're going to acknowledge systemic racism, fair enough!..but then we also have to acknowledge systemic historical ignorance, systemic entitlement, systemic lack of gratitude, systemic victim-hood, systemic black on black crime, systemic absentee black fathers, and so on and so forth.

it would be easy for me to start with the word 'systemic' and add just about any word i want immediately after and proceed to build a case around it to prove some kind of hypothetical oppression. it's because, yes, it's true, there is suffering all over the world. it's not all fair. life isn't fair. but it's no excuse to blow it all up. those systems actually work pretty good; if there is anything wrong with them with regards to racism or whatever, (which there is always going to be,nothing is ever perfect) it's a problem with the individual people running them. in other words, it's a problem with individuals, not systems; it's a problem with individuals, not entire races of people. you can't legislate love and compassion, unfortunately. nor can you change attitudes thru so called "bias training"

so where does that leave us? well, it all ultimately distills down to individuals. identity politics are never, ever useful. all it ever does is create opposing ideological tribes.

and if there is such a thing as ancestral trauma, i don't see why it would disproportionally effect black people more than anyone else. history is filled with horrifying acts of injustice and oppression, and if you go back far enough and long enough, everyone has experienced some form of it. and you don't really have to go back too far actually. we have the holocaust from the early 1940's, right? the jews don't seem to be collectively traumatized in any way at the moment. seem to be doing just fine. some even say they're ruling the world:)

[TomKat]

The lynch mob now turns on the police. Watch as more chaos and conflict will develop amid the growing witch-hunt hysteria, with police officers everywhere deciding it's just not worth it to continue to try to do their job.

A new career in private security, probably much better paid and with much more anonymity, will be looking far more attractive to many.

When did it become OK for police to shoot someone in the back who's running away? In all the discussion on TV about the Atlanta shooting, they show, but do not discuss, the fact that the suspect was fleeing and shot in the back by an angry cop.

[Bill Ryan]

The lynch mob now turns on the police. Watch as more chaos and conflict will develop amid the growing witch-hunt hysteria, with police officers everywhere deciding it's just not worth it to continue to try to do their job.

A new career in private security, probably much better paid and with much more anonymity, will be looking far more attractive to many.

When did it become OK for police to shoot someone in the back who's running away? In all the discussion on TV about the Atlanta shooting, they show, but do not discuss, the fact that the suspect was fleeing and shot in the back by an angry cop.


Brooks was fleeing with a taser, and had turned to discharge it at the cop (Rolfe).
In Georgia law, a taser is a [potentially] deadly weapon. (And especially so in untrained hands.)
How do you know Rolfe was "angry"? That seems like an emotional assumption on your part.

I'd strongly suggest that the heavy charges pressed on Rolfe were to appease the mob. He's being sacrificed (temporarily) to try to deter further riots. But the charges are likely to be dismissed in court — and then all hell will break loose again.

[shaberon]

All this rioting and Lamestream lying is because the Rothschilds are pissed that Trump took the Federal Reserve banks away from them. And they want him gone in any way possible. You can see by all the ppl involved (and there are so many of them from different walks of life) are bought and paid for by the Soroses on behalf of the Rothschilds. It's shocking!


What does it mean to take the Fed away from the Rothschilds?

Additional funding for some of these groups is from Ford and Rockefeller Foundations and major corporations such as Kellogg's. There is also money to be had just by asking for it online, and so the total contribution base is rather wide.

As to Mike's point as to "what we have made"--there is something to it but it is not that great compared to any developed country, and a bit backwards to some that may have been less developed, such as Qaddafi's Libya. Plus, the infrastructure is crumbling, especially bridges, dams, and plumbing. General Motors itself killed the trolley system. When I think of what "we built", in terms of any of my ancestors, it was just a few farms, which are no longer in our possession. So, yes, we have achieved a way of life whereby even poverty is much easier than the third world--nevertheless, it could have been done differently, or, perhaps, should now.

I am trying to think of a word for what everyone is, maybe "Culturalist". I am trying to get at something other than racism. There are both black and white people that I just don't like, which has little to do with physical appearance, but more with behavior. Most of the blacks related to the 1960s civil rights era do not like the modern ones, more in a sense of a cultural difference. I mean, the main thing in the 60s was the guys showing how neat and civilized they were, same as anyone. "I'm going to protest by ordering this pancake."

Not liking someone is not really a suppression of rights or anything like that.

Everyone wants to define their own space and what can/can't go on there. I think you should be able to do that, if you don't agree with me, don't like me, just do it over there, and we are fine.

I think we are well off with pockets of de facto segregation. Different kinds of people do not just "all get along" for much longer than a victory parade. It is not very normal to ram them all together in one room, so to speak, and get saccharine pseudo-perfection.

At a simple level, you can see this in a work force. You can quickly see lack of cohesion in a group, and, having a boss stand up and say "Let's go team!" does not make them a team. Most of them were coerced by wage dependency. A voluntarily-assembled group will just about work on its own without the rabble rousing.

Does everyone out there really want every other kind of person to come in and eat their dinner? Not really. We can agree to live in peace, according to certain terms, but I think people are pretty limited in how much "other peoples' BS" they are willing to take before getting edgy about it.

Conceiving that anger will vanish because someone has the intellectual superiority to define "who is racist" is not even remotely realistic.

I have not heard a single story on how the first Minnesota riot started. It was really weird for Floyd to have remained in a vehicle instead of trying to flee, there was almost certainly an OD in progress, and no one just happens to have a triple deadly dose of fentanyl out of the blue, you have to build tolerance every day in order to get near that.

It does appear, for the most part, this is a lot of Democracy Now!, that Jesuits like moral relativism since it makes the church look like a shining beacon, and that this leads to world government, leaving the U. S. as a cripple, or perhaps fragmenting it.

[Mike]

hi Shaberon, your word "culturalist" made me think of a phrase i heard a few days ago: familiarity bias. i'm not even sure i like the word "bias" there. i might replace it with the word tendency.

the man in the video was making the argument that whatever exists today is much closer to a familiarity bias than a racial bias. racial bias suggests fear and hatred and deliberate intent to oppress and mistreat. whereas familiarity bias is a natural result of having grown up around certain types of people and not others, and feeling a more natural comfort level with those around you as a result

i.e. if you're white you'll be more comfortable around whites, having had a white mother and father and family and friends and so on. pretty basic stuff, but i'd never quite thought of it like that.

when white people are accused of being inherently racist, i think it's mostly a misguided reference to familiarity bias. black folks possess it too, of course. and hispanic folks. and asian folks. etc there is no built in evil among white folks, in general, there's just more of us. so our familiarity biases are reflected in the country a bit more.

the country would look no different, in my view, had the population of whites and blacks been in reverse. black familiarity bias would be expressed in the same exact way. not because they'd be sinister and anti-white, but simply because there would be more of them. they'd be more culturally influential. right now we'd likely be talking about black supremacy, and black systemic racism...etc

there are considerably more whites in the U.S. It's just an existential fact everyone has to deal with. navigating that is more art than science.. or more art than policy might be a more accurate way of saying that. we can't legislate our way out of it; we can't anti-bias training our way out of it. i actually think we vastly underestimate just how well black and white folks get along and co-exist. even a tragedy like the george floyd incident could actually be used to bring us closer together. but there are shadowy forces at work seeing to it that it does the exact opposite.

[happyuk]

The lynch mob now turns on the police. Watch as more chaos and conflict will develop amid the growing witch-hunt hysteria, with police officers everywhere deciding it's just not worth it to continue to try to do their job.

A new career in private security, probably much better paid and with much more anonymity, will be looking far more attractive to many.

When did it become OK for police to shoot someone in the back who's running away? In all the discussion on TV about the Atlanta shooting, they show, but do not discuss, the fact that the suspect was fleeing and shot in the back by an angry cop.

It’s called killing a cop with his own gun and it happens far more frequently (https://t.co/w7vUusXBse?amp=1) than many realize. Turn off your media, they traffic in lies and profit off our fears.

If a violent suspect battles two police officers rather than submit to arrest, takes a taser from an officer and fires it at the officer, what might this emboldened suspect now do to the immobilized officer?

[TomKat]

The lynch mob now turns on the police. Watch as more chaos and conflict will develop amid the growing witch-hunt hysteria, with police officers everywhere deciding it's just not worth it to continue to try to do their job.

A new career in private security, probably much better paid and with much more anonymity, will be looking far more attractive to many.

When did it become OK for police to shoot someone in the back who's running away? In all the discussion on TV about the Atlanta shooting, they show, but do not discuss, the fact that the suspect was fleeing and shot in the back by an angry cop.


Brooks was fleeing with a taser, and had turned to discharge it at the cop (Rolfe).
In Georgia law, a taser is a [potentially] deadly weapon. (And especially so in untrained hands.)
How do you know Rolfe was "angry"? That seems like an emotional assumption on your part.

I'd strongly suggest that the heavy charges pressed on Rolfe were to appease the mob. He's being sacrificed (temporarily) to try to deter further riots. But the charges are likely to be dismissed in court — and then all hell will break loose again.

1) he was fleeing and was shot in the back
2) he was not pointing the taser at anyone when shot. They should have chased him down and told him to drop the taser
3) I would be angry in that situation, and I infer from the fact he shot the guy in the back rather than doing #2 above, that he was angry

[samildamach]

The lynch mob now turns on the police. Watch as more chaos and conflict will develop amid the growing witch-hunt hysteria, with police officers everywhere deciding it's just not worth it to continue to try to do their job.

A new career in private security, probably much better paid and with much more anonymity, will be looking far more attractive to many.

When did it become OK for police to shoot someone in the back who's running away? In all the discussion on TV about the Atlanta shooting, they show, but do not discuss, the fact that the suspect was fleeing and shot in the back by an angry cop.


Brooks was fleeing with a taser, and had turned to discharge it at the cop (Rolfe).
In Georgia law, a taser is a [potentially] deadly weapon. (And especially so in untrained hands.)
How do you know Rolfe was "angry"? That seems like an emotional assumption on your part.

I'd strongly suggest that the heavy charges pressed on Rolfe were to appease the mob. He's being sacrificed (temporarily) to try to deter further riots. But the charges are likely to be dismissed in court — and then all hell will break loose again.

1) he was fleeing and was shot in the back
2) he was not pointing the taser at anyone when shot. They should have chased him down and told him to drop the taser
3) I would be angry in that situation, and I infer from the fact he shot the guy in the back rather than doing #2 above, that he was angry

I wouldn't be angry I would be scared and ashamed and desperate to get my tazer back,he is shooting my own tazer at me after all.if he hits me what next,a casual stroll over and pick my gun up?

[Gwin Ru]

Interestingly, somewhere across the Bering strait:

State-Forming People: How Historical Justice Can be Restored With Just One Phrase
(https://www.fort-russ.com/2020/06/state-forming-people-how-historical-justice-can-be-restored-with-just-one-phrase/)
By Arthur Evans
By Guest Author (https://www.fort-russ.com/author/guestauthor/) On Jun 18, 2020


https://www.fort-russ.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Russian-Constitution-750x430.jpg

Amid a public discussion going on in Russia about proposed constitutional amendments, minor changes to Article 68 (on language and culture) hardly raise any questions. However, added to the text of the revised Basic Law of the Land is a clause that explains why Russian is the state language of Russia, “the language of the state-forming people, a member of the multinational union of equal peoples of the Russian Federation.” The amendment thus recognizes the Russian people’s leading role in the creation and existence of Russia as a sovereign country.

In Russia, people have often talked about the titular nation not being fully “equal” to the other ethnic groups living in the country. After the 1917 October Revolution, some Russian-speaking regions were handed over, against their will, to the newly formed national republics. The quotas set for local residents hampered the career growth of Russian-speakers in many of the country’s autonomies, straining to this very day relations between the Russian-speaking residents and the indigenous population in the newly-independent former Soviet republics. More often than not, all that ethnic Russians want is to be able to speak their native language, preserve it and granting it the status of at least the language of local self-government. In fact, it was the forced “Ukrainization” in the 100% Russian-speaking Crimea and Donbass that precipitated the tragic events that led to their exit from Ukraine. Small wonder, that Moscow takes the status of the Russian language so close to heart. Therefore, the recognition of the Russians as a “state-forming people” is a simple but very important acknowledgment of the historical fact that it was the Russian people who united the vast territory stretching from the Pacific Ocean to the Baltic Sea, and peacefully coexisted with members of all the other ethnic groups inhabiting it without infringing their rights.

Therefore, the proposed amendment is only fair and, what is most important, it is seen by Russian-speakers as indispensable. Well, some could call this nationalism, but given the need to support the country’s small peoples and their cultural heritage, one can hardly blame the amendment’s authors of harboring any chauvinistic intentions. And with pretty good reason too, since Russians, for the most part, are not nationalists, just the opposite. Suffice it to mention the names of Barclay de Tolly, Bagration, Benckendorf, Totleben, Rokossovsky – all these heroes and commanders in the Russian service are held by the Russians as their own. Most Russians will be surprised if told that de Tolly, the founding father of Russian military intelligence, or the engineer Totleben, were both Scots.
https://www.fort-russ.com/2020/06/state-forming-people-how-historical-justice-can-be-restored-with-just-one-phrase/
“Wait a minute,” they would say, “these guys spoke Russian, attended the Orthodox Church and served our country, which means they are Russian!”
This means that there is no such thing as nationalism in Russia. What there is, however, is the Russian people’s healthy patriotism and innate pride in their ancestors.

Thus, the new amendment finally gives the Russians credit for creating their own country and clearly explains why Russian is the state language of this country. Moscow was not afraid to enshrine in the constitution the language and history of Russia, primarily created by the Russian people, as the cornerstone of its national identity. By introducing into the constitution the concept of a state-forming nation, Moscow is essentially establishing its sovereign and legal constitutional norms. And again, the present constitution was written in 1993, not without the help of Western advisers, and many important state-forming provisions were simply missing from the text of the country’s Basic Law. Therefore, it is only natural for the new strong Russia to significantly amend its constitution, while the lawmakers often introduce subtle, albeit important changes to its text. The common history, as well as the single path of the country’s spiritual development, and the role of the Russian people are now enshrined in law, which means that the state ideology and the shared values ​​of all Russians have now been formulated and included in the country’s Basic Law.

[Ernie Nemeth]

My take away was that MADD is to blame for this person's death for their zealous and fanatic demonization of all drivers under the influence. They do not go after the drinking culture, of course, because that is the root cause but more importantly, a lost cause. So instead they attack the product of our poor choices, choices encouraged by society, and criminalize sleeping it off in your parked car.

The cops should have anticipated the guy's move, as they are trained to do. But since they screwed that up, the guy resisted arrest, fought two cops to the ground, took a weapon from the cop, fired it at the cop, and tried to flee the scene. That's a no brainer.

[onawah]

When #VaxLiesShatter There Will Be Criminal Indictments For Genocide
18th June 2020
The Bernician
https://www.thebernician.net/when-vaxliesshatter-there-will-be-criminal-indictments-for-genocide/

(A WEALTH OF INFORMATION HERE. EACH OF THE "RELATED POSTS" AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE LOOK LIKE THEY DESERVE A SEPARATE POST OF THEIR OWN--HYPERLINKS ARE PROVIDED )

"Wondering why the Gates-funded UK government has reluctantly admitted that fines for alleged breaches of ‘social distancing laws’ cannot be legally enforced?

Or why the government let the Soros-funded BLM protesters kick the **** out of the Metropolitan Police last weekend, even though they have legislated for a full-blown authoritarian Police State?

Or why Johnson implicitly announced yesterday that there is an alternative ‘treatment’ to the unholy grail of a Gates-funded vaccine?

The answer is the same to all three questions – everything the government has enacted since the Coronavirus Bill was passed last March has been unlawful.

Dr Bonham’s Case
Here lies a seminal Common Law precedent, which nullifies every action Parliament and the government have taken since the murderous lock-up began.

In the 1610 decision of Thomas Bonham v College of Physicians 8 Co Rep 107a; 77 Eng Rep 638, commonly known as Dr. Bonham’s Case, in the Court of Common Pleas before Coke, the learned judge ruled that:

“In many cases, the Common Law will control Acts of Parliament, and sometimes adjudge them to be utterly void: for when an Act of Parliament is against common right and reason, or repugnant, or impossible to be performed, the common law will control it and adjudge such an Act to be void.”

Applicability To Lock-Down Laws
This applies to all the Coronavirus Act 2020 and every one of the 90 statutory instruments which have since been decreed into lawlessness without Parliamentary scrutiny, for the following reasons:

1. They purport to have suspended the common rights of freedom of assembly, freedom of movement and freedom of conscience, as well as the rights to justice and the protection of the law, Habeus Corpus, the presumption of innocence and a private family life.

2. They fly in the face of reason because there is absolutely NO EVIDENCE that the measures imposed have done anything except cause significant harm to the British people.

3. They are repugnant on the ground that, far from fulfilling the repeatedly stated objective of “flattening the curve”, the Office of National Statistics data proves that the lock-up [not COVID-19] doubled the national mortality rate, rendering the actions of Parliament and the government both fraudulent and genocidal in nature.

4. The measures imposed were and remain impossible to perform, on the simple basis that the Common Law forbids such actions to be taken under any circumstances.

These actions represent clear and present ‘trespasses upon the person’, for intentional interference with the bodies and liberty of the British people, as per the rules set down by Dr Bonham’s case.

The Common Law therefore adjudges the statute and the regulations which followed to be void ab initio, whilst Parliament automatically forfeited its legitimacy by attempting to suspend the rights guaranteed under Constitutional Law.

Evidence To Indict
In other words, we have enough evidence to indict the government [and every MP], since every action they have taken was and will always remain treasonously fraudulent and constitutionally unlawful.

Is that why, if you listen very carefully, you can hear the slippery clenching of butt-cheeks every time the Secretary of State for Mandatory Vaccinations issues the daily propaganda briefing?

Could it also be the reason why the government declared yesterday that Dexamethasone [a well established treatment for pulmonary altitude sickness] has proven in tests to be an effective treatment for ‘the deadly virus’?

After all, there would be no greater trespass upon the person than Hancock’s threatened compulsory vaccination edict, which the government previously insisted was the only way out of lock-down.

Murder By Vaccination
However, he might also have been informed that the Secretary of State for Health in the Philippines has been indicted for crimes tantamount to the murder of children, who died after being vaccinated with Dengue Fever drug, Dengvaxia.

Indicted to face criminal charges with them is a negligent researcher, as well as as former and current employees of the vax manufacturer, Sanofi – the company currently working with Glaxo-Smith Kline to rush a COVID-19 vaccine on to the market.

https://www.sciencemag.org/news/2019/04/dengue-vaccine-fiasco-leads-criminal-charges-researcher-philippines

#VaxLiesShatter
Nonetheless, once #VaxLiesShatter in the minds of enough people, it is the politicians, their so-called ‘scientific advisers’ and the financiers of the mandatory vaccination agenda who will be locked up, until they meet their fate at the end of their trials for crimes tantamount to genocide, under the Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide.

So please share the #VaxLiesShatter material on every social media platform you give your attention to, until we reach the tipping point, at which people of all colours will realise that no lives [except their own] matter to the murderous eugenicists who pull the strings of the puppet politicians peddling their genocidal poison.


Related Posts

MOB Interviews Dr Sherri Tenpenny | The Eugenics Vaxtrap
In this essential interview, the brilliant and courageous Dr Sherri Tenpenny lays out the irrefutable facts about the dangers posed by the mandatory vaxing agenda. Find out why Dr Tenpenny has spent 40,000 hours over the past 20 years researching the problems caused by injecting up to 200 hundred chemicals per shot into the human … Continue reading https://www.thebernician.net/mob-interviews-dr-sherri-tenpenny-the-eugenics-vaxtrap/

Corona V | Dr Kyle-Sidell Says Virus Isn’t Cause Of Symptoms Dr Kyle-Sidell Says Virus Isn’t Cause Of Symptoms This is an essential video post from Cameron Kyle-Sidell, a doctor on the front line in New York, who explains that what he is seeing every day is not viral sickness and that it is being treated with measures which are making the symptoms worse. Moreover, he … Continue reading https://www.thebernician.net/corona-v-dr-cameron-sidell-says-virus-isnt-cause-of-symptoms/

Imperial College | Predicted UK COVID-19 Deaths Reduced From 500,000 To 20,000
Please watch this video about the estimates of deaths in the UK by Neil Ferguson of Imperial College , which have now been reduced from 500,000 to less than 20,000!!! Even … Continue reading https://www.thebernician.net/imperial-college-predicted-uk-covid-19-deaths-reduced-from-500000-to-20000/

[U]UK Heathcare Worker Says COVID-19 Testing Kits Do Not Work The following cogent passages are from a medical forum, on which the writer prefers to stay anonymous because presenting any narrative different than the official one can cause you a lot of stress in the toxic environment created by the scam which surrounds the alleged … Continue reading https://www.thebernician.net/uk-healthcare-worker-says-covid-19-testing-kits-do-not-work/

Strike Out Tyrannous Bill Or The People Will --Greetings Boris. I trust your inevitable briefing on this heart-felt open letter, about the tyrannous bill given Royal Assent on 25/03/2020, finds you well, in spite of these most troubling of times. You will, of course, already know that nothing which … Continue reading https://www.thebernician.net/open-letter-to-boris-johnson-strike-out-tyrannous-bill-or-the-people-will/

The Deception of Virology & Vaccines | Why Coronavirus Is Not Contagious
Having received this essential anonymous post on the true nature of viruses and virology by email, I feel compelled to re-post it on this blog, given that it nails to the mast the fraudulent claims being used to justify the indefensible. Continue reading https://www.thebernician.net/the-deception-of-virology-vaccines-why-coronavirus-is-not-contagious-2/

Coronavirus No Longer Considered High Consequence Infectious In the UK
Please read this damning revelation on the actual status of the threat of COVID-19: As of 19 March 2020, COVID-19 is no longer considered to be a high consequence infectious diseases (HCID) in the UK. The 4 nations public health HCID group made an interim … Continue reading https://www.thebernician.net/coronavirus-no-longer-considered-high-consequence-infectious-in-the-uk/

Class Action To Strike Out The Treacherous Coronavirus Bill A class action is being prepared to strike out the treacherous Coronavirus Bill, which is purportedly being brought under the Civil Contingencies Act 2004, which has long since been condemned as a statutory enabler of potential tyranny. However, section 21 of the 2004 Act states that … Continue reading https://www.thebernician.net/class-action-to-strike-out-the-treacherous-coronavirus-bill/

Corona Virus Hoax | The Mask For Totalitarian 5G Genocide Whilst the worldwide panic over the Corona Virus continues to grow exponentially, along with the draconian measures legislated to contain it, I decided to search for the actual evidence as to whether the official story of the so-called pandemic has any basis in reality; and … Continue reading https://www.thebernician.net/corona-virus-hoax-the-mask-for-5g-genocide/

Censoring 5G Health Warnings is Tantamount to Complicity in Genocide
Facebook’s ‘fact checkers’ blocked and condemned my post on the deleterious effects of non-ionising radiation as “false information” last week, when they spuriously alleged that I was claiming that the Corona Virus was caused by 5G, which is not even near what I wrote. In … Continue reading https://www.thebernician.net/censoring-5g-health-warnings-is-tantamount-to-complicity-in-genocide/

Final Brexit Bill | The Restoration of British Sovereignty According to Wikipedia, the Common Foreign and Security Policy (CFSP) is the organised, agreed foreign policy of the European Union, for mainly security, defence diplomacy and actions. This includes the Common Security and Defence Policy (CSDP), which relates to defence and crisis management, implemented by EU … Continue reading https://www.thebernician.net/final-brexit-bill-the-restoration-of-british-sovereignty/

Barrie Trower on 5G | The Genocidal Nature of Non-Ionising Radiation In this essential Exeter Phoenix talk by microwave weaponry expert, Barrie Trower, he diligently exposes the plethora of peer-reviewed empirical studies, which prove that all wireless technology causes non-ionising radiation sickness, which often results in flu-like symptoms and sometimes in death. This video is … Continue reading https://www.thebernician.net/barrie-trower-on-5g-the-genocidal-nature-of-non-ionising-radiation/

Corona Virus is a Mask for Totalitarian 5G Genocide | Part 1 A Politically Incorrect Podcast from The Bernician, about the way in which the Corona Virus is being used as a mask for totalitarian 5G genocide. Correction In this video, it is stated that the WHO admitted non-ionising radiation is carcinogenic in 2017. However, this … Continue reading https://www.thebernician.net/corona-virus-is-a-mask-for-totalitarian-5g-genocide-part-1/

[shaberon]

the man in the video was making the argument that whatever exists today is much closer to a familiarity bias than a racial bias. racial bias suggests fear and hatred and deliberate intent to oppress and mistreat. whereas familiarity bias is a natural result of having grown up around certain types of people and not others, and feeling a more natural comfort level with those around you as a result



Yes, that is close to what I was trying to say.

The total U. S. population may be something like 42% white, but it it not an even distribution, and will be greater or less in a given area.

For example, I have been working mostly with hispanics. They are immigrants. At every possible moment, they switch to Spanish and their culture, and I am out of place. Well, unlike most other languages, Spanish annoys me. At times I have heard a lot of French or Dutch or something, which isn't bothersome, but, to me, at least, the sound of Spanish is too staccato, and is irritating. That is aside from the fact it is suffused with homophobia, not exactly a "phobia" but a hatred.

So at times I am a minority if not the only one of my kind, and, our workday is like a second home to them, but I cannot claim to be more than slightly familiar with it.


Concerning the mechanisms of the potential takedown, it seems that the American Jesuit (https://brill.com/view/journals/rpjs/2/2/article-p1_1.xml?language=en) is a unique character, related to the tricky position of English Catholics. They had little to do with the early U. S.; their numbers increased during the westward expansion. They had little actual power until around the 20th century, at which point "dominant in education" is their motif--and they can be found as opposed to Woodrow Wilson's pro-British stance. They started a magazine, "America", thoroughly anti-communist and anti-Soviet, and very pro-America. So they are definitely in terms of the right or far right or conservatism/resistance to change.

Something must have come together in the 1920s-1930s, which is when the plan or plot of Synarchy has moved from theory to "on the ground", holding offices, and the beginning of Alice Bailey. Jesuitry and Liberalism may have had opposing values, but, during this time, came together as one big steamroller.

Phelps's rhetoric such as "Jesuits and their Knights of Malta" does not seem accurate since, in the Order of Malta Constitution (http://www.orderofmalta.org.uk/downloads/Constitution_Charter_and_code.pdf), the knights' loyalty is to the pope; besides, they are much older than Jesuits. So, I am still unsure exactly what the knights, as a body, have supposedly done.

But in reviewing the literature, Jesuitry is no longer anything like conquistadors converting populations by force. Instead, they are satisfied if an area shows any potential that it might tolerate any kind of Christianity. They consider that a foot in the door. So Alice Bailey, or other similar forms of "weakened Christianity" suits them just fine. If you want to continue tribal traditions and just say the Lord's Prayer on Tuesday, they would be happy with that. They will work their way in through the smallest crack.

That is a pretty good match with these insurrections that set up Totalitarian Democracy.

They learn to adapt and adjust realistically, which means Usury from the 1600s, and then world government from WWII.

The political thing about...changing America...seems pretty consistently British; and this plays to the favor of that world government, which is not Jesuitical in its main appearances--they have just learned how to work with it to continue their existence.

[Savannah]

PDF Version: World Affairs Brief June 19, 2020

MP3 Audio Version available Friday afternoon



World Affairs Brief, June 19, 2020 Commentary and Insights on a Troubled World.

Copyright Joel Skousen. Partial quotations with attribution permitted. Cite source as Joel Skousen’s World Affairs Brief (http://www.worldaffairsbrief.com).



This Week’s Analysis:

The Tyranny of the “Great Reset”

The Hypocrisy of Covid Rules and Protests

Supreme Court Denies Your Right to Discriminate Over LGBTQ

News Shorts

Preparedness Tip: Lugol’s Solution

THE TYRANNY OF THE “GREAT RESET”

We now face a dual threat. Whether they call it the “New Normal” or the “Great Reset,” the forces of global control are in the process of using these two mantras to dismantle Western society, culture, free markets and personal liberty. They are using well-placed medical dictators and radical leftists as front men, respectively, in both crises. It is ominous to watch how the “Black Lives Matter” (BLM) violence has diverted people from their growing outrage over the restrictions of the Covid 19 crisis. Leftist extremists are ecstatic that the media is now pushing their causes as mainstream, no matter how radical. The exaggerated pandemic is driving the “new normal” theme, never intending to allow personal or economic freedom again without a vaccine, and the BLM movement is driving the “great reset” trying to harness corporate funding of radical causes and force all city governments into a subservient role to the Left. I am shocked at how rapidly companies are pandering to any demand the media broadcasts on behalf of protestors. None showed any such support for protestors vying for liberty during the pandemic. It is clear to me that globalist conspirators are funding and directing the larger agenda meant to destabilize the economy and destroy personal liberty as people become accustomed to bowing to these dictates.

Martin Armstrong of Armstrong Economics wrote this succinct summary of the Marxist agenda behind the Great Reset:



The rising civil unrest is starting to take notice of Bill Gates and his consortium hell-bent on changing the world economy. They have used the coronavirus as a ploy to shut down the world economy all for their Climate Change Agenda. There is a mountain of circumstantial evidence that points to Fauci funding the creation of this virus and transferring it to the Wuhan lab..., but this consortium which has planned this Event 201 on how to destroy the world economy and rebuild it from scratch. They are already introducing Guaranteed Basic Income, assuming they can wipe out over 300 million jobs and then pay people to sit home and watch TV, where they recreate the world in their own image which they are promoting as the Great Reset.

Mac Slavo posted this warning on the “Great Reset” and the “new normal” brewing:



Make no mistake, this will be absolute tyranny on a global scale. The mainstream media is silent as the elitists who want power over every human on Earth plan to meet in a Swiss town to discuss “the Great Reset,” a push to a one-world currency [and government] – one in which they have ultimate control.



The plan is to make sure a “post-COVID” world is built the way they want it. Slavery and totalitarian control. If you haven’t figured out now that the system was put there to protect them, not you, line up for the Bill Gates sponsored vaccine. Things are going to get much uglier, and quick. The objective of this meeting is the “rebuilding” of the world’s economic and social system in order to make it more “sustainable.”



It sounds good, right? But, by more sustainable, they mean more enslaveable.



“Nothing will ever be the same again.” It was the mantra that we heard in many countries at the height of the COVID-19 pandemic. It came with a warning that a “new normal” would replace the existing order. Easy travel, interpersonal relations, large gatherings, even things like shaking hands would have to give way to long-term social distancing, drastic rules, and surveillance. But these changes on the personal level are only a part of the picture. The World Economic Forum, together with Prince Charles of England and the International Monetary Fund (IMF), has launched an initiative revealingly dubbed “The Great Reset,” with the objective of “rebuilding” the world’s economic and social system in order to make it more “sustainable.” –Life Site News



The End Game Has Arrived: ‘All Signs and Evidence Point to the Great Global Economic Reset’



It was already being talked about before the Chinese coronavirus was moving out of Wuhan. On December 30, 2019, for instance, the Financial Times published a YouTube presentation under the title “Why capitalism needs to be reset in 2020.” (As if any country has capitalism anymore. Most, and yes, even the United States, are now at the very least, corporatocracies – the merging of governments and corporations, masquerading as crony corporatism.) [True.]



But the globalists are pushing a theme that capitalism (which means no interference in the market/economy) is the problem, even though literally everything is centralized. The recurring theme is “stakeholder capitalism,” by which “a company’s approach to people, the planet, and innovation — including how it protects and applies the value-added of its data — must figure more prominently in capital-allocation decisions” (as the WEForum site explains).

Everywhere you look, you see media relations people in every large corporation pushing CEOs to jump on the PC bandwagon and support BLM, tear down confederate symbols, and pander to the LGBTQ movement.



Prepare by refusing to accept their new one-world currency. Stock up on precious metals, gold, silver, and lead.



If you cannot be bothered to understand that the best way to protect yourself is to remove yourself from the system of slavery that was already set up, that they are desperately trying to keep you in, then you’re going to likely get caught up in this mess.

His last suggestion may be our only option going forward—getting out of the way, if possible, and escape or evade. People in big cities all over the nation have suddenly realized that they are the prime target for power-hungry bureaucrats looking to curtail liberties, and at the same time are the prime targets for violent protestors. Suddenly thousands have decided to get out of the big cities, or at least to prepare a second home or refuge elsewhere. Fox Business noted that there is currently a rush for the wealthy to buy second homes in posh ski resorts in the West: “Luxury real estate demand surges in Aspen, CO, and Park City, UT.”



Coronavirus lockdowns created real estate bargains: Prices for luxury properties in ski towns like Aspen, Colorado, and Park City, Utah, are “through the roof,” according to Mauricio Umansky, founder and CEO of real estate firm The Agency. Demand in Aspen and Park City has surged and supply is low as the coronavirus pandemic has hastened the trend of the wealthy vacationing year-round in those winter enclaves.

The bargain prices of housing caused by the slump in the housing market during the corona crisis didn’t last long, especially in these resort areas. But it hasn’t been only the wealthy looking to get out of big cities. Now that many businesses were forced to have employees work from home, a lot of regular people who do most of their work on a computer are now considering working from home permanently, and their bosses can’t say “it can’t be done.” As Fox said,



“People have realized that you can work from home,” he said. “And the big question has become: where do you want to sequester with your family in the event that this ever happens again? And so I think people are looking for space and looking for areas where there’s a lot less density.”

AS we say repeatedly in Strategic Relocation: population density is your biggest enemy in any crisis. Andrew and I have just sent the new, 4th edition, of Strategic Relocation to the printer (the 3rd Edition is out of print and only available as a PDF download), and we can’t get it out fast enough. I have been inundated with requests for the book from people who are “awake” and see the long term threat to our liberties—threats that always hit first in the big population centers. The book will be available in early July at www.joelskousen.com.

This phony pandemic and the official pandering to the radical BLM movement (which isn’t about black lives or injustice) has made me realize how quickly things are deteriorating and caused me to accelerate a lot of my preparations. Many other people are also suddenly realizing that time is of the essence. Mostly it is scary seeing how many people just accepted these exaggerated fear tactics, heightening my fear at how easily people could be talked into any form of dictatorial control. It was also shocking to see how easily big city councils bought into the defund police movement, and voted to transfer funding to soft social services that do nothing to protect people and property. It is a disaster that will come back haunt big cities, and already is. Criminals will love it.

In NY City, lack of police action has already resulted in a war of rival gangs launching illegal fireworks at each other. The city has received over 1,700 complaints about pyrotechnics in two weeks. In Minneapolis, where police are being defunded, crime is already rising with 8 people shot within a 2 hour period.

As a result of the police stand-down, armed citizens are already starting to make a show of force to counter the refusal of police to confront protestors and looters. And, for those citizens not able to carry arms, as in Chicago or NY, citizens are patrolling the streets with baseball bats. Dozens of reports are coming in documenting how police just stand by and don’t interfere with looters, especially if they are African American. Fear of being accused of police brutality has paralyzed most police departments. Dana J. Armstrong of Columbus Ohio posted on social media a text they got from a policeman reporting stand-down orders:



Officers who were dispatched and responded to the calls for service are being ordered to stand down. Please do not put yourself and your loved ones in harms way. If you find yourself as one of the drivers being blocked in, we cannot do anything to that person because the City is defining them as a peaceful protester. So even if we do respond, you’re on your own. The new executive orders we received yesterday have completely tied our hands of enforcing the law now. Thank the City of Columbus politically motivated administration for these stand down orders. [The City denied the anonymous officer’s statement, saying only tear gas was prohibited by police.]

Police Chiefs all over the nation even in Republican cities are jumping on the bandwagon and renouncing tear gas, chokeholds, and even protective equipment. Some good policemen are resigning seeing they won’t be supported by either their chiefs, the union, or city councils.

Libertarian Allan Stevo has compiled stories about the growing resistance around the country against the Coronavirus edicts—though it is still very small compared to the millions who are blindly following the establishment’s demands.



The resistance to corona communism is thriving. Though there have been additional hurdles, individual Americans are increasingly returning things to normal, one person at a time. Some backlash is also coming as people increasingly look to the normally insulated public health community and demand they explain the damage they caused and continue to cause.



Chicago PD Not Protecting, Guns Hard To Get, So Individuals Protect Themselves & Their Neighbors — With Baseball Bats



Chicago’s Mayor Lori Lightfoot, who recently cussed out an alderman who complained about her inability to keep the city safe, criticized locals for wanting to keep themselves safe by forming neighborhood watch groups and open carrying baseball bats. Kudos to those who refuse to believe the narratives of local pols that they have everything under control.



Some Chicagoans are protecting their property and their neighborhood from looters by openly carrying rifles, as can be seen in this amusing video taken by a hysterical observer who seems bothered to not be able to freely rob a local store. The video is taken on the southwest corner of south 73rd Place and Stony Island, across from Mosque Maryam, the Nation of Islam headquarters. For decades, legally owned firearms were difficult to come by in Chicago, unless one was a police officer or politician. [That is still true.]



Victory in Palm Beach County! “The county commission voted 5-1 on May 5 to ask Gov. Ron DeSantis to lift restrictions designed to stop the spread of the new coronavirus anyway, and he approved. On Monday, restaurants, salons, and malls flung open their doors, albeit at 25% percent capacity.”



The article neglects to mention that Sunday, May 3, two days before the county board vote, there were 1,200 boats in the water at a single event at Mar-a-Lago in Palm Beach County, filled with people not social distancing, Craigslist stayed as active as ever, and the so-called #FloridaMorons who never took the lockdown seriously were long past done with it.



The Palm Beach County Board opened just in time to avoid being laughed into utter irrelevancy. The county board looked like nincompoops forcibly shuttering businesses while neighboring Martin County boomed and was open for business, attracting the people of Palm Beach who were ready for normalcy.

Stevo rightly says that the “grand takeaway from this” is never move to a place run by bureaucrats. Live somewhere free from these kinds of spineless officials. They trouble is, as we point out in the new edition of Strategic Relocation, even most conservative states are increasingly run by mainstream Republican governors that were almost as bad as the radical Democratic governors because everyone was following the leader.

Gov. Kristi Noem of South Dakota was the only governor who refused to shut down her economy, and for this reason, SD was the only state to receive a higher rating in our 4th edition. All others were downgraded, some dramatically, like Colorado after its turn to the radical Left. California couldn’t get any lower than zero unless we start having negative ratings—which we may have to in the future. Stevo now mentions some group conferences that are going ahead despite stupid social distancing rules:



Bravely Reopening — Support These Conferences That Don’t Fear Corona:



Though it’s not clear how long the hysterical 18-month rolling lockdowns called for in the Neil Ferguson “research” will continue, a few conferences have been announced for the months ahead. Instead of following the conference trend of taking the year off, they are showing leadership. I, for one, am grateful.



Moderately Brave — Money 2020: Money 2020 has announced it will take place in Las Vegas, in October with a “toned down” 6,000 participants.



More Brave — Bit Block Boom: With some states unwilling to promise they will even fully open up by August, the brave organizers of Bit Block Boom vow to have their third conference this August in Dallas, Texas.

Stevo missed mentioning the biggest of all the conservative-libertarian conferences: my brother Mark’s annual Freedom Fest, which he is hoping will officially break open the restrictions on conferences in Las Vegas on July 13-16. He was the first to get the Las Vegas venues to agree to let him hold a convention after this “pandemic,” and is scheduled to hold it at Ceasar’s Palace. Mark always has a fascinating list of speakers, including Senators Mike Lee and Rand Paul, Steve Forbes, Dr. Joseph Mercola, Peter Schiff, Rep. Bob Barr, Prof. Randy Barnett (Georgetown Law), Tom Woods (Mises Institute), and Stephen Moore (Heritage Foundation), plus dozens more.

Stevo also mentioned how public protests at the homes of these dictatorial health officials caused some of them to resign:



After instituting corona communism in Orange County, California, America’s 6th most populous county, a move that brought untold death and destruction and little benefit, Dr. Nichole Quick took it a step further by ordering face masks. That was a step too far for the locals.



This unelected bureaucrat had to be put in her place. They took it to her house, where her three children could hear protestors reflect on their mother’s impositions on their own lives. Marxists in public health like Dr Quick were taught to make the personal political, a deeply immoral act. Orange County protestors did the opposite and brought the political stage into her personal life, until she cracked and suddenly resigned on Monday, June 8, 2020.



Congratulations Orange County protestors. The wicked witch is gone, but her awful face mask order which is neither legal nor data-driven remains. Next up Dr. Clayton Chau, her replacement.



The afternoon of Thursday, June 11, Orange County repealed the mandatory face mask order. This was the direct result of public pressure.



Director of Rio Grande Health Department — FIRED “After polling local health directors across the state at a meeting last month,” Theresa Anselmo, the executive director of the Colorado Association of Local Public Health Officials, “found about 80% said they or their personal property had been threatened since the pandemic began.” It’s refreshing to see the awful public health profession begin to receive pushback.



Ohio State Health Director — RESIGNED. Having previously been praised by the Washington Post for her tough corona response, Ohio’s state health director, Amy Acton, who had armed protesters come to her house, resigned Thursday, June 11, 2020.



Detroit’s Senior Public Health Adviser, Dr. Kanzoni Asabigi — RETIRED EARLY

North Carolina Health Director of the Year — “RESIGNED”

New Jersey Health Official — Conflict of Interest — FIRED

Cook County, Illinois Public Health Officer — FIRED

Connecticut Health Commissioner — FIRED

Two Dozen Other Health Directors — Fired, Retired, or Resigned



“A review by Kaiser Health News and The Associated Press finds at least 27 state and local health leaders have resigned, retired or been fired since April across 13 states. “From North Carolina to California, they have left their posts because of a mix of backlash and stressful, nonstop work, all while dealing with chronic staffing and funding shortages.”



Defund Public Health As Americans come to recognize that they’ve been duped and that public health is another word for Marxism, it would be wonderful to see more of these troublemakers fired and ideally replaced with no one as their budgets are defunded. (Defund Public Health!) Under the guise of health, with little oversight, and with extensive taxpayer funding the Marxist-dominated field of public health has done great harm to our society.



American Lutheran Church Tucson, AZ — Still Here: Arizona never demanded that churches close. Pastors and church councils just complied out of total ridiculous, uninformed fear. At least one church (and likely hundreds of others that are staying quiet) refused to close even a single Sunday. American Lutheran Church of Tucson, Arizona is still here! Thank you to those brave folks. I’ve watched them from afar in admiration and their courage has been contagious.

And, if you want the definitive technical answers as to why wearing a mask is counter productive and doesn’t stop a virus’ spread, here it is from scientists, Lisa M Brosseau, ScD, and Margaret Sietsema, PhD. Dr. Brosseau is a national expert on respiratory protection and infectious diseases and professor (retired), University of Illinois at Chicago. Dr. Sietsema is also an expert on respiratory protection and an assistant professor at the University of Illinois at Chicago.

While they must pay homage to many of the claims about the Covid pandemic, they are skeptical that masks will help except in situations such as coughing. As you can easily observe, the biggest flaw in any mask is the loose fit—negating any filtering effect. Virus are too small to be trapped by ordinary masks. Here is an excerpt:



We do not recommend requiring the general public who do not have symptoms of COVID-19-like illness to routinely wear cloth or surgical masks because: There is no scientific evidence they are effective in reducing the risk of SARS-CoV-2 transmission... Sweeping mask recommendations—as many have proposed—will not reduce SARS-CoV-2 transmission, as evidenced by the widespread practice of wearing such masks in Hubei province, China, before and during its mass COVID-19 transmission experience earlier this year. Our review of relevant studies indicates that cloth masks will be ineffective at preventing SARS-CoV-2 transmission, whether worn as source control or as PPE (personal protection equipment).



Surgical masks likely have some utility as source control (meaning the wearer limits virus dispersal to another person) from a symptomatic patient in a healthcare setting to stop the spread of large cough particles and limit the lateral dispersion of cough particles. They may also have very limited utility as source control or PPE in households.

THE HYPOCRISY OF COVID RULES AND PROTESTS

A local editorial writer in Southern Utah dared to point out the supreme hypocrisy of state officials accepting and praising the mass BLM protests compared to livid condemnation of similar protests against the state restrictions on Covid 19. Kudos to Bryan Hyde of the St. George Sun:



What a difference a week makes. It’s hard to believe that just a few days ago, public gatherings were being roundly criticized for flouting the rules of public health in a time of pandemic. Individuals who asserted their rights of peaceful public assembly and free speech were treated like pariahs and held up as the embodiment of selfishness by politicians and various bureaucrats. Public officials fear-mongered and clutched their pearls over the potentially deadly implications of these gatherings.



They hid behind bureaucratic rules, judges and emergency orders to protect the public from what they described as reckless and dangerous disregard for the health and safety of others.



Now, we see thousands of people gathering in the streets with nary a concern for social distancing and those same politicians and bureaucrats assure us that there is no reason for concern.



What’s the difference? Apparently, Covid-19 is only dangerous to gatherings where people are standing for their freedom and self-determination. On the other hand if your political message is couched in the kind of collectivist groupthink that doesn’t diminish their power over you, then the virus somehow knows to stay away.



Did something change in the nature of the threat we were facing or can we finally come right out and state what most of us figured out some time ago? The danger and the models being followed were greatly exaggerated for the purpose of consolidating political power.

Wow, someone finally had the courage to say it in a local paper. All the others are pandering to the official narrative.



You’ll understand if I never again take seriously those who agitated for shutting down the economy, stay-at-home orders and the shaming of anyone who dissented or questioned their policies. It’s perfectly clear now that these were political opportunism writ large.



The larger question that looms is when those who implemented, supported and maintained such policies will ever be held accountable for the unprecedented damage they’ve caused. How many small businesses have closed their doors for good due to the government-mandated shutdowns?



Where did politicians, bureaucrats and their functionaries get the legitimate authority to designate which people and businesses were “essential” and which were doomed to suffer because they were deemed “non-essential”?



We’re still in the early stages of surveying the damage but multiple analyses are saying that 50 percent or more of those businesses will not make it. Jon Miltimore and Dan Sanchez, writing for the Foundation for Economic Education note:



“A recent survey by Main Street America found that 7.5 million small businesses in America are at risk of closing their doors for good. A more recent survey showed that even with federal loans, close to half of all small business owners say they’ll have to shut down for good.”



Blaming this devastation on the coronavirus is nothing more than an attempt to manage the narrative so as to avoid the reality that politicians and their bureaucratic enablers consciously made the decision to force the economy to a close. Even worse, they enacted arbitrary and unconscionable directives and orders and had them enforced as if they were laws to punish those who dared try to survive.



Saying, “Whoops!” Isn’t going to cut it. Those who are responsible need to face real accountability and precedent must be established to ensure this never happens again.



Thankfully, there is just such an organized effort under way. It’s called “We Are Essential” and it’s worth your consideration.



Attorneys Garrett Smith and Neil Skousen are filing a class action lawsuit in federal court seeking damages from state and local government officials who issued these unconstitutional orders and destroyed the economy and damaged the finances of small business owners.



Make no mistake, this is not an effort to enrich a few attorneys with a vengeful lawsuit against government institutions. These attorneys are working pro bono and low bono to help right a measurable wrong done to business owners and to ensure that it cannot happen again.



This lawsuit allows a speedier and less costly means of holding the authorities involved individually responsible. Through Freedom of Information Act and GRAMA requests, it should be possible to determine exactly which individuals signed off on and agreed to these policies with such callous disregard to what it would do to those they deemed “non-essential.”



This effort will also help to penetrate the smokescreen of fear that has resulted in a large number of Americans supporting these policies without a clue of the actual cost to small business owners and the economy at large.



Most importantly, it will allow the voices of those who have been harmed to be heard, understood and, if not made whole, at least protected from such tone deaf measures in the future.

We are hopeful that one of the major conservative legal foundations like Pacific Legal Foundation or Institute for Justice will help out in formulating this lawsuit—the only ones I know of going after the core issues: the false authority States are assuming under the auspices of an emergency in order to mandate these restrictions on our liberties. Sadly, the accountability demanded by Hyde, though correct, is currently thwarted by the “qualified immunity” the Supreme Court long ago granted to government officials who violate rights or the law in the exercise of their official capacity—something the Supreme Court refused to change or amend this week.

SUPREME COURT DENIES YOUR RIGHT TO DISCRIMINATE ABOUT LGBTQ

There were 3 major attacks on liberty by the Supreme Court this week, with Justice Roberts joining with the pro-government side of the court in every case.

The first and most dramatic was their creation of a new protected class people, by declaring private discrimination of gays, lesbians, transgenders and queers. The court decided by a 6-3 vote that the Civil Rights Act of 1964 known as Title VII that bars job discrimination because of sex, among other reasons, also includes bias against gay and lesbian workers. This is the second major betrayal at the hands of Trump appointed justice Neil Gorsuch, who authored the majority opinion. Naturally he was joined by Chief Justice John Roberts. As the Christian Broadcasting network wrote,



The US Supreme Court stunned court watchers on Monday with its ruling that has redefined the very meaning of the word "sex" to protect LGBTQ workers from discrimination in the workplace. However, when the law was written in 1964, there were only two options: male or female. Now "sex" also means both one's sexual orientation and one's gender identity.

This is how the courts make new law, by redefining and broadening the terms improperly.



Title VII of the Civil Rights Act already protected people from employer sexual discrimination as well as discrimination based on race, color, religion, or national origin.

I disagree with all anti-discrimination laws as a violation of your fundament right to deny association or commercial dealings with anyone for any reason on your own property or business. If you don’t have the right to determine with whom you will associate on your own property, you have lost a most fundamental right.



Dr. James Dobson, president of the James Dobson Family Institute, believes the justices' decision is an attempt to redefine nature, making it an offense against God.



"In an outrageous ruling that should shake America's collective conscience to its core, the U.S. Supreme Court has redefined the meaning of 'sex' under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act to include 'gender identity' and 'sexual orientation.' Not only was this decision an affront against God, but it was also a historical attack against the founding framework that governs our nation," Dobson said in a statement.



"Our judiciary is constitutionally charged with interpreting the law, not making law. In its 6-3 ruling, the Supreme Court acted as a super-legislature and failed to carry out its primary duty to the American people. And we will all pay the price," he explained.



"Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 prohibits discrimination in employment on the basis of 'race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.' 'Sex,' as used in Title VII means 'male and female,' a simple fact supported by the overwhelming weight of legal authority. Any change to its statutory meaning must come from Congress, and Congress has refused to make such a change for the last 45 years. What gives six justices the right to decide otherwise? Not the Constitution!" Dobson continued.



"In his dissent, Justice Alito writes that the majority decision 'is like a pirate ship. It sails under a textualist flag, but what it actually represents is a theory of statutory interpretation... that courts should 'update' old statutes so that they better reflect the current values of society.' In plain words, it's not the job of the high court to infuse new meaning into the laws of our land. Americans should be able to rely on what the law says.

Here is the big effect that this decision will have on our entire society. It isn’t just illegal now to discriminate in employment, but illegal to discriminate over some distorted kid’s view of what gender he thinks he is, despite the biological facts. The most powerful commentary on the long-term ramifications of this terrible ruling came from Daniel Horowitz, senior editor of Conservative Review:



When Anthony Kennedy discovered a right to force states to redefine marriage in the 2015 Obergefell case, he promised that religious liberty would remain untouched. “The First Amendment ensures that religious organizations and persons are given proper protection as they seek to teach the principles that are so fulfilling and so central to their lives and faiths, and to their own deep aspirations to continue the family structure they have long revered,” wrote the former justice for the majority at the time. -Yeah, right.



Thanks to Justice Gorsuch’s contorted reading of the word “sex” in anti-discrimination law, you now have a right to sue for protection for biological traits you do not possess. This means that legitimate rights of others will now have to yield. Anyone who can’t see the devastating real-world effects of this decision – well beyond firing someone simply because you hate their private behavior – is clearly not paying attention.



Codifying into anti-discrimination law the concept that a man who says he is a woman must be treated according to his mental illness is not something we can live with as a society. Gorsuch might want to dismiss the earth-shattering ramifications of his opinion, but he knows well that there are already pending lawsuits to demand that men be treated as women, in very dangerous or disruptive ways that go well beyond trying to use the boot of government to stamp out mean or discriminatory behavior.



Here is an outline of some of the most immediate threats from this decision. These are not hypothetical societal and legal problems:



Forcing states and doctors to perform castrations

Forcing employers to retain gay employees and not fire them simply because of their private behavior sounds very innocuous and even laudatory. But what about forcing doctors to perform “sex change” operations and forcing states to fund them? Codifying the desires of someone afflicted with gender dysphoria into sex-based anti-discrimination law will force states and hospitals to treat anyone who believes they are really the opposite gender as that preferred gender.



In fact, the Supreme Court has already tacitly mandated this. In May, justices declined to take Idaho’s appeal from the Ninth Circuit, where the lower court ordered the state to pay for a castration surgery for a male serving time in Idaho prison for sexually abusing a 15-year-old boy.



Similarly, a federal judge in Wisconsin mandated that the Badger State use its Medicaid funding to pay for “gender confirmation” mutilations, which can include castration, mastectomies, hysterectomies, genital reconstruction, and breast augmentation. Will Gorsuch be there for us to overturn those decisions?



Women’s bathrooms, locker rooms, and all-female sports

Barring a male who says he is a female from an all-girls sports team, bathroom, or locker room now constitutes sex-based discrimination. Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 reads as follows:



No person in the United States shall, on the basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any education program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance.



It’s not even a jump to apply this ruling to that law; it’s a logical outgrowth. All separate gender school activities and private dressing rooms are out the window because the 1972 law, which liberals already felt included transgenderism, will now be so interpreted.



College dorms

As Justice Alito warns, similar lawsuits may be brought under the Fair Housing Act against colleges that have separate dorms for males and females. Also, female prisoners will be subjected to males living with them. Again, once sex is redefined, it is no longer limited to employment or animus-based discrimination. As Alito warned, “The Court … argues, not merely that the terms of Title VII can be interpreted that way but that they cannot reasonably be interpreted any other way. According to the Court, the text is unambiguous.” This wasn’t even a close call for the majority, and it will therefore reverberate across all areas of law, politics, and society.



Religious schools must become pagan

We were told not to worry about Obergefell creating a right to gay marriage because it was merely an issue of a marriage certificate and would never affect private religious institutions. Well, what happens now if a cross-dresser or a prominent homosexual activist wants to teach in a Catholic, Orthodox Jewish, or Muslim school? The majority opinion blithely denied these concerns and noted how title VII protects religious liberty by offering some long-standing exceptions. However, those exceptions have been interpreted more and more narrowly as time goes on. The same way Gorsuch has evolved on the definition of a sex, the courts are evolving on religious protections, and the former will now accelerate the latter.



What about pedophilia, nudity, and the next frontier in our “evolving” society?

What happens when the next letters of the alphabet get codified into the sacrilege of the sexual behavior legal protections, such as “N” for nudity and “P” for pedophilia? “My sexual orientation is to be with children.” “My sexual orientation is to express myself freely and be proud of my body, not to hide it.”



You might laugh, but at the speed with which transgenderism became in vogue, there is nothing stopping more sexual fetishes from joining the quasi “legal” distinction with a fancy acronym. The mainstreaming of pedophilia is already under way. Could employers still not fire those individuals for being disruptive to the decorum of the office the same way they can’t fire a man who walks in one day dressed like a woman, even if he has to deal with clients? Those ideals can be read into the word “sex” of a 1964 statute just as much as transgenderism can. After all, gay expanded to LGB and T, and then an undefined “Q” got added in. Others add on IAPK to include “intersex, asexual, pansexual, and kink.” It has broadly become known in those circles as “LGBTQ+.”



Freedom of speech

As Justice Alito warned in his dissent, the New York City government has already made it a criminal offense not to address someone by his or her preferred pronoun.



Supporters of this decision claim that because the court did not create a constitutional right, merely a retroactive reinterpretation of statue, Congress is still free to legislate. But who are we kidding here? The Civil Rights Act is as politically untouchable as the Fourteenth Amendment, and there is no way Congress will have the guts to deal with this fallout. State legislatures will be cut out from the process entirely.



Also, as Alito warns, the jump from codifying transgenderism into statute to into the Constitution is nothing more than a hiccup for its supporters to overcome, and the court has consistently done that in the past. There are already numerous cases percolating in the lower courts to do just that. Once the lower courts codify a new right, we have seen the Supreme Court first ignore the lower court radicalization and then downright legitimize it.

The next move by the court was a refusal to reconsider a growing movement to remove “qualified immunity” from government officials when they knowingly violate your rights or the law. Jay Schweiker of the CATO Institute has the story:



This morning, the Supreme Court denied all of the major certiorari petitions [challenging the decisions of a lower court] raising the question of whether qualified immunity should be reconsidered. This is, to put it bluntly, a shocking dereliction of duty. As Cato has argued for years, qualified immunity is an atextual, ahistorical judicial invention, which shields public officials from liability, even when they break the law. The doctrine not only denies justice to victims whose rights have been violated, but also exacerbates our crisis of confidence in law enforcement. By holding police officers to a far lower standard of accountability than ordinary citizens, qualified immunity deprives the entire law enforcement community of the public trust and credibility they need to do their jobs safely and effectively.



There was simply no excuse for the Court to decline this golden opportunity to begin addressing its mistakes in creating and propagating the doctrine of qualified immunity. The petitions before the Court plainly demonstrated both the moral injustices and practical absurdities of the “clearly established law” standard. In Corbitt v. Vickers, for example, the Supreme Court let stand an Eleventh Circuit decision granting immunity to a police officer who shot a ten year old child in the back of the knee, while repeatedly attempting to shoot a pet dog that wasn’t threatening anyone. And in Baxter v. Bracey, the Court let stand a Sixth Circuit decision which said that a prior case holding it unconstitutional for police to deploy a canine against a suspect who had surrendered by lying on the ground did not “clearly establish” that it was unlawful for police to deploy a canine against a suspect who had surrendered by sitting on the ground with his hands up.



Justice Thomas was the only member of the Court who would have granted any of the petitions. He dissented in the Baxter case, writing that “[b]ecause our § 1983 qualified immunity doctrine appears to stray from the statutory text, I would grant this petition.” It’s especially disappointing that Justice Gorsuch didn’t join this dissent, as he has otherwise demonstrated himself to be a principled advocate of textualism and originalism, and also willing to reconsider misguided precedent. And it’s surprising that Justice Sotomayor had nothing to say regarding these cases, given her previous comments in a dissent (joined by Justice Ginsburg) noting that qualified immunity had become an “absolute shield for law enforcement officers” that has “gutt[ed] the deterrent effect of the Fourth Amendment.” Perhaps one or more of these Justices will agree to hear some future case. But for now, Justice Thomas stands alone.



In the tumultuous wake of George Floyd’s brutal death at the hands of Minneapolis police, this development could not come at a worse time. The senseless violence committed by Derek Chauvin—and the stunning indifference of the officers standing by as George Floyd begged for his life—is the product of our culture of near zero accountability for law enforcement. And while this culture has many complex causes, one of the most significant is qualified immunity. By effectively rewriting and undermining the civil rights law that was supposed to be our primary means of holding public officials accountable, the Supreme Court shares a huge portion of the blame for our present crisis.



It’s impossible to know for sure what motivated the Court to deny all of these petitions. But one possibility is that the Justices were looking closely at developments in Congress—where members of both the House and the Senate have introduced bills that would abolish qualified immunity—and decided to duck the question, hoping to pressure Congress to fix the Court’s mess. It is certainly encouraging that so many legislators have finally turned their attention to qualified immunity. But the mere fact that Congress can fix this mess doesn’t absolve the Supreme Court of its obligation to fix what it broke—the Court conjured qualified immunity out of nothing in the first place, and the Justices had both the authority and responsibility to correct their own blunders, no matter what happens in the legislature.



Qualified immunity will go down in history as one of the Supreme Court’s most egregious, costly, and embarrassing mistakes. None of the Justices on the Court today were responsible for creating this doctrine, but they all had a responsibility to fix it—and except for Justice Thomas, they all shirked that responsibility.



The third major issue this week was a bizarre ruling by Chief Justice John Roberts to block the Trump administration from ending the Obama era DACA program granting legal status to millions of young people brought into the country illegally by their parents. ABC News reports:



Roberts said there's no question President Trump has the power to end DACA but the issue was how he did it -- the reasons he gave and the process he failed to follow. "DHS’s decision to rescind DACA was arbitrary and capricious under the" Administrative Procedures Act, Roberts wrote. "The dispute before the Court is not whether DHS may rescind DACA. All parties agree that it may. The dispute is instead primarily about the procedure the agency followed in doing so."



He says Trump and DHS did not adequately consider the impact on the DACA recipients themselves and the potential hardships for the some 700,000 young immigrants brought to the U.S. illegally as children by their parents.

Of course they considered that. What are they supposed to say, that it doesn’t have a negative impact on DACA recipients? Had they said so, I presume Roberts would have found that a reason to block it.



Apparently in response to the ruling, the president tweeted: "These horrible & politically charged decisions coming out of the Supreme Court are shotgun blasts into the face of people that are proud to call themselves Republicans or Conservatives. We need more Justices or we will lose our 2nd. Amendment & everything else. Vote Trump 2020!"

More justices like Gorsuch who Trump appointed? If Trump actually chose a non-Deep State controlled judge, like Robert Bork, the Senate would never confirm them.

NEWS SHORTS:

Colorado Bill would Require Re-education for Anti-Vaxxers: Colorado has introduced a bill that has passed committee that would “re-educate” parents who refuse to vaccinate their child with the coronavirus vaccine—forcing them to watch pro-vaccine “online education modules” and certify that they have done so before they can claim any of the state exemptions against taking vaccines. As Mac Slavo writes,



This plandemic was never about health, it was about forcing everyone to get a vaccine: an injection of whatever the hell the ruling class decided to put in the vaccine. These vaccines are not being required for the health of anyone unless it’s for the health of Big Pharma and the ruling class.

The big question is, “What happens if the ‘re-education’ fails” and the person still doesn’t want to take the vaccine. Eventually, the state will push to make it mandatory.

AG Barr Goes After Big Tech? Barr was making the right noises this week, but I doubt he will follow through. Barr is threatening to alter the law which grants big tech companies immunity for what others post on websites like Facebook and Twitter, because they censor unfairly—but trying to impose a fairness doctrine on them will be tough. According to the report, it also appears that the Justice Department won’t try to strip tech companies of their immunity for censoring “objectionable” content, instead the aim is to spur Big Tech to be “fairer and more consistent in their decisions to take down content they find objectionable.” (Allum Bokhari) Good luck with that!

John Bolton’s Claims about Trump: Bolton has written a tell-all book about Trump making all kinds of accusations through leaks to the press: 1) trying to get Xi Jingping to help him get reelected. Bolton claims to have the exact transcript, which would mean he got that through his Deep State buddies, 2) that Trump defended Saudi's Mohammed bin Salman over the murder of Jamal Khashoggi to keep the spotlight off the revelation of Ivanka using a private email account. (Wrong, it was because he was pandering to Saudi Arabia), 3) that Trump asked Theresa May if Britain had nuclear weapons, said invading Venezuela would be 'cool' and it was 'really part of the U.S.,' and thought Finland was in Russia. (Probably True given his ignorance of things.)

China and India in Limited War: Fighting has broken out in the brutal Himalayan border between these two long-time enemies, escalating to significant casualties on both sides. India has given the go ahead to bring up more formidable weapons. India reports that its soldiers were mutilated after being beaten to death by Chinese troops in a brutal Himalayan border battle - and revealed the nail-embedded metal rods used in the brawl.

Turkey Launches 'Largest Ever' Air & Ground Assault Into Northern Iraq: As Zerohedge reports, Turkey is taking advantage of the US preoccupation with unrest to start up again its assault on the Kurds in Iraq.

On Tuesday evening the Turkish Defense Ministry announced the start of “Operation Tiger Claw” a ground and artillery barrage against the Syrian Army. Iraq's Ministry of Foreign Affairs - outraged at yet another violation of Iraqi sovereignty - promptly summoned the Turkish ambassador to Baghdad and lodged a memorandum of protest.

[Sarah Rainsong]

Below is a bit more "on the ground" local reporting of the situation in Atlanta. But I will say, this is going to get worse before it gets better. Police across the country are facing a reckoning, one which is really only partially their making. The system is corrupt. And trying to paint over rotten wood just isn't going to fix anything, much less trying to say that the wood is not even rotten.

If America is being "taken down" it's as much due to her own choices as it is to any outside influences. There is so much ancestral trauma from so many different angles that is being exposed right now---there is no easy way out. Cleaning out these wounds that have been festering for generations is going to be painful.

Those that would like for BLM to just disappear are ignorant to how deep this wound goes. The systemic bigotry and corruption have rotted our entire justice system to its core. Those who just want some reform are basically calling for a little bit of paint over rotted wood. Those that want to complain about how the movement has been hijacked are missing the point. Of course the movement has been hijacked! Every. single. meaningful. movement toward addressing corruption. That does not mean that people should stop fighting.

I do wonder that while the rot is being exposed, what will people do when they see how truly deep it is?

In the end, it is my hope that the rot will be removed and that we will have a better world for it. But it's not going to be easy, and it will be painful.


Hi Sarah, compared to some kind of unrealistic, hypothetical utopia, the U.S. appears to be rotten. but compared to the rest of the world (and compared to our not too distant history) it is a shining beacon of hope, despite everything going on now. much of the world is ruled by brutal thugs. large numbers of people are starving and don't have access to clean drinking water...or any water for that matter. some live in mud huts, among civil war torn lands devoid of any of the amenities or technologies or conveniences we all enjoy here. I'm working part time in a pretty low paying job, and I can still get a steak and a beer pretty much whenever i want...and still pay the rent too. Poverty in America represents luxury in many other places. In that sense, a preoccupation with race is practically a luxury

it's never been easier to be alive. for anyone. especially if you live here in the U.S. and look, i'm not some red white n blue foam finger waving patriot either. there are some things that need to change, but to blow the whole thing up is nuts. for example, we all have an internal guide to meaning; the psychologists call it the "orientating reflex". it's that place between stasis and transformation. it basically asks you to maintain your structure even as you update it in the face of constant challenges. if you blow up your basic structure it's just chaos(i.e 'defund the police' or 'disband the police'); if you don't change at all you become stale and antiquated. balance. this conversation we are having now, for example, is within a tradition that is sufficiently general so we can all understand it, and is being sufficiently updated all the time. that's how society needs to move forward, imo.

criticizing it all is perfectly ok. striving for improvement is admirable and perfectly ok. but imo it should all be within the context of enormous gratitude for what we have built here. otherwise it's immensely disrespectful to all the millions of people - black and white and whoever - who have toiled so hard for so long to build it.

i think we all have a kind of collective amnesia when social justice enters the arena; we all suddenly forget all the wonderful and life changing things those systems have provided us with.

when we're kids and we don't get what we want we may huff and puff and hyperventilate and scream: I hate you! I wish you were dead!, all over something that seems meaningful in the moment but likely isn't..to a set of parents who have done nothing but nurtured and fed and loved us and kept us alive. but when they don't buy us that lego set, we suddenly forget all that. not a perfect analogy, but you get the point

if we're going to acknowledge systemic racism, fair enough!..but then we also have to acknowledge systemic historical ignorance, systemic entitlement, systemic lack of gratitude, systemic victim-hood, systemic black on black crime, systemic absentee black fathers, and so on and so forth.

it would be easy for me to start with the word 'systemic' and add just about any word i want immediately after and proceed to build a case around it to prove some kind of hypothetical oppression. it's because, yes, it's true, there is suffering all over the world. it's not all fair. life isn't fair. but it's no excuse to blow it all up. those systems actually work pretty good; if there is anything wrong with them with regards to racism or whatever, (which there is always going to be,nothing is ever perfect) it's a problem with the individual people running them. in other words, it's a problem with individuals, not systems; it's a problem with individuals, not entire races of people. you can't legislate love and compassion, unfortunately. nor can you change attitudes thru so called "bias training"

so where does that leave us? well, it all ultimately distills down to individuals. identity politics are never, ever useful. all it ever does is create opposing ideological tribes.

and if there is such a thing as ancestral trauma, i don't see why it would disproportionally effect black people more than anyone else. history is filled with horrifying acts of injustice and oppression, and if you go back far enough and long enough, everyone has experienced some form of it. and you don't really have to go back too far actually. we have the holocaust from the early 1940's, right? the jews don't seem to be collectively traumatized in any way at the moment. seem to be doing just fine. some even say they're ruling the world:)

Hi Mike,
I'm not comparing America to anything else other than to her own self-proclaimed ideals. And those are lies that are built to benefit a few at the expense of others, not just the low-income and minorities here in the US, but of whole other countries. The American people have been sold a lie that was built on propaganda and oppression.

America is most certainly not the only industrialized country with access to steaks and running water. Many people in many other countries are living not so differently than we do in that regard. To hold up the US as some beacon of hope is rather arrogant. Try talking to some of the many members here that live in countries other than the US.

As far as the many third world countries still living in mud huts, I'd ask why? Most of them are stuck in that state because of imperialism, many directly due to American Imperialism. America did not become a super power without a cost, and that cost can be tallied in violence and in lives. That is the kind of history we must reconcile. And we cannot reconcile that if we do not acknowledge it.

I'm not saying "blow up the structure" but whenever I have tried to look at the deeper, core issues, I've found layers like an onion. And peeling off those layers have left me with a pile of rotten peelings.

We are at a point where we must face our own history. We cannot continue to paint over all the injustices that we, as a country, have done.

I believe that it is the people--not the government, not the huge corporations--that form the gold nugget at the center. It is the people who, in spite of living with lies and propaganda and oppression, choose to reach out to each other and build better lives and leave the world in a better place than when they found it. Be grateful for that, not for what was built on the backs of human misery.

The ancestral trauma I spoke of does not begin nor end with black Americans, but they do play a major part. And we can certainly start there.

[Ratszinger]

Here in the Tulsa, OK area the anger has amped up in everyone here in the last day. My wife became extremely irritable all yesterday. The neighbors were arguing, and everyone in the area is tense. I think they've upped the Hertz of the cell towers like they did a U.C. Berkeley to stir up anger and tension. They're ramping up to try something in Tulsa me thinks. You can just feel it now in the air here the day before the event. Something has changed in the frequency of the space we're in down here. I'm thinking of taking my wife outside the area for the event time just to get her away from the frequencies.

[TomKat]

The lynch mob now turns on the police. Watch as more chaos and conflict will develop amid the growing witch-hunt hysteria, with police officers everywhere deciding it's just not worth it to continue to try to do their job.

A new career in private security, probably much better paid and with much more anonymity, will be looking far more attractive to many.

When did it become OK for police to shoot someone in the back who's running away? In all the discussion on TV about the Atlanta shooting, they show, but do not discuss, the fact that the suspect was fleeing and shot in the back by an angry cop.


Brooks was fleeing with a taser, and had turned to discharge it at the cop (Rolfe).
In Georgia law, a taser is a [potentially] deadly weapon. (And especially so in untrained hands.)
How do you know Rolfe was "angry"? That seems like an emotional assumption on your part.

I'd strongly suggest that the heavy charges pressed on Rolfe were to appease the mob. He's being sacrificed (temporarily) to try to deter further riots. But the charges are likely to be dismissed in court — and then all hell will break loose again.

1) he was fleeing and was shot in the back
2) he was not pointing the taser at anyone when shot. They should have chased him down and told him to drop the taser
3) I would be angry in that situation, and I infer from the fact he shot the guy in the back rather than doing #2 above, that he was angry

I wouldn't be angry I would be scared and ashamed and desperate to get my tazer back,he is shooting my own tazer at me after all.if he hits me what next,a casual stroll over and pick my gun up?

He was not shooting your own tazer at you, he was fleeing with your tazer. Shooting him twice in the back to get your tazer back is pretty extreme.

[samildamach]

The lynch mob now turns on the police. Watch as more chaos and conflict will develop amid the growing witch-hunt hysteria, with police officers everywhere deciding it's just not worth it to continue to try to do their job.

A new career in private security, probably much better paid and with much more anonymity, will be looking far more attractive to many.

When did it become OK for police to shoot someone in the back who's running away? In all the discussion on TV about the Atlanta shooting, they show, but do not discuss, the fact that the suspect was fleeing and shot in the back by an angry cop.


Brooks was fleeing with a taser, and had turned to discharge it at the cop (Rolfe).
In Georgia law, a taser is a [potentially] deadly weapon. (And especially so in untrained hands.)
How do you know Rolfe was "angry"? That seems like an emotional assumption on your part.

I'd strongly suggest that the heavy charges pressed on Rolfe were to appease the mob. He's being sacrificed (temporarily) to try to deter further riots. But the charges are likely to be dismissed in court — and then all hell will break loose again.

1) he was fleeing and was shot in the back
2) he was not pointing the taser at anyone when shot. They should have chased him down and told him to drop the taser
3) I would be angry in that situation, and I infer from the fact he shot the guy in the back rather than doing #2 above, that he was angry

I wouldn't be angry I would be scared and ashamed and desperate to get my tazer back,he is shooting my own tazer at me after all.if he hits me what next,a casual stroll over and pick my gun up?

He was not shooting your own tazer at you, he was fleeing with your tazer. Shooting him twice in the back to get your tazer back is pretty extreme.

No sorry I don't agree at all.he turns around pointing the tazer with extended arm at the officer,that is very clear footage
I will clarify I don't agree with shooting him dead.

[Sarah Rainsong]

Here in the Tulsa, OK area the anger has amped up in everyone here in the last day. My wife became extremely irritable all yesterday. The neighbors were arguing, and everyone in the area is tense. I think they've upped the Hertz of the cell towers like they did a U.C. Berkeley to stir up anger and tension. They're ramping up to try something in Tulsa me thinks. You can just feel it now in the air here the day before the event. Something has changed in the frequency of the space we're in down here. I'm thinking of taking my wife outside the area for the event time just to get her away from the frequencies.

Not disagreeing, but this weekend is a solar eclipse, summer solstice, new moon, and Mercury retrograde... so it's entirely possible that's affecting things, too.

[Ratszinger]

The lynch mob now turns on the police. Watch as more chaos and conflict will develop amid the growing witch-hunt hysteria, with police officers everywhere deciding it's just not worth it to continue to try to do their job.

A new career in private security, probably much better paid and with much more anonymity, will be looking far more attractive to many.

When did it become OK for police to shoot someone in the back who's running away? In all the discussion on TV about the Atlanta shooting, they show, but do not discuss, the fact that the suspect was fleeing and shot in the back by an angry cop.


Brooks was fleeing with a taser, and had turned to discharge it at the cop (Rolfe).
In Georgia law, a taser is a [potentially] deadly weapon. (And especially so in untrained hands.)
How do you know Rolfe was "angry"? That seems like an emotional assumption on your part.

I'd strongly suggest that the heavy charges pressed on Rolfe were to appease the mob. He's being sacrificed (temporarily) to try to deter further riots. But the charges are likely to be dismissed in court — and then all hell will break loose again.

1) he was fleeing and was shot in the back
2) he was not pointing the taser at anyone when shot. They should have chased him down and told him to drop the taser
3) I would be angry in that situation, and I infer from the fact he shot the guy in the back rather than doing #2 above, that he was angry

I wouldn't be angry I would be scared and ashamed and desperate to get my tazer back,he is shooting my own tazer at me after all.if he hits me what next,a casual stroll over and pick my gun up?

He was not shooting your own tazer at you, he was fleeing with your tazer. Shooting him twice in the back to get your tazer back is pretty extreme.








The lynch mob now turns on the police. Watch as more chaos and conflict will develop amid the growing witch-hunt hysteria, with police officers everywhere deciding it's just not worth it to continue to try to do their job.

A new career in private security, probably much better paid and with much more anonymity, will be looking far more attractive to many.

When did it become OK for police to shoot someone in the back who's running away? In all the discussion on TV about the Atlanta shooting, they show, but do not discuss, the fact that the suspect was fleeing and shot in the back by an angry cop.


Brooks was fleeing with a taser, and had turned to discharge it at the cop (Rolfe).
In Georgia law, a taser is a [potentially] deadly weapon. (And especially so in untrained hands.)
How do you know Rolfe was "angry"? That seems like an emotional assumption on your part.

I'd strongly suggest that the heavy charges pressed on Rolfe were to appease the mob. He's being sacrificed (temporarily) to try to deter further riots. But the charges are likely to be dismissed in court — and then all hell will break loose again.

1) he was fleeing and was shot in the back
2) he was not pointing the taser at anyone when shot. They should have chased him down and told him to drop the taser
3) I would be angry in that situation, and I infer from the fact he shot the guy in the back rather than doing #2 above, that he was angry

I wouldn't be angry I would be scared and ashamed and desperate to get my tazer back,he is shooting my own tazer at me after all.if he hits me what next,a casual stroll over and pick my gun up?

He was not shooting your own tazer at you, he was fleeing with your tazer. Shooting him twice in the back to get your tazer back is pretty extreme.

No sorry I don't agree at all.he turns around pointing the tazer with extended arm at the officer,that is very clear footage
I will clarify I don't agree with shooting him dead.

If I may add my own input here. Arresting the cop in Atlanta for doing his job is now a threat to the entire city really! If we allow bad guys to tase good guy cops doing their jobs then the bad guy can obtain the gun too as well as the tase from the cop he tased! For that matter once the one cop is out cold the bad guy could kill both cops, and now he has two guns, two tasers, and anything in the down cops wallets, their badges if he wants them, handcuffs, and their car!

I ask you does that sound like a good situation for the city you live in to any of you? For the escapee to now have all of that at his disposal to potentially terrorize your town? How reassuring huh? Or should the cop have protected and served the community by shooting the threat dead the second he had a weapon pointed at him in the dark! ?How did the cop know the guy pointed the taser and not a real gun has anyone thought of this? Hint he didn't! For all he or the other cop knew the guy escaping was hiding a gun the entire time and that was why he ran! Maybe it was why he was resisting as he did! For all the cop knew it was a real gun being pointed at him in the dark as he ran.

But either way, even if the cop thought about none of this if the bad guys can tase the cops and the cops are supposed to go against their training instead of go with what they are taught in school and shoot the guy pointing a weapon at them it puts the cops in a damned if they do and damned if they don't situation! Is it any wonder so many walked today in Atlanta? If they do as they are trained only to then have their lives ruined by the very ones hiring them to do their jobs no one can blame a cop for cutting his losses with something rather than lose it all when he follows his training only to be ruined financially having to defend himself in court against his or her own employer. To be prosecuted for it when you followed the book isn't a problem with the cops then the problem is with the training not the cops. The problem is they need to reset the standard for how they are training cops to react.

Someone said earlier one bad protester misbehaving or even two or three do not make for all protesters to be bad! Then why do one or two bad cops now and then make all cops bad to where everyone under the spell of the leftists chants now wants to defund the cops? My grandfather was a game warden. He was shot once by a perp trying get out of a ticket! My dad was a state cop and got a domestic abuse call only to be smacked in the back of the head with a skillet by the wife that called them to her aid about her abusive husband! My brother was until a few months back the chief of Police in Capon Bridge, WV and my other brother a couselor in the federal prison bureau! I stand with the cops! A lot of my family are cops!

[TomKat]

The lynch mob now turns on the police. Watch as more chaos and conflict will develop amid the growing witch-hunt hysteria, with police officers everywhere deciding it's just not worth it to continue to try to do their job.

A new career in private security, probably much better paid and with much more anonymity, will be looking far more attractive to many.

When did it become OK for police to shoot someone in the back who's running away? In all the discussion on TV about the Atlanta shooting, they show, but do not discuss, the fact that the suspect was fleeing and shot in the back by an angry cop.


Brooks was fleeing with a taser, and had turned to discharge it at the cop (Rolfe).
In Georgia law, a taser is a [potentially] deadly weapon. (And especially so in untrained hands.)
How do you know Rolfe was "angry"? That seems like an emotional assumption on your part.

I'd strongly suggest that the heavy charges pressed on Rolfe were to appease the mob. He's being sacrificed (temporarily) to try to deter further riots. But the charges are likely to be dismissed in court — and then all hell will break loose again.

1) he was fleeing and was shot in the back
2) he was not pointing the taser at anyone when shot. They should have chased him down and told him to drop the taser
3) I would be angry in that situation, and I infer from the fact he shot the guy in the back rather than doing #2 above, that he was angry

I wouldn't be angry I would be scared and ashamed and desperate to get my tazer back,he is shooting my own tazer at me after all.if he hits me what next,a casual stroll over and pick my gun up?

He was not shooting your own tazer at you, he was fleeing with your tazer. Shooting him twice in the back to get your tazer back is pretty extreme.

No sorry I don't agree at all.he turns around pointing the tazer with extended arm at the officer,that is very clear footage
I will clarify I don't agree with shooting him dead.

Yes, you are right. I saw the video where he turned around to fire the taser at the officer. However, the video I originally saw on TV left out that part! And it's not just me. I was watching McLaughlin Group and Eleanor Clift seemed to have seen the same video I saw, and had the same reaction. However, I can't find that video!

[shaberon]

The End Game Has Arrived: ‘All Signs and Evidence Point to the Great Global Economic Reset’




I suggest we go after this one.

Not as a "protest", more like an exterminator.

The Reset I have in mind is similar both to how the U. S. Constitution originally explains Lawful Money, and, to a group of related principles that has been posted a few times around Avalon, about Fractional Reserve Lending and so forth.

It was pretty much the main political platform of the U. S. until the Civil War.

Since the Reset is open to suggestions, we know it is nothing more than a sales pitch. This would be a way to tell them "you're out of business".

If the system is allowed to rebound in any way, even if it pays some tax or cuts down on pollution, it will continue to benefit basically the same few at the expense of everyone, who will not notice, because they got something small they want.

[Bill Ryan]

https://www.breitbart.com/europe/2020/06/20/un-shares-antifa-flag-tells-u-s-antifa-has-right-to-freedom-of-expression-and-peaceful-assembly/


United Nations “experts” slammed President Donald Trump’s call to label Antifa as a terrorist 8, claiming it will undermine Antifa’s right of “peaceful assembly” — despite many instances of violence by the far-left anarcho-communist group.

On Friday, the United Nations Office at Geneva (UNOG) posted the flag of Antifa on their official Twitter account, saying that a group of human rights “experts” at the globalist organisation had expressed “profound concern over a recent statement by the U.S. Attorney-General describing Antifa and other anti-fascist activists as domestic terrorists, saying it undermines the rights to freedom of expression and of peaceful assembly in the country.”

...........Gemma's post was on the Antifa (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111137-Antifa&p=1361948&viewfull=1#post1361948) thread, but most definitely also belongs on this one.

Be alarmed, everyone who can see what's happening here.

[Baby Steps]

https://www.breitbart.com/europe/2020/06/20/un-shares-antifa-flag-tells-u-s-antifa-has-right-to-freedom-of-expression-and-peaceful-assembly/


United Nations “experts” slammed President Donald Trump’s call to label Antifa as a terrorist 8, claiming it will undermine Antifa’s right of “peaceful assembly” — despite many instances of violence by the far-left anarcho-communist group.

On Friday, the United Nations Office at Geneva (UNOG) posted the flag of Antifa on their official Twitter account, saying that a group of human rights “experts” at the globalist organisation had expressed “profound concern over a recent statement by the U.S. Attorney-General describing Antifa and other anti-fascist activists as domestic terrorists, saying it undermines the rights to freedom of expression and of peaceful assembly in the country.”

...........Gemma's post was on the Antifa (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111137-Antifa&p=1361948&viewfull=1#post1361948) thread, but most definitely also belongs on this one.

Be alarmed, everyone who can see what's happening here.

If a democratic advocacy group have a problem with a lunatic fringe that they cannot control, and who commit violence and destruction to property, they should be very receptive to the proposal that police officers are embedded within them, who will tie anybody who breaks the law. That is protecting peoples rights to peaceful assembly.

[gord]

BILL BINNEY: NSA Official Who BUILT their SPYING PROGRAMS explains the SECRETS they hold right NOW! (42:16) [June 8, 2020]


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xiT1f6jKV0o

This may relate to the coming reset mentioned in this thread and elsewhere, as well as all the psychological warfare meant to distract from it, so that it goes a certain way. I got tired of trying to clean up the parts of the transcript I wanted to include, so here it is partially cleaned up.

------------------------------------------------------
MH == Michelle Holiday
BB == Bill Binney

00:44

MH: Bill is the man who actually created the spying programs that are still utilized today by the NSA. It's very important for everyone to understand that those programs were created in order to spy on foreign enemy governments. They were never intended to be used to be spying upon American citizens and there is no one on the planet who knows these programs better than Mr. Bill Binney and we are so honored to have him with us today.

--------

15:49

BB: and by the way CIA, according to Casey, back in the early 1980s, he said that we are infiltrating the media and you'll know that we've succeeded when virtually everything is or 70 at least 70% of what is believed by the American public is false. That was straight from Casey, a former director of Central Intelligence back in the Reagan years, in the early 80s.

MH: That's a quote from him.

BB: Yeah, and now you can see the effect of that, is what we've got today. He was director of CIA under Ronald Reagan's first term

--------

23:48

BB: There was a final point that they removed that protection by the way so that all the data came in from the filtering it was no longer filtered they all came in and all the identities were there and nothing was protected, and then the final one was we audited who came into our network to see who went where, what they did, and what they did with the data. So for example if they had our program in place at that time, using that audit routine, they could have picked up Edward Snowden pulling out data as he did it, you know within milliseconds of him doing it so but they removed that. Why? Because they didn't want anybody in Congress knowing what they were doing with the information, or with money, and because all those money transfers go across the network too, and we would have all of that data there, and they didn't want anybody to know that.

--------

25:00

MH: When did the surveillance programs that you created, when exactly were they turned into a situation where everyone was under surveillance? When did that happen?

BB: It actually started in October of 2001, and it was determined that the core people at the decision to do this were Bush, Bush the Jr., Cheney, Hayden and Tenet. Tenet was the director of CIA at the time. Those four made the decision to do that and Hayden basically made it possible with the programs by removing the filtering and removing the protections and their encryption and getting rid of the audit routine to allow that program to run and collect everything on everybody on the planet including starting first with US citizens.

MH: From October 2001.

BB: Right, and in fact Mueller in his interview with Bart Gellman in 2011 before he was initially scheduled to leave the FBI but it was later extended. He said that he and the FBI had been using the stellarwind program since 2001. Well the stellar wind program is the data based collection of all US citizens so all that data collected on U.S. citizens was in this stellar wind database and he basically said that they've been using it since 2001.

MH: And Bill, what was the goal to have every person in the world under surveillance?

BB: It gives you power over everybody, not just individual citizens, but members of Congress, members of Parliaments around the world, members of leaders of the world, everything. You get as much data as you can on everybody in the planet that gives you power over everyone. It's a straightforward totalitarian process, which is why I left NSA, why I kept saying that that's what it is since the beginning of going public in 2011. It's a totalitarian state process. We are moving to a police state.

--------

28:40

MH: So Bill, this is morphing into a very interesting situation, because these spying programs from October 2001 were picking up everything that everybody did and said and throughout that period of time it is suspected that some very substantial financial crimes were being committed. For example on Wall Street, the bankers were thought to have been involved in naked short-selling, which is selling shares that do not exist, and in money laundering, but there has never been any proof so this is a stunning realization that indeed there is proof if that happened, and that it is being held right now in the NSA programs that you created.

BB: Well, it's in the storage that's associated with them. Yeah, yeah. Yeah, that's right in in for example the Utah facility at the at the you know the million square foot storage facility to go out there they also have a 600,000 square foot facility built down in San Antonio, and they got the major computer centers and in computer buildings here on Fort Meade and lots of storage at NSA and also in Denver and various other places around the world. So in a distributed network, they've got a lot more storage than anybody really realizes.

MH: And it's all been stored on everyone since October 2001?

BB: Yup, and actually even some people, even before that.

MH: And some people even before that.

BB: Right.

MH: And I know that you have said that you carry a sense of responsibility over creating the programs that you intended to protect our country but that were turned and used against the American people, but from what you're saying there's a very ironic twist to this because these same programs that were spying on everyone may have been secretly recording some massive criminal behavior, because it is estimated at about 100 trillion dollars that belong to the American public disappeared on Wall Street.

BB: Well I mean it's uh all of that should be recorded too. You know all the transfers, everything.

MH: This is, this has, it has almost a Shakespearean twist to it, because this massive amount of money that came up missing and left so many people completely devastated with no idea of what happened, so to find out now that all of that activity was being spied on and these criminals didn't know that they too were being spied on, so what would it take for you to tap into these programs and pull out that information?

BB: Well you'd start with the social networks built by NSA over the last ten to thirty years which all of that is handled and compiled they're in form of a graphing routine or graphing programs. And so what you would do is need a seed there and all you do is use that seed and pull out all that data and information which is also indexed to the content and databases and you can pull out all of that content and immediately start analyzing who's involved in what and every activity of all humans on the planet is recorded there in that form so you just pick what form do you want? Do you want dope smuggling? Do you want money-laundering? Do you want, what do you want? It's all recorded and graphed.

MH: So all of that activity on Wall Street say in 2008 when all those banks fell and all that money disappeared all, everything they were doing, is recorded in those programs.

BB: Yeah, it's in the form of bank transfers [...] you know that kind of thing.

MH: So you can go back and find out where all that money went.

BB: Yup, yup.

MH: This is just so stunning as an American citizen because honestly we thought, I'm sure the majority of the public thought, that money was just all gone, there was no proof of who did what or where it went or what happened and it's just gone but that's not the case.

BB: Nope, no I mean the evidence is still there in one form or another, in one department of the US government or another one or in all of them put together, maybe, they just don't know they've got it, because they got too much data they can't see it.

MH: So if it's in within those programs and these are the ones that you built, so you know how to pull out that information.

BB: Yeah, the devices they're using to take down and collect data off the fiber network will take down the entire fiber, everything on the fiber, so it's not a question of you know whether it was banking data, phone calls, emails, chatter, you know, surfing, whatever, the web, all of that's in the fiber, and all of that is taken down by these devices and put into storage. You know it's just a, and by the way there's no dark fiber. All the fiber contains light all the light is reconstructed into data, so there is no dark fiber.

MH: What is dark fiber, Bill?

BB: Well, people refer to dark fibers, things on the web that people don't know are there, so it's like a dark, they call it the dark, the dark web or the dark fiber. It's actually just not indexed by Google or Yahoo or somebody, you know?

MH: But it's in your program?

BB: Yes. Because all of the data, whether you call it dark fiber or not, is transmitted along the fibers, in the form of light and that is all all the light is transformed into data and stored, so it's not a question of dark or not dark, it's all stored.

MH: I'm telling you this is just a stunning revelation so I'm going to nutshell this one more time just for myself and for everyone else what you're saying to us is that from October 2001 until now everything everyone has done has been spied upon and is held within programs, the programs that you created that are still utilized by the NSA, and that you yourself have the power to go in and pull out that information and see what's going on. Bill would this take years?

BB: No, it's very short a matter of time. As long as you had the seed that's all you'd need. You know, some indication that one person was involved in an activity. That would be enough.

MH: Oh, the seed meaning the suspicion.

BB: Right. That's right. Otherwise we could simply graph all transfers of funds of any significant size or of all sizes you know, whatever the amount was transferred, we could graph and build a relationship that way and use software to kind of sort out what looked suspicious and what didn't.

MH: Who would have to bring you in? Would it be the President to actually go in to the programs? Who do you need permission from at this point?

BB: I would think there would have to be a a White House directed initiative because the bureaucrats and all the agencies would resist it in any way they possibly could. This is the way these bureaucrats operate. You know they make it look so make it they make a problem difficult to achieve, you know to solve so you have to anticipate that that would be the case, and you have to have the power and authority to push them out of the way, okay?

--------

38:58

MH: Is there anything that I haven't asked that you would like to add to this particular topic?

BB: Just you know the affidavits of judges in the courts or she appear to be trying to keep this information from being testified in federal court I mean there in the public it's in the open and it's documented you know and so in the case of Roger stone and the case of general Flynn they didn't seem to appear to care to have the truth about Russia gate and read into their court so to me that smacks of the courts a part of this process you know that just smells that they're involved in this also and they want to keep it out of sight out of mind you know and that these judges are also involved in that.

MH: It's just so important for the American people as a whole in the whole world as a whole but our country right now is so divided and again as I mentioned about you know half of our country still thinks that the president is a terrible person and that all of this really happened and he got away with you knows and then the wall street criminality that just the things that have been just despicable happening in this bill by people that did it because they were trusted and that's the truth and did it because they were trusted and you your revelation that the very programs again it's like a Shakespearean twist the very programs that were taken to be used against everyone in spy on everyone picked up everything including some things that people didn't realize they were being spied upon doing.

BB: yeah that's and that's why they remove the auditing routine on the end of our software so that they couldn't be audited see but the information is still there. So all we'd have to do is have that audit routine and then go in and and we could do all of this stuff with very little very little effort.

[Gwin Ru]

https://www.breitbart.com/europe/2020/06/20/un-shares-antifa-flag-tells-u-s-antifa-has-right-to-freedom-of-expression-and-peaceful-assembly/


United Nations “experts” slammed President Donald Trump’s call to label Antifa as a terrorist 8, claiming it will undermine Antifa’s right of “peaceful assembly” — despite many instances of violence by the far-left anarcho-communist group.

On Friday, the United Nations Office at Geneva (UNOG) posted the flag of Antifa on their official Twitter account, saying that a group of human rights “experts” at the globalist organisation had expressed “profound concern over a recent statement by the U.S. Attorney-General describing Antifa and other anti-fascist activists as domestic terrorists, saying it undermines the rights to freedom of expression and of peaceful assembly in the country.”

...........Gemma's post was on the Antifa (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111137-Antifa&p=1361948&viewfull=1#post1361948) thread, but most definitely also belongs on this one.

Be alarmed, everyone who can see what's happening here.On that UN subject:



https://pbs.twimg.com/profile_images/1259480604057485312/36P-CdZY_bigger.jpg (https://twitter.com/SharonMount12) Sharon Mount (https://twitter.com/SharonMount12) @SharonMount12
(https://twitter.com/SharonMount12)
Replying to @pappyG45 (https://twitter.com/pappyG45)

George Floyd's family and lawyer wrote a letter to the UN to disarm US police force. Yes. That is why they did this false flag. They had to attack the police force

10:43 PM · Jun 12, 2020

[Ernie Nemeth]

The UN has since removed the post about Antifa, I heard at INFOwars.


https://www.infowars.com/un-deletes-pro-antifa-tweet-after-backlash/

[Gwin Ru]

The "Pull It" demolition code: 22 + 11 = 33

Cervezabug Is The Biggest Psyop In Human History (0:34:13)


pUJCn3JpVVU

Related:






https://pbs.twimg.com/profile_images/1790281240/henry-makow_bigger.jpg (https://twitter.com/HenryMakow) Henry Makow (https://twitter.com/HenryMakow) @HenryMakow
(https://twitter.com/HenryMakow)
Freemason Trump was silent when they toppled the statues of American Presidents & civil war generals, but protests when the statue of Albert Pike,(1809-1891) a war criminal & degenerate, is destroyed. Pike was Sovereign Grand Commander of the Freemasons.


https://pbs.twimg.com/card_img/1274194668826361856/HsSY7mqR?format=jpg&name=small
(https://t.co/gjlq8Po0uH?amp=1)
(https://t.co/gjlq8Po0uH?amp=1)
‘Disgrace to our country!’ Trump scolds police, calls for arrests as actvists topple & BURN...

US President Donald Trump has denounced Washington, DC, police for seemingly doing nothing to prevent a group of activists from bringing down a Confederate general’s statue, calling for the “immedi...
(https://t.co/gjlq8Po0uH?amp=1)rt.com
(https://t.co/gjlq8Po0uH?amp=1)
11:28 PM · Jun 20, 2020·

[TomKat]

The "Pull It" demolition code: 22 + 11 = 33
Cervezabug Is The Biggest Psyop In Human History (0:34:13)


I guess I'm behind on my conspiracies. What is cervezabug? Beer with a worm in it, like tequila?

[Mashika]

The "Pull It" demolition code: 22 + 11 = 33
Cervezabug Is The Biggest Psyop In Human History (0:34:13)


I guess I'm behind on my conspiracies. What is cervezabug? Beer with a worm in it, like tequila?

Corona beer, Mexican beer :) Also known as Corona chan, there was some confusion for some people, they somehow thought that Corona beer was related to the coronavirus....



BoingBoing discovered that in recent days, there has also been an increase in searches for “corona beer virus,” because apparently people are under the impression that the coronavirus, also known as nCoV, has something to do with Mexican beer. Corona brand.

https://translate.google.com/translate?sl=es&tl=en&u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.fayerwayer.com%2F2020%2F01%2Fcerveza-corona-relacion-coronavirus%2F

[Ernie Nemeth]

According to Trump at the Tulsa rally, there are over 19 names for this flu bug: his fav is Chinese Flu and Kung Fu Flu.haha

I watched the rally, it was entertaining. Quite worth the watch, really.

[shaberon]

Freemason Trump was silent when they toppled the statues of American Presidents & civil war generals, but protests when the statue of Albert Pike,(1809-1891) a war criminal & degenerate, is destroyed. Pike was Sovereign Grand Commander of the Freemasons.



Pike was nothing of the sort and had no plot with Mazzini to start World War Three. As far as I can tell, Makow is a parrot of extreme right propaganda, i. e. Anti-Masonry--Whigs--Republicans, General MacArthur, John Birch, etc., American fascism disguised in "traditional freedoms". Something is wrong with sticking "Freemason" on everyone's name, like sticking "Iranian-backed" on every militia.

I suppose since we have been swallowing those lines for 200 years, it is no surprise that people would grandstand over an almost non-disease.

If we want to describe Confederates as war criminals, I am sure they fall quite short of the Union atrocities.

Currently, the protests are saying the Union is bad, and want to erase our memory of those who resisted it.

The southern economy depended on slavery, much like several northern states. If someone acted reasonably--if it had been told those plantation owners, look, slavery is falling out of favor, we want to get rid of it. Well then, fairly, the plantations would have to say, allright, we can switch this out for hired help, but it means you will have to pay twice as much for the goods. Any consideration for this?

Also, Lincoln declared an emancipation where he had no authority, but failed to do so in those Union states.

So if it were, perhaps, possible to have transferred from slavery to fair wages, it would take time. It is not realistic to utter a decree over a major population saying, you're free now, time to go.

Where are they going?

You need a better plan than that, a transition, something constructive, instead we got a war with plenty of civilian genocide, with little improvement on quality of life for former slaves for at least a hundred years, or more. I guess, now, they are demanding the U. N. take authority over the United States. There you go, got your freedom, demand the world's biggest authority. What?

[onawah]

MANIPULATING AMERICA: THE CHINESE COMMUNIST PLAYBOOK
6/20/20
China in Focus - NTD
463K subscribers

"There is an invisible war raging in the world. Not a war fought with bullets and guns, but a war of manipulation.

It’s a war fought by the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) against the free world using the full force of its propaganda and influence apparatus.

Not only does the CCP actively spread its propaganda to the West, it has even succeeded in dictating what can and cannot be said in free societies.

However, this growing influence has gone largely unnoticed. And by now, it has penetrated all levels of American society.

In this new age of information warfare, where a hostile foreign power is waging a war for our minds, what can be done?

In this new in-depth report, we explore China’s “Grand External Propaganda” campaign against America and the rest of the free world and reveal the playbook it uses."
d1lYypu090Q
Reviewed by Alexandra Bruce https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net/manipulating-america-the-chinese-communist-playbook/

"One of the main fronts of our asymmetrical war is the Chinese Communist Party’s “Grand External Propaganda” war against the free world. Not only does the CCP actively spread its propaganda to the West, it has even succeeded in imposing its censorship abroad. This growing influence has gone largely unnoticed, to the point where it has now penetrated all levels of American society.

We learn, in this NTDTV documentary that as a result of the current US-China trade war, the CCP has been reaching out to state governments, because state governments don’t have dedicated personnel for foreign diplomacy and people at the state level are far less vigilant towards the CCP and their understanding of the CCP’s nature is not as good as is those in the Federal Government.

Wisconsin State Senator, Roger Roth recounts, “The Communist Party of China reached out to me on two occasions to pass a resolution praising them for their handling of the coronavirus. And what was probably most unusual about the request was that they provided me with the resolution. I’ve never had something like this happen.”

Roth received the two emails directly from the Chinese Consulate General in Chicago. One, in late February the other, in early March at a time when the epidemic was spreading across the United States and the economy was hit hard, as well.

Roth was angry but worried, too. He realized how the CCP had extended its influence to elected officials in the United States and that it may be a common practice. He says, “I’ve never spoken to their consulate before so that’s why it makes this request very unusual and very scary, that they felt that this was normal behavior, for a foreign government to come to a sovereign state, like Wisconsin and ask them to pass this resolution. Here’s probably the part that should scare most of us they actually felt it was okay for them to do this. So, it makes you wonder, ‘Am I the first one that they’ve reached out to, to ask for a resolution to be passed?’ I find it hard to believe that I would be.”

J Michael Waller, Senior Strategy Analyst from the Center for Security Policy says, “The CCP has mapped out every politician in the country, down to the governors and senior elected state legislators…they’ve mapped out who’s soft on the CCP or even likes them who’s moderate or ambivalent and who’s hostile to them.”

New York State, which was hit hard by the pandemic has more economic and cultural exchanges with the CCP than any other state. According to the China General Chamber of Commerce, $50.9 billion of investment from China was injected into New York from 2011 to 2017, much more than any other state. The New York State government announced in 2017 that developing relations with China is one of its “top priorities”.

Seemingly innocent vectors, such as Sister Cities relationships are being exploited by the CCP. When the new mayor of Prague rejected the CCP’s “One China” (aka “no Taiwan”) policy and wanted to remove that language from their agreement, the CCP immediately threatened Prague with breaking off diplomatic relations, stopping flights and cutting financial aid. New York City, like Prague has signed a Sister City agreement with Beijing.

Casey Fleming, CEO of BlackOps Partners Corp says, “This is all infiltration, subversion to control the narrative and to control actions throughout the United States and to weaken the United States.”

Speaking of the 80+ Confucius Institutes at US universities, 12 of them in New York State, NTDTV’s Senior China analyst, Heng He says, “The Chinese Communist Party has wiped out the traditional Chinese culture in mainland China. Instead, it has replaced the traditional culture with the Communist Party’s culture, so the cultural exchange is actually exporting the Communist Party’s culture to the world. The CCP culture is contrary not only to American values but also to the universal values of the world. If this cultural exchange is accepted unwittingly, it is actually helping the CCP undermine American values…The American people have never experienced such harm in United States history, not even during the Cold War.”

The CCP is focused on the younger generations, who have no recollection of the Soviet Union, the Iron Curtain and of countries crumbling under Communist and socialist regimes, so they’re more likely to fall for these propaganda efforts. One may even ponder the role of China in the insurrection of the past month.

The documentary doesn’t cover Big Tech censorship but online, we can see our First Amendment rights being savagely eroded. It’s high time we stir from our torpor about the Invisible Enemy, lest it’s too late."

[shaberon]

It’s a war fought by the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) against the free world using the full force of its propaganda and influence apparatus.



What free world?

What war? Propaganda is "a publication".

What about the American Communist Party, born 1919, not Chinese, no longer supported by Russia?

CCP is what it is, having its roots in Marxism.

Democracy, Communism, etc., are certainly all incipient phases of world government which would subjugate the U. S., but either Democracy or Communism are western-originated.

[Ratszinger]

It appears to me looking in from the outside that the democrats including but not limited to Hillary Clinton, John Podesta, Tony Podesta, John Kerry, Joe Biden and probably some of them I've forgot to mention all were nothing more or less than "Pleasure Brokers" for the elite of the world! This of course working side by side with other well known "Pleasure Brokers" Epstein and company!!

Name your pleasure people from guns to tanks to human animals and why sure we can help you with that! Need some money cleaned? No problem! Need someone axed? Or maybe just punished? We got you covered there too!! Want some slaves? Doesn't matter from where on earth! Oh we can get them all but highly recommend, "Haitian"! Need some drugs? Name your pleasure we can fly it right in for you! Need to hide some bodies?! We can do that too!! Want some uranium? Oh no problem!! Yepper just name your pleasure they could do it and did and for personal profit!! I don't think it was selling out the country so much as just selling anything and everything to get rich personally but if someone came along that wanted a big parcel of "National Forest" well, heck yeah they'd do that too and likely did!

[onawah]

George Webb: DNC’S PLAN TO REPLACE OUR POLICE WITH NATO CONTRACTORS – DYNCORP AND BLACKWATER AGAIN
6/22/20

( Also posted here, but seems worthy of space on more than one thread: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111229-Chaz--or-Chop--a-Summer-of-Love-Antifastan-Lord-of-the-Flies-or-Animal-Farm&p=1362536&viewfull=1#post1362536 )

6cBjEpTLHBc

Review and transcript from Alexandra Bruce: https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net/dncs-plan-to-replace-our-police-with-nato-contractors-dyncorp-and-blackwater-again/

"Both of George Webb’s YouTube accounts were pulled shortly after he posted this video last Saturday, in which he explains that these riots are not organic, they are false flags to bring about the replacement of US police departments with NATO contractors and mercenaries.

He says that the DNC, through key players, like Minnesota State AG, Keith Ellison is helping to orchestrate the rioting across the country, using Black Lives Matter and Antifa, financed through “donations” made via GoFundMe and the DNC’s ActBlue funding platform.

These riots are being allowed to happen by DNC mayors and governors and he says, “We have to look at [protests / riots] as just that: feints and demonstrations coming from the real enemy, which is the people who want to replace your police force and that is NATO and that is the CIA.”

He says, “I can assure you, this is a tried-and-true plan that NATO has used, in conjunction with the CIA for a takeover, city-by-city of all of a country’s police departments,” a tactic that was outlined in a book by Doug Valentine called ‘The Phoenix Program’. “This happened with UN Peacekeepers, not only in Bosnia and Kosovo but Afghanistan, Kazakhstan, Syria, Libya, Sudan, Yemen, Haiti.

“We looked at the players in our series, talking about Carl Bildt and David Petraeus and the reason why it’s important to show the plan is that you don’t want to go for these fakes and feints and the demonstrations that the generals on the opposite side do and put all your time and energy…into the demonstrations or the feints. You want to focus on what’s the actual plan and then devise a defense to that plan.”

Webb refers to Harry the Greek’s recent posts on BrassBalls.blog about NATO Secretary General, Jens Stoltenberg, head of the One World Order Police State and about the Strong Cities “Global police force”.

Webb continues, “But again, the thing we’ve concentrated on in our series is exposing the network. That’s the sort of counterintelligence that takes the least amount of work. Almost – laughably – hardly any work to get the maximum amount of results.

How do we make this stop? Webb proposes a “declassification strategy” of two key documents to identify who the players are. He says that John Radcliffe, as the new DNI is the one positioned to do this.

1. A memo between Hillary Clinton and Huma Abedin referring to “Anthony Weiner’s trusted staff”, discussing who configured the Blackberrys. Webb says, “Expose the administrator [i.e., Imran Awan], then you expose everything the administrator worked on…the administrator knows all of the emails in a company…they’re the perfect person to go to, to get the whole network.

“Same thing with phones. The administrator configures all the phones, he knows all the phone numbers, he knows all the secret pin numbers, he knows the encryption, he knows where he got the phones and again, this is a key person that you wanted collect the evidence and…interview and also bring in front of Congress to question, subpoena.

He says this memo was already published by WikiLeaks but needs to have its redactions removed. “We have several Congressional committees, as well as the Inspector Generals saying these [phones] were used for nefarious purposes…So, we’re just recommending the lifting the masking tape on one part of a memo that’s already out, already public, that says who configured the phones for Anthony Weiner’s “trusted staff”.

2. The other one is a State Department memo with 22 redactions revealing the identities of the operatives who did the Iran nuclear deal. He says this would also point to who did Libya, Syria, Sudan, Yemen, Congo, Haiti, Honduras and Colombia. He says, “Those are going to be the same people who replaced the police departments in those countries with DynCorp – or other contractors, like Blackwater. Mercenary contractors.

“Those are going to be the same people who want to replace the police departments in the United States. It’s just that simple. If you have somebody who goes around the world doing this strategy, this Phoenix Program strategy in all these countries – in 30 or 40 different countries – and then you see them do two or three police departments in your own country, starting with the key conspirator, with Keith Ellison working directly with Imran Awan and they do three of the departments in lockstep prediction of replacing the police departments, as we predicted on the channel, you have to believe that they’re going to continue to go, police department to police department.

“They’re gonna do demonstrations through the DNC to make it look organic and this is something we can easily predict, if we expose – just lift a masking tape on who configured these phones for this dark network, for this criminal enterprise of taking over the United States’ key enforcement arm, which is all of our police departments.”

***

FULL TRANSCRIPT

The demonstrations we’ve seen around the country to make it seem like these demonstrations we’re seeing in Seattle, Portland, Minneapolis, Atlanta, etc. are “spontaneous” but George Webb says, “I can assure you, this is a tried-and-true plan that NATO has used, in conjunction with the CIA for a takeover, city-by-city of all of a country’s police departments,” and this has been written in a book by Doug Valentine called ‘The Phoenix Program’ and it outlines how you create disturbances in each province and after you get a foothold of the police department, you make that as your center of main sanctuary for mercenaries that you bring in, like the Muhajideen in Bosnia or Kosovo, etc. and then you go from using your forces, that you gain from one foothold to the next.

“So you would go from a Seattle let’s say to a Portland. We predicted that and that’s exactly what’s happening today. This happened with UN Peacekeepers, not only in Bosnia and Kosovo but Afghanistan, Kazakhstan, Syria, Libya, Sudan, Yemen, Haiti.

“We looked at the players in our series, talking about Carl Bildt and David Petraeus and the reason why it’s important to show the plan is that you don’t want to go for these fakes and feints. And demonstrations that the generals on the opposite side do and put all your time energy and effort and worry etc. into the demonstrations or the feints. You want to focus on what’s the actual plan and then devise a defense to that plan.

“And it turns out, it’s remarkably easy and I’ll get to that at the end but just so you know that this has happened in many many other countries, you can just Google “UN peacekeepers” and see it’s happened, not only in Bosnia and Kosovo but Afghanistan, Kazakhstan, Syria, Libya, Sudan, Yemen, Haiti.

“We talked a lot about Haiti in our program. We learned about how much the Strzoks, Peter Strzok was involved, along with his father and we talked about Congo and Tanzania, Kenya, all these countries. This is sort of a Safari Club that the Strzoks have in Africa, especially the Horn of Africa, Honduras, Colombia, all over Central and South America. These “replacement programs” for replacement of police have occurred.

“Our strategy’s always been to identify the players, identify their plans and identify their players, so that we can defend against them…and part of that is to learning the fronts, the front organizations…The big fake, here is the Atlantic Council.

“The Atlantic Council is basically the UN / NATO’s rinse to make you think it’s not the Business Council it’s not the War Council of NATO – but I can assure you that all the technology being brought back – that the US taxpayers are paying for and the money going to NATO – is rinsed back through the Atlantic Council and business ventures that come back and are used against the American people, primarily through the Department of Homeland Security; Chertoff and Haden and the like.

“So, let’s talk about the technology that they bring. We’ve identified a guy named Dmitri Alperovitch, who I’ve had the, I guess unfortunate experience of knowing. But I’m glad I did know him because I saw these operatives being brought in to a major corporation that was writing antivirus software and basically, these NATO – I saw with my own eyes – as bringing these NATO operatives in, after they were turned, as the old Soviet Union collapsed, to actually writing virus attacks on the people of the United States, the financial systems the United States, in much the same way and COVID-19, which shut all the businesses, these viruses would shut the American businesses down, toward the end of these quarters and the only way that you could ‘get out of jail’, so to speak and get your financial statements out was to buy Dmitri Alperovitch’s antivirus.

“Isn’t that the same game as this COVID-19? Where we played the virus vaccine game? We developed the virus, we developed the vaccine, now are in a position to play the virus-vaccine game – only this time, with human beings.

“We talked a lot about satellite technology in our series, going to places like Pakistan to find Osama bin Laden, Operation Blackjack and how that same technology is being turned back into tracking through the National Geospatial Administration into a Global Information Grid. We’ve been talking about this Global Information Grid and how it’s being used to track people with this sort of ‘tag and trace’ technology – and now we see it being used in ‘tag and trace’ technology with COVID.

“We’ve we followed these couriers for biowarfare. Again, you have to get down to the actual players and plays. You can’t just say, ‘Well, what’s their plan..they run a passing game.’ That’s not gonna be good enough. We have to actually draw-up and chalkboard-out actual passing plays they use and who the receivers are and who are the threats, in order to organize the defense.

“So, we talked about the NATO couriers in biowarfare going to these different DTRA [Defense Threat Reduction Agency] centers in our series.

“Chemical weapons. We’ve gone to the University of Delaware, where a lot of these foundations are funded, the Duesberg Foundation, the development at Edgewood Arsenal, the testing at Aberdeen Proving Grounds, we talk a lot about drones, drone technology.

“Again, remember the Green Zone phones, we have mentioned in our series work with the drones. So, you can fly using encrypted communications that can’t interrupt these drones. You can’t take them down with normal defeat defenses, electronic defenses…and everyone in our series, again, this is going to go to how we combat this: All of the people in our series map – this intelligence command, which is in Fort Huachuca – and that’s where you’ll learn to fly these drones. Drones can be used for surveillance, drones can be used offensively to spray either a mild bioweapon, severe bioweapon, chemical weapons, as well as even deliver missiles and so forth.

“So and then, just the whole asymmetric warfare manual that we’ve identified…we’ve talked to Jeffrey Prather and through various YouTube channels, like Farmer Jones’ channel, we sourced the actual playbook, the unconventional warfare playbook. We’ve looked at the Elon Musk NATO flamethrowers, we’ve we’ve looked at the various folks in the political organizations that are rinsing these – the DNC, particularly – that’s rinsing these unconventional warfare techniques as something ‘demonstrators’ do.

“So, by doing a news story on ‘demonstrators’ using a paint or hairspray can with a lighter to improvise a flamethrower, that’s a way of basically hiding the fact that you’re teaching people how to do an improvised flamethrower. The same thing can be true with flamethrowers created from gasoline cans and Molotov cocktails.

“Again, we have this lawyer, a DNC lawyer from the Eastern District of New York showing people how to throw Molotov cocktails and showing pictures of how to do it. Again, we need to expose this network in the DNC, as DNC is the rinse point, if you will, for this NATO technology coming back in the United States. These demonstrations are mainly done through the DNC. We have to look at them as just that: feints and demonstrations coming from the real enemy, which is the people who want to replace your police force and that is NATO and that is the CIA.

“So how do we stop this? Well, you can predict and and make educated guesses at what they might do with these flamethrowers…Recently, we had a blogger named Harry the Greek do a show about a hundred foggers that this Mormon mafia in in Utah was was putting together, going to potentially intercept the the Trump rally, creating a toxic cloud over a large freeway for people approaching the Trump rally. That’s pretty hard work, because every time you eat drink and breathe, that’s a potential for a enemy to suffocate you or poison you or attack you but it is helpful, because it does kind of maybe disrupt plots.

“But again, the thing we’ve concentrated on in our series is exposing the network. That’s the sort of counterintelligence that takes the least amount of work. Almost – laughably – hardly any work to get the maximum amount of results. And if you forgot that strategy, I’ll talk about it here:

“The declassification strategy: identify who the players are. Obviously, John Radcliffe of the Office of the Director of National Intelligence is the key person who could be doing these declassifications and we’ve recommended two key documents to be declassified and one…of these documents is already out on WikilLeaks, we’re just talking about removing the masking tape, removing the redactions in just two memos. One is called “Anthony Weiner’s trusted staff”. There’s a memo between Hillary Clinton and Huma Abedin for configuring these Blackberrys and the person who configures the Blackberrys, the administrator knows all of the emails in a company. The administrator knows all the emails, so they’re the perfect person to go to, to get the whole network. So, expose the administrator, then you expose everything the administrator worked on.

“Same thing with phones. The administrator configures all the phones, he knows all the phone numbers, he knows all the secret pin numbers, he knows the encryption, he knows where he got the phones and again, this is a key person that you wanted collect the evidence and also bring, interview and also bring in front of Congress to question, subpoena.

“Remember, in our series, we go to all the homes of this Imran Awan, who is the key person configuring these phones and emails for Congress and we find the fact witness to these phones and we find the phones and we find these hard drives from the server. So we know they exist, we have a fact witness.

“And now we have several Congressional committees, as well as the Inspector Generals saying these were used for nefarious purposes. So, there was Nancy Pelosi’s Inspector General. So, we’re just recommending the lifting the masking tape on one part of a memo that’s already out, already public, that says who configured the phones for Anthony Weiner’s trusted staff.

“The other one is 22 pieces of masking tape on a State Department memo, saying who did these deals? Who are the operatives that did the Iran nuclear deal? Or what I call the “Iran Weapons Deal”? Who were the people who did Libya, Syria, Sudan, Yemen, Congo, Haiti, Honduras, Colombia? Those are going to be the same people who replaced the police departments in those countries with DynCorp – or other contractors, like Blackwater. Mercenary contractors.

“Those are going to be the same people who want to replace the police departments in the United States. It’s just that simple. If you have somebody who goes around the world doing this strategy, this Phoenix Program strategy in all these countries – in 30 or 40 different countries – and then you see them do two or three police departments in your own country, starting with the key conspirator, with Keith Ellison working directly with Imran Awan and they do three of the departments in lockstep prediction of replacing the police departments, as we predicted on the channel, you have to believe that they’re going to continue to go, police department to police department.

“They’re gonna do demonstrations through the DNC to make it look organic and this is something we can easily predict, if we expose – just lift a masking tape on who configured these phones for this dark network, for this criminal enterprise of taking over the United States’ key enforcement arm, which is all of our police departments.”

[norman]

It’s a war fought by the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) against the free world using the full force of its propaganda and influence apparatus.



What free world?

What war? Propaganda is "a publication".

What about the American Communist Party, born 1919, not Chinese, no longer supported by Russia?

CCP is what it is, having its roots in Marxism.

Democracy, Communism, etc., are certainly all incipient phases of world government which would subjugate the U. S., but either Democracy or Communism are western-originated.




Geography nor geopolitics really describe it. It's similar to the term 'white privilige'. Sure, the crooks seem to be mainly old white men but splitting the battle ground at the feet of the crooks would do more good than splitting it at the feet of the whole of the white gene group.

It was a group of mercenaries trained in America under Adam Schiff, a close henchman of the Rothschilds, who pulled off the so called Bolshevik revolution that brought the communist Soviet Union into being, the beta test for what they later improved with China.

It's always the crooks. That's the ball to keep your eye on. They built up snd used the 'British Empire' to gather, value-add and distribute assets globally. Then they built up and used the American clout to reorganise old power bases globally. Now they've built up China as the technocratic hub of their final stage of total control.

It was never really about us the common people of these 'empires'. All we did was get fancy ideas about how special we were, in our turns. Now the Chinese have started getting used to the idea of fancying themselves. It was never us. It was the crooks, building their end game, and discarding the tools for the progressive stages of that process as soon as they were no longer required.

However furious you are about the injustice in this world, get focused on who the culprits are and how effectively they've sown decoy targets for that fury.

[shaberon]

Geography nor geopolitics really describe it. It's similar to the term 'white privilige'. Sure, the crooks seem to be mainly old white men but splitting the battle ground at the feet of the crooks would do more good than splitting it at the feet of the whole of the white gene group.

It was a group of mercenaries trained in America under Adam Schiff, a close henchman of the Rothschilds, who pulled off the so called Bolshevik revolution that brought the communist Soviet Union into being, the beta test for what they later improved with China.

It's always the crooks. That's the ball to keep your eye on. They built up snd used the 'British Empire' to gather, value-add and distribute assets globally. Then they built up and used the American clout to reorganise old power bases globally. Now they've built up China as the technocratic hub of their final stage of total control.

It was never really about us the common people of these 'empires'. All we did was get fancy ideas about how special we were, in our turns. Now the Chinese have started getting used to the idea of fancying themselves. It was never us. It was the crooks, building their end game, and discarding the tools for the progressive stages of that process as soon as they were no longer required.

However furious you are about the injustice in this world, get focused on who the culprits are and how effectively they've sown decoy targets for that fury.



Yes, that is what I was getting at, you have a good description of the "international collective".

For instance, Rothschild may fairly be said to be "highly influential", but not necessarily "in control", and quite far from the original source. Here is a long, detailed study of Bank of England (https://wcfia.harvard.edu/files/wcfia/files/471_01-05broz-grossman.pdf), which I have not finished, but in the early part, it says the renewal in 1844 was big and different than in the past, which is likely where Rothschild influence from having previously bought most of the stock market started turning into legislation.

The first attack on Russia, assassination of the Tsar around 1880, is said to have been Swiss and British-backed, was ultimately unsuccessful in sabotaging the country, so Bolshevism is like an upgrade to this--with American help.

Switzerland itself is something like a looking-glass case study, having rapidly moved from a monarchist Catholic--Protestant conflict, to a republic, to eventually a federation.

The KGB and Chinese "chiseling" of the U. S. certainly plays a role, but, it is just a boomerang. Same with the racial thing, or aftermath of colonialism. Everything was run by "crooks", and it is just the chickens coming home to roost, or Harvest of Empire as Pepe Escobar calls it.

Chinese nationalism (KMT) is based on Yellow Emperor (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yellow_Emperor), who, along with other legendary figures:

Their historicity started to be questioned in the 1920s by historians such as Gu Jiegang, one of the founders of the Doubting Antiquity School in China.

but later:

The prohibition was halted during the 1980s when the government reversed itself and resurrected the "Yellow Emperor cult"...In 1984, for example, Deng Xiaoping argued for Chinese reunification saying "Taiwan is rooted in the hearts of the descendants of the Yellow Emperor," whereas in 1986 the PRC acclaimed the Chinese-American astronaut Taylor Wang as the first of the Yellow Emperor's descendants to travel in space.

Old communism attempted to sanitize him, but then he comes back for hegemony, i. e. Taiwan is China. At the time, CIA was supporting Tibet, Taiwan, to give China a hard time. So the west was a fake friend to the Chinese. Why would we expect their sympathy?

I am not sure the Chinese will hand much over to some old white men. After all, they are racists, well-known for flushing out foreigners. Yes, "opening China" and moving manufacturing there, gave them the tools, mostly stripped from the U. S., so there definitely is western interest of some kind--although now it looks like India may be the next host for manufacturing.

Some Indians are nationalistic, but, unfortunately, millions of them might as well be the Queen of England.

The American real economy has already been reverted to agriculture.

[Tintin]

It’s a war fought by the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) against the free world using the full force of its propaganda and influence apparatus.



What free world?

What war? Propaganda is "a publication".

What about the American Communist Party, born 1919, not Chinese, no longer supported by Russia?

CCP is what it is, having its roots in Marxism.

Democracy, Communism, etc., are certainly all incipient phases of world government which would subjugate the U. S., but either Democracy or Communism are western-originated.




Geography nor geopolitics really describe it. It's similar to the term 'white privilige'. Sure, the crooks seem to be mainly old white men but splitting the battle ground at the feet of the crooks would do more good than splitting it at the feet of the whole of the white gene group.

It was a group of mercenaries trained in America under Adam Schiff, a close henchman of the Rothschilds, who pulled off the so called Bolshevik revolution that brought the communist Soviet Union into being, the beta test for what they later improved with China.

It's always the crooks. That's the ball to keep your eye on. They built up snd used the 'British Empire' to gather, value-add and distribute assets globally. Then they built up and used the American clout to reorganise old power bases globally. Now they've built up China as the technocratic hub of their final stage of total control.

It was never really about us the common people of these 'empires'. All we did was get fancy ideas about how special we were, in our turns. Now the Chinese have started getting used to the idea of fancying themselves. It was never us. It was the crooks, building their end game, and discarding the tools for the progressive stages of that process as soon as they were no longer required.

However furious you are about the injustice in this world, get focused on who the culprits are and how effectively they've sown decoy targets for that fury.

...and that is as good a summary of real history as anyone could read, anywhere :thumbsup:

Thankyou Norman.

[Waldo]

Freemason Trump was silent when they toppled the statues of American Presidents & civil war generals, but protests when the statue of Albert Pike,(1809-1891) a war criminal & degenerate, is destroyed. Pike was Sovereign Grand Commander of the Freemasons.



Pike was nothing of the sort and had no plot with Mazzini to start World War Three. As far as I can tell, Makow is a parrot of extreme right propaganda, i. e. Anti-Masonry--Whigs--Republicans, General MacArthur, John Birch, etc., American fascism disguised in "traditional freedoms". Something is wrong with sticking "Freemason" on everyone's name, like sticking "Iranian-backed" on every militia.

I suppose since we have been swallowing those lines for 200 years, it is no surprise that people would grandstand over an almost non-disease.

If we want to describe Confederates as war criminals, I am sure they fall quite short of the Union atrocities.

Currently, the protests are saying the Union is bad, and want to erase our memory of those who resisted it.

The southern economy depended on slavery, much like several northern states. If someone acted reasonably--if it had been told those plantation owners, look, slavery is falling out of favor, we want to get rid of it. Well then, fairly, the plantations would have to say, allright, we can switch this out for hired help, but it means you will have to pay twice as much for the goods. Any consideration for this?

Also, Lincoln declared an emancipation where he had no authority, but failed to do so in those Union states.

So if it were, perhaps, possible to have transferred from slavery to fair wages, it would take time. It is not realistic to utter a decree over a major population saying, you're free now, time to go.

Where are they going?

You need a better plan than that, a transition, something constructive, instead we got a war with plenty of civilian genocide, with little improvement on quality of life for former slaves for at least a hundred years, or more. I guess, now, they are demanding the U. N. take authority over the United States. There you go, got your freedom, demand the world's biggest authority. What?

I'm always amazed at how little people know about the civil war and why it was fought. Slavery was only brought into it in 1863 when the war wasn't going well for the North. Slavery ended in every country excerpt the USA because it is an economic model that just doesn't work. Slavery would have ended regardless if the civil war fount or not.

[shaberon]

I'm always amazed at how little people know about the civil war and why it was fought. Slavery was only brought into it in 1863 when the war wasn't going well for the North. Slavery ended in every country excerpt the USA because it is an economic model that just doesn't work. Slavery would have ended regardless if the civil war fount or not.

The antics these days are not likely to improve anyone's understanding. Unless someone realizes the antics have misled them and then question it all.

There is also a semantical debate if "Civil" war is the right name, since it suggests two parties fighting for the control of the government, as happened in England.

As a southerner, we usually call it War Between the States.

[TomKat]

Here's a cute little ad from the World Economic Forum, telling us that all we have to do is demand it and we can have a global reset so that everything will be beautiful again!
8rAiTDQ-NVY

[shaberon]

In a bizarre episode of Irony (http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/55267.htm) you couldn't make up,

"An Israeli diplomat filed a complaint last week with police after he was pulled to the ground in Jerusalem by four security guards, who knelt on his neck for five minutes as he cried out: “I can’t breathe.”"

You don't expect security to go after Israelis, but here again, it was racist, because he is a Bedouin Palestinian. It is not really explained how it got started.

So firstly, the main thing Israel feeds back to its Palestinians for the past several years to cheer them up is "You have the right to vote."

And so now, oh, finally for diversity, they have actual Palestinians taking important public offices. The majority are in fact still banned from most occupations, as were the Jews in Europe, except medicine.

And here, that dreadful Israeli state did...an Israeli tactic...to such a wonderfully diverse person.

The article goes on to describe his entire career as basically a sellout who did nothing for the Palestinians. At the current time, he was an ambassador to the UK, mostly working on ways to get rid of Boycott/Divest/Sanction.

So Netanyahu replaced him with

"Tzipi Hotovely, a Jewish supremacist and Islamophobe, supports Israel’s annexation of the entire West Bank and the takeover of Al Aqsa mosque in Jerusalem. She is part of a new wave of entirely undiplomatic envoys being sent to foreign capitals.

Hotovely cares much less about Israel’s image than about making all the “Land of Israel”, including the occupied Palestinian territories, exclusively Jewish."

>.<


Now, since, we have a lot of information that the U. S. is being wormeaten from within, and, perhaps from without by the likes of Soros and Open Society, and whether this means takeover by a hostile foreign power such as those pesky Soviets...I mean Chinese...we can get a comparison basis from people who emerged from behind the Iron Curtain. Andre Vitchek (http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/55266.htm), to me, personally, is like a complement to what I went through in supporting Maurice Strong-type movements in the 90s (i. e. most resembling green social justice types) which deceived me by actually doing via U. S. and U. N. this thing that happened to him:


"For months, this has been a story that I want to share with young readers in Hong Kong. Now it seems to be the really appropriate time when the ideological battle between the West and China is raging, and as a result of it, Hong Kong and the entire world is suffering.

I want to say that none of it is new, that the West already destabilized so many countries and territories, brainwashed tens of millions of young people.

I know, because in the past, I was one of them. If I weren’t, it would be impossible to understand what is now happening in Hong Kong.

I was born in Leningrad, a beautiful city in the Soviet Union. Now it is called St. Petersburg, and the country is Russia. Mom is half Russian, half Chinese, artist, and architect. My childhood was split between Leningrad and Pilsen, an industrial city known for its beer, at the Western extreme of what used to be Czechoslovakia. Dad was a nuclear scientist.

Two cities were different. Both represented something essential in the Communist planning, a system that you were taught, by the Western propagandists, to hate.

Leningrad is one of the most stunning cities in the world, with some of the greatest museums, opera and ballet theatres, public spaces. In the past, it used to be the Russian capital.

Pilsen is tiny, with only 180.000 inhabitants. But when I was a kid, it counted with several excellent libraries, art cinemas, an opera house, avant-garde theatres, art galleries, research zoo, with things that could not be, as I realized later (when it was too late), found even in the U.S. cities of one million.

Both cities, a big and a small, had excellent public transportation, vast parks, and forests coming to its outskirts, as well as elegant cafes. Pilsen had countless free tennis facilities, football stadiums, even badminton courts.

Life was good, meaningful. It was rich. Not rich in terms of money, but rich culturally, intellectually, and health-wise. To be young was fun, with knowledge free and easily accessible, with the culture at every corner, and sports for everyone. The pace was slow: plenty of time to think, learn, analyze.

But, it was also the height of the Cold War.

We were young, rebellious, and easy to manipulate. We were never satisfied with what we were given. We took for granted everything. At night, we were glued to our radio receivers, listening to the BBC, Voice of America, Radio Free Europe, and other broadcasting services aiming at discrediting socialism and all countries which were fighting against Western imperialism.

Czech socialist industrial conglomerates were building, in solidarity, entire factories, from steel to sugar mills, in Asian, Middle East, and Africa. But we saw no glory in this because Western propaganda outlets were simply ridiculing such undertakings.

Our cinemas were showing masterpieces of Italian, French, Soviet, Japanese cinema. But we were told to demand junk from the U.S.

Music offering was great, from live to recorded. Almost all music was, actually, available although with some delay, in local stores or even on stage. What was not sold in our stores was nihilist rubbish. But that was precisely what we were told to desire. And we did desire it, and copied it with religious reverence, on our tape recorders. If something was not available, the Western media outlets were shouting that it is a gross violation of free speech.

They knew, and they still know now, how to manipulate young brains.

At some point, we were converted into young pessimists, criticizing everything in our countries, without comparing, without even a tiny bit of objectivity.

Does it sound familiar?

We were told, and we repeated: everything in the Soviet Union or Czechoslovakia was bad. Everything in the West was great. Yes, it was like some fundamentalist religion or mass-madness. Hardly anyone was immune. Actually, we were infected, we were sick, turned into idiots.

We were using public, socialist facilities, from libraries to theatres, subsidized cafes, to glorify West and smear our own nations. This is how we were indoctrinated, by Western radio and television stations, and by publications smuggled into the countries.

In those days, plastic shopping bags from the West became the status symbols! You know, those bags that you get in some cheap supermarkets or department stores.

When I think about it at a distance of several decades, I can hardly believe it: young educated boys and girls, proudly walking down the streets, exhibiting cheap plastic shopping bags, for which they paid a serious amount of money. Because they came from the West. Because they were symbolizing consumerism! Because we were told that consumerism is good.

We were told that we should desire freedom. Western-style freedom.

We were instructed to “fight for freedom.”

In many ways, we were much freer than the West. I realized it when I first arrived in New York and saw how badly educated were local kids of my age, how shallow was their knowledge of the world. How little culture there was, in regular mid-sized North American cities.

We wanted, we demanded designer jeans. We were longing for Western music labels in the center of our LPs. It was not about the essence or the message. It was form over substance.

Our food was tastier, ecologically produced. But we wanted colorful Western packaging. We demanded chemicals.

We were constantly angry, agitated, confrontational. We were antagonizing our families.

We were young, but we felt old.

I published my first book of poetry, then left, slammed the door behind me, went to New York.

And soon after, I realized that I was fooled!

This is a very simplified version of my story. Space is limited.

But I am glad I can share it with my Hong Kong readers, and of course, with my young readers all over China.

Two wonderful countries which used to be my home were betrayed, literally sold for nothing, for pairs of designer jeans, and plastic shopping bags.

West celebrated! Months after the collapse of the socialist system, both countries were literally robbed of everything by Western companies. People lost their homes and jobs, and internationalism was deterred. Proud socialist companies got privatized and, in many cases, liquidated. Theatres and art cinemas were converted into cheap second-hand clothes markets.

In Russia, life expectancy dropped to African sub-Saharan levels.

Czechoslovakia was broken into two parts.

Now, decades later, both Russia and Czechia are wealthy again. Russia has many elements of a socialist system with central planning.

But I miss my two countries, as they used to be, and all surveys show that the majority of people there miss them too. I also feel guilty, day and night, for allowing myself to be indoctrinated, to be used, and in a way to betray.

After seeing the world, I understand that what happened to both the Soviet Union and Czechoslovakia, also happened to many other parts of the world. And right now, the West is aiming at China, by using Hong Kong.

Whenever in China, whenever in Hong Kong, I keep repeating: please do not follow our terrible example. Defend your nation! Do not sell it, metaphorically, for some filthy plastic shopping bags. Do not do something that you would regret for the rest of your lives!"

[shaberon]

Recently, we are getting a lot of articles that consist of the same information, but, there are two frequent twists:

George Floyd: killing, murder, or assassination.

This is neither proven in court, consistent with the original autopsy, or, apparent from the video. Objectivity was not available in this case.

And, "China is coming", either themselves the "new controllers", or, acting on behalf of the "old controllers". From the previous post, Andre Vitchek--who has covered international issues for many years, and has actually gone to many of these places--suggests that China is not "toppled" or "in the hands" of the western system.

Peter Koenig on Deep State (https://www.globalresearch.ca/global-reset-unplugged/5716178)--and various alternative descriptions such as Beast or NWO--although, again, the historically-accurate self-name and straightforward definition is Synarchy--goes over all the known official and unelected mechanisms, showing that it depends on the petro-dollar, but, in terms of a Reset, it is not all the same:


In fact, a reset of kinds is already happening with China about to roll out a new People’s Bank of China backed blockchain-based cryptocurrency, the crypto RMB, or yuan. This is not only a hard currency based on a solid economy, it is also supported by gold.




We can accuse them out of fear due to their massive size, but, the same control mechanism as ours is not evident. The most powerful and influential non-elected entity in the petro-dollar system is Black Rock (https://www.globalresearch.ca/meet-blackrock-new-great-vampire-squid/5716728):

BlackRock’s strategic importance and political weight were evident when four BlackRock executives, led by former Swiss National Bank head Philipp Hildebrand, presented a proposal at the annual meeting of central bankers in Jackson Hole, Wyoming, in August 2019 for an economic reset that was actually put into effect in March 2020.

So this agreement was in place prior to Davos 2020.

Anything about Synarchy and how the U. S. is involved, can almost entirely be shown as the brainchild of British Intelligence (https://www.globalresearch.ca/from-dodgy-dossiers-sacking-whitlam-british-empire-stands-exposed/5716651). This includes the removal of metals-backed currency.


We should be careful about "guilt by association" just because a country has a government that is officially called Communism or Socialism. I cannot see China as hardly moved or affected by the excitement and discord we keep freaking about. I can see that worrying about it can only benefit Black Rock or Synarchy, which we can figure out almost entirely.

I am not saying their government consists of angels, or that it does not control its population, or use its own propaganda, it just strongly appears not to be the main issue, not the historical and current driver of "our problems". America is stamped under Black Rock and its cronies, who enjoy spinning you into any other direction.

The carrot-and-stick frequently seems to be the "missing connections". We know "some guy" runs the world, but can never figure out who. We know that Jewish Masonry runs the world, but can hardly find it doing so. Or that it must be Chinese Communism, although this is difficult to prove. Those ideas seem highly diversionary, and Davos will come out publicly and ask us for Reset and we will grant them their wish, and then what will we have?

[Gwin Ru]

Deep State Uses Color Revolution for Regime Change at Home (https://www.henrymakow.com/2020/06/Deep-State-Uses-Color-Revolution-for-Regime-Change-at-Home.html)

June 26, 2020


https://www.henrymakow.com/upload_images/BLM-FLOYD.jpg


Thousands of clueless young Americans are being used as battering rams to not only topple a duly elected President, Donald Trump, but also to actually unroot America's complete US Constitutional order.



Given current events, this is the perfect time for a follow up to my July 3, 2018 article, CIA-Controlled Media Pushing Civil War Narrative (https://www.henrymakow.com/2018/07/new-civil-war.html) and my December 11, 2019 article, Predictive Programming -- US Civil War? (https://www.henrymakow.com/2019/12/predictive-programming-signalling-civil-war.html)

Andrew is a retired attorney living in Texas

By Andrew
(henrymakow.com)

F. William Engdahl's book, Manifest Destiny: Democracy as Cognitive Dissonance (2018) explains how the CIA uses Color Revolutions to defeat enemies of America's corporate elite.

For those unfamiliar with the term Color Revolution, it refers to what has become a standard technique for promoting Regime Change in targeted nations.


https://www.henrymakow.com/upload_images/sharp.jpg



The term was coined by Gene Sharp (1928-2018), who wrote guidebooks on how to avoid the horrific costs of war and military overthrow by organizing populist revolts backed by slick Madison Avenue-style marketing techniques.


Rather than confusing young people with wonky policy matters, Sharp recommended that our CIA should motivate revolutionary wannabes with pop culture, using catchy fact-free slogans, logos, and team colors. His idea was to make a Color Revolution irresistible fun, like a sporting event. Social media, which fosters communication in the form of short, catchy slogans and images that can easily "go viral," has been particularly conducive to Gene Sharp's formula of organizing the masses around advertising copy and team colors.

These Color Revolution techniques were used on a large scale in the former Soviet Union countries, such as in the 2003 Rose Revolution in Georgia or the 2005 Orange Revolution in Ukraine.

Although some Color Revolutions can sometimes be expensive ($5 billion in the case of Ukraine), believers in Sharp's Color Revolution know his techniques are far cheaper than outright military intervention.

Typically, Regime Change through Color Revolutions are orchestrated by a public-private partnerships made-up of government agencies such as the State Department or CIA, combined with private funding from non-governmental organizations (NGOs) that are backed by the Quiet Elite.

An individual often associated with Color Revolution funding and orchestration is the notorious shadow figure, George Soros. His tax-exempt entities, like the Open Society Foundations (OSF) and others, regularly

pump money into the latest Color Revolutions. Not surprisingly, his objectives are more often commercial than strictly political.


https://www.henrymakow.com/upload_images/NEO-CUNTS.png


HERE COME THE NECONS AGAIN


Established in 1993, the National Endowment For Democracy (NED) was the first of the Regime Change NGOs. A curious entity, NED is funded by the US Government through USAID as well as from donations by major Neocon private foundations.

NED uses two sub-organizations to disseminate the funds to various Color Revolution projects such as the International Republican Institute (affiliated with the GOP) and the National Democratic Institute for International Affairs (affiliated with the Democrats). Both organizations are involved in the same subversive and bullying activities around the world. Clearly, there is more bipartisanship in America than most people understand or would even want to believe.

After the 9/11 events of 2001, Neocons fanned the flames of indignation and xenophobia in order to gain Congressional Declarations of War and assume a dominant role in most American institutions, particularly in our political parties and the mainstream media.

Regime Change fever swept the foreign policy establishment, and anyone (like Congressman Ron Paul) who looked cross-eyed at a Neocon became a target.

Perhaps a surprise to ardent progressives, not only George W. Bush but also Barack Obama embraced the Neocon playbook, giving them virtual carte blanche to carry out Color Revolutions around the world. Does this known fact seem unbelievable?

If the targeted populations can't be organized effectively to overthrow their leaders, there was always the much more expensive option of arming mercenaries to seize power through violence. If all else fails, out and out military aggression can be used without US Congressional authorization such as the 2011 aggression in Libya by the US and NATO.

The most reliable method seems to be a combination of non-violent and violent action, such as in the case of Ukraine's second Color Revolution in 2014 (a coup which was comically dubbed the "Revolution of Dignity" by the Neocons). These ardent warmongers know that a successful marketing campaign must never be understated. A similar case was the 2019 series of Hong Kong protests where gang violence was used in hopes of provoking a crackdown by China which in turn could be exploited against Chinese Communists for propaganda purposes.

A COLOR REVOLUTION IN AMERICA
According to F. William Engdahl's June 16, 2020's article, America's Own Color Revolution, the CIA, NED, George Soros' OSF, and etc. are now targeting Americans with our very own Color Revolution. Amazingly, Americans are actually bankrolling their own US Constitutional overthrow!

For anyone who has studied those models closely, it is clear that the protests against police violence led by amorphous organizations like Black Lives Matter and ANTIFA are more than purely spontaneous moral outrage.


https://www.henrymakow.com/upload_images/STEPS.png



Thousands of clueless young Americans are being used as battering rams to not only topple a duly elected President, Donald Trump but also to actually unroot America's complete US Constitutional order.


The standard Color Revolution methodology was put into play the moment Trump was inaugurated. The 2016 team color was pink, taking the form of pink "pussy hats," ostensibly to call attention to Trump's sexual vulgarity and libertine lifestyle ... which somehow lacked the charm of Bill Clinton's Oval Office sexual capers.

The buzzword was #Resistance, which was intended to conjure up images of the struggle by nations that had been conquered by Nazi aggression during World War II. A comparison like this one would be laughable if it were not so serious. Oddly enough, however, the promise-breaking military moves by Trump against other nations were not #Resisted. In fact, those were the only instances where he received hearty praise from the corporate media (owned by America's CORPORATE elite).

To the ultimate villains, The QUIET ELITE, who control both America's political parties and all mass media, the way forward became clear: It required the complete overthrow of the American people them along with their troublingly outdated 200+-year-old US Constitution and the silly Bill of Rights. While this may seem OK when applied to the subversion of enemy nations - HOW THE HELL CAN IT BE ACCEPTABLE TO USE A REGIME CHANGING COLOR REVOLUTION AGAINST THE AMERICAN PEOPLE?

This is where Americans must draw the proverbial red line!

---------

24 COLOR REVOLUTIONS OVER THE LAST 25 YEARS


https://www.henrymakow.com/upload_images/COL-REVS-25.png (https://4.bp.blogspot.com/-ez86O3JhdQ0/V_SUau5sp8I/AAAAAAAAC-Y/fTEpnFGGqqguPNUZktMIb1gBr4ugs3bFwCLcB/s1600/ta%2Bpolitika3.png)
(click on picture for larger size)


First Comment from Leo:
The phrase 'Color Revolution' is an appropriate term for morphing these 'white western' nations into modern brown & black states. In their new Communist biracial/interracial society the Elders of Zion are forming in the Occident, (which will ultimately be devoid of white goyim) they first have to incrementally eliminate these various white cultural objects, such as statues, merchandise, flags, monuments, etc. Anything that reminds how whites were once predominant & sovereign in history, or that supplies them with some reference of racial collectivism must be banished.

Since their preeminent ambition is to ultimately eliminate the white goyim they must naturally abolish any physical evidence of their past culture or creations. Thus by eradicating their visible history they can erase any latent ethnic identity or unity as their numbers decrease each year. They also can't have their new mulatto & mestizo citizenry being denigrated by having to look up to these statues & symbols of exalted white men.

They realize that the quickest way to achieve these radical racial objectives is simply to invent some fictional hoax news event with hired actors, instead of waiting another 50 or 100 years for it to happen 'on its own'. They always use some staged 'crisis' or black op (Lusitania, 9/11, Sandy Hook, Boston Bombing, et al) to advance their sociopolitical goals. So they fabricated this Floyd scam to inflame the blacks & white degenerates against 'white racism'; thus serving as the rationale for indignation & mass insanity which they direct through their BLM/Antifascist/Communist groups to further destroy 'Caucasian culture'.

-------------------------------------

See Tweeter Feed Below

Henry Makow in French (https://henrymakow.wordpress.com/)

Henry Makow in German (https://henrymakow.com/deutsche/)

Henry Makow in Polish (http://www.cruelhoax.ca/#illuminati-polish)

Henry Makow in Spanish (https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=sr_nr_p_n_feature_nine_bro_3?fst=as%3Aoff&rh=n%3A283155%2Cp_27%3AHenry+Makow+Ph.D.%2Cp_n_feature_nine_browse-bin%3A3291439011&bbn=283155&sort=relevance&ie=UTF8&qid=1490471086&rnid=3291435011)

[shaberon]

Proceeding from Andre Vitchek in post 135, we find the following:

A suggestion of U. S. troop transfer from Germany to Poland.

Merkel says she thinks it is time to consider a not-U. S. dominant system, and, she says her system is Liberal Democracy.

Well, since so much energy was spent for it to usurp the Iron Curtain, polls show that Eastern Europe democratically disapproves (https://www.rt.com/op-ed/493065-eastern-europe-brussels-democracy/) of Liberal Democracy and that the past 30 years are a waste of time, not what they want. Not quite in Austria--which was never really part of the curtain--but almost unanimously in Bulgaria. Apparently this does not bode well for Brussels E. U.

Less U. S. and less Brussels might lead to less U. N., or, the legal octopus behind so many revolts.

[RunningDeer]

I wrote back in February, re Covid-19 (at that time still called the Wuhan coronavirus), that we weren't even near the end of the First Chapter of all this. Transferring that to a movie storyboard, we may now at last be coming to the end of Act 1, with Act 2 starting to unfold. That's far from over, and always remember: Act 3 is every time a dramatic climax.

372,213 views in 16 hours. Correction 376,080 views in the time it took to put this post up. Full disclosure, I added it in the "member's only" thread. Bill, you are welcome to delete if I've stepped over the line.

UPDATE: Now @ 377,962 views, YouTube has issued a warning to proceed. (while making this post)

YouTuber Joe M has had a history of YouTube taking down his vids or demonetizing them. He added in the summary: I expect a swift deletion, because the enemy we are fighting controls this battleground.


http://paula.avalonlibrary.net/Empower/inappropriate.gif



Snippets:

"...When people had little else but the comfort of community and their faith, this too was forcibly halted when simply going to church was banned across the country under the guise of public safety. Depression and loneliness became the new epidemic, all designed to create the social conditions needed for what was to come next in their despotic plan to fracture the nation and hold onto power. Immediately upon reports of a flattening curve and a reduction in new cases, the mysterious murder of George Floyd hit the headlines. What was presented to the public as a routine instance of racially motivated police brutality turned out to be a strange and coincidental series of events involving two men who once knew each-other working security in a night club. This event provided the justification for the next chapter in their coordinated insurgency against the United States."

"The goal was to to inflame civil unrest along racial lines on an emotional platform of social justice. A divided house cannot stand, and the enemy knew this all too well."

"...What you are witnessing is the dying breaths of a hidden enemy responsible for over a century of embedded corruption that has been slowly destroying our Republic from the inside. They divided us along racial, gender and political lines. They created reasons for us to go to war. They made international trade agreements that brought us no benefit, but allowed them to steal our vast wealth, driving us into a state of perpetual economic decay. They flooded our streets with deadly drugs to manufacture a devastating epidemic of addiction and mass incarceration. And they did it all with impunity while their completely controlled mainstream media assets kept us distracted and focused on everything else except our one true enemy."


Covid911 - INSURGENCY (9:30 minutes)
-fhGV1LxeKQ

♡

[AuCo]

According to Trump at the Tulsa rally, there are over 19 names for this flu bug: his fav is Chinese Flu and Kung Fu Flu.haha

I watched the rally, it was entertaining. Quite worth the watch, really.

Hehehe! I'd like to add to his list of names: the Wurus (the virus from Wuhan). Yup, that's the name we use at my work place. :)

[Bill Ryan]

This isn't so much a prediction (it's not) — more something I'm very worried about.

The scene is perfectly set now for some white psychopath, maybe paid, maybe controlled, maybe on meds, to take an AR-15 to 100 unarmed black protestors.

At that moment, the civil war starts. Cities would burn (not just buildings), white people would be lynched (maybe literally), and there'd be such a push for gun control that it'd be impossible to stop (whatever one's views about that).

Trump then has no chance (whatever one's views about him). Biden is elected, soon after to be "revealed" that he's unwell and has to step down for medical reasons. Then, just maybe, we have Hillary and/or Michelle Obama. Or their placeholders. This scenario might well be already strategized over a 2-3 year period... not just 6 months.

A postponement of the election might be the only thing that could prevent that, and that actually might happen if there was a widespread enough state of national emergency. But then again, the "unrest" — what a euphemism — might be very significant.

One can be sure that things like this are already being wargamed to test the probabilities of achieving any desired outcome. If anyone reading this doesn't understand that this is a whole huge well-laid tinderbox ready to be set fully alight, I really don't know what to tell them.

[Ratszinger]

If that scenario were to break out there'd be no stopping the whites and that very secretive membership of them that still gathers in white hoods that would rise up and simply snap back at the black communities after any white lynching and with a vengeance not seen since before Lincoln! And their followings and membership would grow overnight to staggering numbers to where it would be the blacks then hiding everywhere they could hide. Especially with no police. I happen to know that the Bandito Gang, I'm sorry, Motorcycle Club, AKA 1%ers are watching this very carefully and believe me they are already organized and ready to start policing city streets brazenly once police are gone! This club is huge! It's world wide and they are already everywhere here anyway and they will be the new police of the streets when it breaks out I can just tell you right now. In fact one of them could very easily be that one to start the domino to fall so all the others fall after just so that takes place! Then they can be collecting from every area they patrol to keep you 'SAFE' and I'm not kidding. I have a close relative in that club.

[norman]

This isn't so much a prediction (it's not) — more something I'm very worried about.

The scene is perfectly set now for some white psychopath, maybe paid, maybe controlled, maybe on meds, to take an AR-15 to 100 unarmed black protestors.

At that moment, the civil war starts. Cities would burn (not just buildings), white people would be lynched (maybe literally), and there'd be such a push for gun control that it'd be impossible to stop (whatever one's views about that).

Trump then has no chance (whatever one's views about him). Biden is elected, soon after to be "revealed" that he's unwell and has to step down for medical reasons. Then, just maybe, we have Hillary and/or Michelle Obama. Or their placeholders. This scenario might well be already strategized over a 2-3 year period... not just 6 months.

A postponement of the election might be the only thing that could prevent that, and that actually might happen if there was a widespread enough state of national emergency. But then again, the "unrest" — what a euphemism — might be very significant.

One can be sure that things like this are already being wargamed to test the probabilities of achieving any desired outcome. If anyone reading this doesn't understand that this is a whole huge well-laid tinderbox ready to be set fully alight, I really don't know what to tell them.


If they pull that trick 'Trump' will cancel the election and get tough. I'm sure the traitors and their traitor generals know that too. Trump isn't in this for himself, it's the republic that matters.

Pussy footing around with doing it all by the book is only the softer option. They have everything they need to switch over to taking them all out in a few days. I don't think any real patriot would complain, at that point.

The patriots are in control ( miraculously ). The only variable is how the crooks choose to go down. They can pile up the chips as much as they like, but they don't have the winning hand. Eveything they think say and do is already in the file against them. When their fancy lawyers have looked at the evidence, they won't be any use to them either. Trump has all the ( legal ) power he needs to save the republic by any means necessary. If they force him to use it, they'll find out.

More serious than losing the whitehouse in 2016 was losing the NSA for the first time since it was created in November 1952. That's before I was born.

[Catsquotl]

Doesn't even have to be a psycho. A government infiltrant can fire a round at the right moment and make stuff go boom regardless.

Just saw a video where riots over here have been started by 3 so called hooligans who were visibly protected by the police only to walk out of the cop van and mingle back into the crowd again.

Sigh

[shaberon]

The scene is perfectly set now for some white psychopath, maybe paid, maybe controlled, maybe on meds, to take an AR-15 to 100 unarmed black protestors.

At that moment, the civil war starts. Cities would burn (not just buildings), white people would be lynched (maybe literally), and there'd be such a push for gun control that it'd be impossible to stop (whatever one's views about that).



Well, I am in a swath of sheriffs who say a mask order is unenforceable and perhaps unconstitutional.

These are rural sheriffs and we have had a bit of unrest in a few cities.

I am not sure if it was explained in the news, but, a BLM protest went out to shall we say a Confederate event. They were "refused service" at gunpoint. Make that multiple; no telling how many.

Local authority was summoned to intervene and a black deputy arrived to tell the protest to move back across the street because the event can do that.

As you can see this is why I am trying not to be around the cities. So far I am more or less on the side of a few sheriffs. Therefor I am terribly uninterested in "taking down the court system".

I do not believe we would mount any kind of civil war, but, if the cities collapse, we do not really need them, and we are less likely to be affected by insurrection since law enforcement is more or less on the same side as thousands of armed people who have a lot of ammunition.

We didn't really have the problems everyone is screaming about, don't want them. To anyone who would like to assume an armed white southerner is a racist: you are an idiot. You are that screaming we will push away.

To me it is more like an un-civil war since I don't care what happens to Washington and its Empire. They can cheese it. We can figure it out even if we are left with only part of a state.

But if there is no split, we do need Washington or something effective to prevent Democrat U. N. takeover. The American country is salvageable, if it were restored, and I think people in all countries need to figure out what to do about Bigger Brother.

[Gwin Ru]

...


Ole Dammegard, Jason Goodman & Charlie Ward discuss the Financial Reset & what's in store!

DFbhLyJCr4k

https://yt3.ggpht.com/a/AATXAJxKQyhR1L1YQ8KZzasQr0Wn5MF7ObSaZ4z8mHQzyb0=s48-c-k-c0xffffffff-no-rj-mo (https://www.youtube.com/user/drcharlieward) Charles Ward (https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCU8a-ffUdLQU6osR4xkZr9w)

What a great chat that was, we discuss the global economic reset many have anticipated and never thought would happen. This event has been hidden by the COVID 19 Pandemic, Riots, Impeachment, Russiagate!

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

... wait a minute... which is which? One side wants a reset while the other wants a total economic collapse? All coming from the same insider?

:confused:

[Bill Ryan]

...


Ole Dammegard, Jason Goodman & Charlie Ward discuss the Financial Reset & what's in store!

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DFbhLyJCr4k

https://yt3.ggpht.com/a/AATXAJxKQyhR1L1YQ8KZzasQr0Wn5MF7ObSaZ4z8mHQzyb0=s48-c-k-c0xffffffff-no-rj-mo (https://www.youtube.com/user/drcharlieward) Charles Ward (https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCU8a-ffUdLQU6osR4xkZr9w)

What a great chat that was, we discuss the global economic reset many have anticipated and never thought would happen. This event has been hidden by the COVID 19 Pandemic, Riots, Impeachment, Russiagate!

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

... wait a minute... which is which? One side wants a reset while the other wants a total economic collapse? All coming from the same insider?

:confused:

Yes, and Ward said two things (at least! :bigsmile: ) that I couldn't accept:


The US had paid off its national debt nearly 3 weeks ago now. It's just not possible that something like that could have happened without senior financial analysts starting to hear (or start) persistent rumors all over the place. Nothing like that has happened.
Trump, Modi, Putin and Xi Jinping were all working together for the good of the people. Whatever one might think of the first three, Xi is NOT an altruist of any shape or color. He's a cruel totalitarian despot, and his legacy can be seen all over China.

'Nuff said. :) I'd need a lot of convincing before I start believing anything he claims!

[shaberon]

The US had paid off its national debt nearly 3 weeks ago now. It's just not possible that something like that could have happened without senior financial analysts starting to hear (or start) persistent rumors all over the place. Nothing like that has happened.


What? The debt is over $23 trillion, there is not that much money in the world.

If they are lucky, they won't add to "the deficit", i. e. one year's spending vs. revenue.

Just do the math on 23T at even a 1% interest and you are looking at any tax payer being charged around $200 per month just to pay the interest.

Mathematically there isn't any "saving" such a regime--you know it's going to crumble, just a matter of how and when.

[Gwin Ru]

...


https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-STtqG5hYFoM/Xvxjj7WvEsI/AAAAAAAAUA8/DD93rNySm0gyaB3Aq_LLlwQFJY3_KvZQwCLcBGAsYHQ/s1600/ggbwz6ujt1851.jpg



... replace "democrats" by "1%" and the picture is about accurate...

[Gwin Ru]

Well... all these "conspiracy theories" of years past seem to be gelling together now into a single take down event:

FEMA EMPLOYEE WARNS OF FINAL DEPOPULATION MOVE LATER THIS YEAR - CELESTE SOLUM (VIDEO) (https://www.brighteon.com/8ca8da3b-56da-47b8-b31b-e2afd18b9c10)
1631 views

SERGEANT MAJOR'S TRUTHER INFO (https://www.brighteon.com/channels/sergeantmajor)
Published 7 days ago |

This is a great interview of CELESTE SOLUM (FEMA Employee) by Mike Adams from Brighteon. Mike Adams is the Founder of BRIGHTEON, a non-censored Video site created to replace YouTube.

Celeste tells us that the New World Order and Agenda 21 is set to finalize soon, possibly before the end of this year 2020. Watch, listen, pay attention, and do whatever you can to prepare.

Plan for the worst and hope for the best, we are the ones that we have been waiting for. Many people are Waking Up, but not in the numbers that longtime Truthers had been hoping for.

The real question is will there be enough time remaining, to Wake Up enough people to make a difference?


https://www.brighteon.com/8ca8da3b-56da-47b8-b31b-e2afd18b9c10


Celeste Solum at Shepherds Heart
https://shepherdsheart.life

[Gwin Ru]

Summary from Henry Makow:

The Danger We Face - An Extreme View (https://www.henrymakow.com/2020/07/the-danger-we-face-an-extreme-view.html)

July 1, 2020


https://www.henrymakow.com/upload_images/celest4.jpg


I don't believe any of this will happen. Nonetheless, one way to ensure it doesn't is to be prepared.

Subject: Former FEMA Planner interviewed. Must watch video. What is coming in 8 weeks.

 Please watch the 45-minute video (https://www.brighteon.com/8ca8da3b-56da-47b8-b31b-e2afd18b9c10) with Celeste Solum. She worked As a planner for FEMA for many years, but she is a Christian. She still has connections with people inside our government and the military.

Basically she says there will be another lockdown in 8 weeks. There will be no food then. They will tell you to go to a major store like Walmart, Cisco, etc. Then you will be taken to FEMA camps to supposedly get food. There the people will be divided into 2 groups. Those that will be needed by the New World Order and those that won't. Those that aren't needed will be killed by Guillotines that are already installed at the FEMA camps by our military (see the article below) (https://nam03.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fthecommonsenseshow.com%2Factivism-agenda-21-conspiracy%2Fbreaking-thousands-guillotines-pre-positioned-across-america-left-wing-terrorists-execute&amp;data=02%7C01%7C%7C53305d407fca414bf61d08d81d477359%7C84df9e7fe9f640afb435aaaaaaaaaaaa%7C1%7C 0%7C637291539991781764&amp;sdata=eGmMmJeIfo71wyhk%2B5bkE6S0briAfaMbwwxEUTsD4KY%3D&amp;reserved=0). Get what food you can now.

The government has already done studies to see how many people will be like sheep and not fight back even if they have guns. They said that It is 90% of the population. Probably 3-6% will fight as they come to get your guns. Even those who have guns will be so sick from the viruses they are dropping on us that they won't be able to fight much.

She gives a breakdown of all the things coming our way. Solar minimums, lack of food, etc. All the planetary and other cycles are coinciding in this year. The governments are just taking advantage of them to take over the country and enslave the population.

She says our own government has planted tactical nuclear bombs in our nation to create a false flag attack. FEMA did practice drills with imaginary tactical nuclear bombs in the New York subway, etc. Other countries have small nuclear bombs planted in our country too. So when the bombs go off you won't know if it is a foreign government or our own government detonating them. Anything will be used to create a crisis.

President Trump signed the emergency powers in January when Covid started that gives FEMA and the military the power to do this. We are basically under the Military and New World Order control now. It looks like all our past and present presidents Both Republicans and Democrat have been working for the New World Order all along.

Thanks Tony
---------------------------

Related: BREAKING: Thousands of guillotines pre-positioned across America for left-wing terrorists to execute conservatives, Christians and Whites in the unfolding CIVIL WAR | The Common Sense Show
---

Her YouTube channel
https://www.youtube.com/results?search_query=celeste+solum+bishop

[Gwin Ru]

Here is where Celeste describes that UFO virus:

Breaking News: Dr. Evil Returns with Neuroweapons (https://shepherdsheart.life/blogs/news/breaking-news-dr-evil-returns-with-neuroweapons)

by Celeste Solum
June 23, 2020


nTHXk9PVu14
As you may or may not know, in my spare time I attend military presentations. What you will view is not satire. Hear what "Dr. Evil" says about the neurological scalar targeting of people. This is part of a series, so more alarming information will be forthcoming.

Dr. James Giordano, Dr. Evil, the modern Dr. Joseph Mengele, returns with some alarming insights into the weaponization of brain science. Dr. James Giordano has the credentials, power, and influence to make these experiments a reality that will impact your life.


Professor in the Department' of Neurology and Biochemistry



Chief of the Neuro-Ethnic Studies Program



Co-Director of the O'Neil Pellegrino Program in brain science and global on policy at Georgetown University Medical Center



Research Fellow and Bio Security Technology and Ethics at the US Naval War College



Appointed Member of Dartmouth Neuroethics legal and social issues advisory panel



Senior Advisory Fellow of the Defense operational cognitive sciences section



Part of the Multi-Layer Assessment group Joint Staff the Pentagon



Consulting Bioethicists for the Defense Medical Ethics Committee



Donovan fellow for Bio Warfare and Bio Defense at US Special Operations Command



Appointed member of the Department of Health



Human Services Secretary's Advisory Committee on human research

Highlights and Revelations include: Deployment of weapons that disable and kill

Military and government are gaming and purchasing your emotions and conduct.



Unholy techno-yoking



Scientists, researchers and the military talk about neuro devices they are talking about enabling devices. Think of this like a key to your body and mind and if it were possible even your very soul. This is confirmed by their own words in which they say these devices are radically leveling.



Swarms of vehicles that I would propose to you are visible and invisible, biological and non-biological for mass disruption and total destruction.



Heinous confirmation about geo-engineering, nanoparticles, and other particulates deployed into our air and what that system was designed to accomplish.


https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2779/0756/files/UFO_large.PNG?v=1592916265


New chimeric virus named UFO. These new viruses can produce previously undetected proteins by stealing genetic signals from their hosts. The researchers label them as UFO (Upstream Frankenstein Open reading frame) proteins, as they are encoded by stitching together (as in yoking) the host and viral sequences. These UFO proteins can alter the course of viral infection and could be exploited for vaccine purposes. There was no knowledge of the existence of these kinds of proteins prior to this study.

How far will this disruption and destruction go if you oppose the agenda and system that is assembling before your eyes? Just say, nobody in your sphere is safe from family members to acquaintances.

It is well worth a few minutes to learn about the threats arrayed against you.

[Letty]

Thank you for your insight Bill Ryan ! Would you please elaborate your thoughts on '' follow the media'' as opposed to follow the money ?

[Bill Ryan]

Thank you for your insight Bill Ryan ! Would you please elaborate your thoughts on '' follow the media'' as opposed to follow the money ?Thanks for the question. I'm not saying NOT to "follow the money" — where that information is available. For instance, Black Lives Matter (the organization) is well-funded by a number of major behind-the-scenes groups with agendas. That's very important to understand.

When I suggest "follow the media", I'm referring to these kinds of things:


How much of the US mainstream media is seeming to present a narrative that BLM is somehow heroic, altruistic, and ethical. (The human rights principle is, of course, but the Marxist, anarchist organization is not.)



Police forces are often portrayed as negatively focused, dangerous institutions. (Some police officers are bad apples, but very few.)



Statistics are often poorly reported, not reported at all, or distorted.



Incidents involving deaths are often greatly filtered, cherry-picked, and promoted for manipulative or political purposes. Some incidents are largely ignored when the picture they present is inconvenient. (The shooting of David Dorn (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shooting_of_David_Dorn), for instance.)



Language is becoming increasingly Orwellian: violent, anarchistic, looting, armed rioters are often called "protesters", expressed hatred of whites (even those sympathetic to black issues, and who've never mistreated a black person in their lives) is often held as justifiable for historical reasons, and anyone who says "Hey, wait a moment, there's something wrong with this picture", is increasingly often labeled a "White Supremacist". (That even happened here (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111340-Systemic-Racism-in-America&p=1363666&viewfull=1#post1363666) on the forum.)



Very important big-picture policies that create the stage on which all this conflict is playing out, like the racist financial strategy of the US Federal Reserve, just aren't mentioned at all. (See this thread: The Knowing Racism of the US Federal Reserve) (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111251-The-Knowing-Racism-of-the-US-Federal-Reserve)

These aren't universalities, of course. But they're very visibly escalating trends.

The significance is that the mainstream media (as a whole) is NOT a news-reporting institution. They're an opinion-influencing institution.

So if we step back from all this just a little way, it's easy to see what opinions we're intended to adopt. That tells us everything.

[Hym]

This too is part of the plan, albeit several steps down the road, even as it has been in use for decades. These technologies, those which I have called inhumanities in a time when people now understand the context, and this revelation of the worst that science has become....

Referring to the video in Post 152 "Dr. Evil Returns...":

In the words, the ego, the pride of the man in the video you get to see the inner workings of someone who is the epitome of the worst of science, maybe worse than Mengele/Dr.Green or the war criminal Ishi. With absolutely zero expression of ethical character, morality, or even the slightest hint of humanity, that man unabashedly shows pride in causing human suffering through a variety of technologies, administered to humans without one micronized nano-particulate of legality, ethics, morality or even a shred of conscience.

He is what controllers never want the public to see, but seen he has been and now by many who are meant to counter his efforts, in no small part simply by seeing and hearing him talk.

His strange additions to the use of all of those technical descriptions and his neurolinguistic manipulation of words shows a highly evolved deviance that rarely sees the light of public scrutiny. Calling him Dr. Evil is hardly a hint of his extremely corrupt iterations, clumsily hidden in the jargon of technical, but incomplete and dishonest, descriptions of the use and function of technologies IN HUMAN TERMS and, if true, his work in destroying the lives of others of his species.

However, in this rare case it may be a misnomer to assume he is a member of the species he works so diligently, so proudly, to injure, control and destroy. When we see someone so hell bent on exposing his motivations to those of us who remain soldiers of the heart, we watch as he reaps his devil's reward, beyond these limited confines called a reality.

The most telling amongst his credentials as a soulless being is his work as a research fellow in bio security and ETHICS at the u.s.naval war college, as a member of dartmouth neuroETHICS operational cognitive sciences section, as a consulting bioETHICIST for the defense medical ETHICS committee and his being on the HUMAN service secretary's advisory committee on HUMAN research. His words show no hint of ETHICS nor the slightest wisp of HUMANITY.

It is a long journey taken that lands such a man in those elevated positions that expose the depth of the dishonest charter of those institutions. His standing in those institutions alone is enough to discredit any claim those institutions may have to be funded and ultimately to even exist. Know the devil when you see him.

Translation:

That man has several doctorates, PhD's , in the use of disinformation to disguise the most unethical invention, creation and use of diverse technologies whose existence is solely meant to increase the sufferings within humans. One cold soul. A Nobel Prize candidate for the unethical invention, creation and use of the tools of torture. A discarnate being accidentally manifest in a world of humans. This is a good measure of the ability to see beyond and within the shell of one who assumes human form, yet who motivations are only to increase the darkness.

I can guarantee that generals, admirals and the heads of the corporations who control all of that evil have had some interesting conversations leaving meetings with that man, the one called an expert consultant.

Said the admiral to the 5 star general,"Wow George! Did you find a way to reincarnate Crowley, or Bush Sr. or our illustrious Dr.Green? Damn? Remind me to hide my children when he's around."
"Admiral. Remember. We do have to have an insurance policy for devils like that.", said the general in return.


And, after that short conversation, here is a literal translation on how the most senior of those military officials use such a creature:

In assessing how the meeting went, we hear a conversation between one colonel and one of the admiral's aides.
"Just the man you want to have working in your dungeon. One with the highest unethical pedigree, the lowest denominator of emotional attachment to ETHICS and the scholarly degrees to prove it all." "Yes Sir. He was hired before he even gave his presentations."

What few seem to understand is that a mundane, insecure sociopath turned into a high level psychopath defines the world in service to others in ways you might not understand. Yes, it is service, but it is their method of serving that is incomprehensible to most. It exists only within the disruption of the human heart and soul, while absolutely no other moral compass exists in their lives. There are reasons but no excuses.

If you ever have the misfortune of listening to those deeper, controlling evil ones, not too much unlike that one scientist, as they talk about real people, you'd understand, in an immediate and visceral way, the great disconnect they project to all of humanity, as if HUMANS don't exist.

In a much greater contrast, the most powerful ones in their darkened prominence, exist many levels and many degrees below and above that one little scientist/entrepreneur, the one we were allowed to see and hear and sense.

[Ratszinger]

I don't believe they are correct in their timing above. It was never in the plan for FEMA to come out with the full population still intact to where they'd have to deal with that many people. The fact is they have no means to deal with that many people and FEMA would be overrun. They would have to wait until well into it when the people are weaker and fewer in number or they'd never get a foot hold, especially if the motor cycle gangs move in and start patrolling the streets! Believe me once they are out there making money from everyone to keep people safe they won't want to give that money up. Nor will there be much use for police or jails because the new laws and justice will go something like this. A deviant (that is someone going against the instructions and will of the gang in any manner) is caught for wrong behavior, he is immediately judged, beaten, knocked senseless and when he wakes up all his gold crowns and bridge work are gone, he has no wallet, ID, money or watch and he can barely walk! That is the new justice coming if the scenario above takes place. Instant punishment and pain, loss, and left in the street where you fall with no help. People will see but be afraid to come out and help just like the old west only now with bikes not horses.
Also, I sometimes think maybe we're all like the howler monkeys in this video which is not long and highly informative (I think) because it shows that perhaps we're all prejudice and it's built in and we can't help it any more than the monkey's could. Its set to go where it needs to be to get right to it. Watch. I think it's rather enlightening. I mean if other hominids behave this way it stands to reason we probably did also. Nephilim stories in the bible seem to confirm this same behavior by the parents of those hybrids also!

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kh9cVieelzg&t=165s

[Orobo]

Listened to this today. Anyone any thoughts on this?

https://youtu.be/B17r_d7XgrA

The man, Steve Ben-Nun, ex-agent and Sephardic jew who found Jesus, Goes into the things mentioned in the posts above, but from another, religious, angle.

This framework allowed to connect quite some dots, even if just a portion is correct.

It is about Chabad/Lubavitch behind Trump ( Kushner ++) and Putin laying the groundwork for genocide and control of the US and other nations, via the UN.

The planned unrest, guillotines, UN troops, corruption of religions, war on christians ( who hates christ-ians so much?) etc gets a new cachet. Also by looking at Marx as the satanist he maybe was, and the alleged jewish nature of communism.

In the talmud beheading is the preferred execution style for the non jews.
Of course taking into account the possible hijacking of "the jews" by a rabbinical class that maybe even isn't actually jewish. Let's not be totally naive about it.

I remember Bill Deagle mentioning that it is the plan to get many jews executed in the process, so no one is safe at this point.


Love, O.

[Orobo]

I don't believe they are correct in their timing above.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kh9cVieelzg&t=165s

I Have the same idea...something went different maybe? Gun control is not in place either. Which is hopeful. But nothing is only linear. They can hang back or jump to different avenues that have been calculated well in advance.
I am amazed and can appreciate the cunning in all of it, but it seems still trying to manage too big of a herd of caribou at the moment. Part of the herd is running while the rest is still chewing the cud.


The Steve Ben-Nun guy mentioned, in another video, that an Israeli agent told him to keep away from the Fema camps after a limited nuclear assault from Russia. They will commence the genocide thén.
I do not see anything as of yet that would get Russia to do just thát. So how much is true I do not know.
He and his wife are at times hard enough to tolerate/clumsy to see them as well organised or well connected with current movers. That maybe a good thing.
But once CIA always CIA someone said.
The guest they had has a blog with sources about the talmudic laws and how they are getting pushed and accepted in and by many countries and faiths.
I will take a good look there, but if these laws are being laid down widely, firmly and quietly it is significant.

https://stopnoahidelaw.blogspot.com/2020/06/noahides-daughter-says-israel-needs.html

[shaberon]

Threats from FEMA seem to get hyped almost every go-round. And as I have gotten a little older I have sometimes also started hearing rumor from a military source with a security clearance at a location that is relatively sensitive, and, I hear 80% of the same things we say on here and then it is followed with something to the effect of "FEMA is coming this time".

Like even with the Coronavirus, I was told even before I had to quit working that forces would be out here sucking everyone in through Walmart or something like that.

I have no idea why this is always on the tip of everyone's tongue.

They do not have the personnel or resources to really do anything.

If hell breaks loose in some way, I am not sure about other places, but we have so many armed people out here that in military terms it would be pointless to encircle us with less than 100,000 troops. It takes a lot to stop a real hornet's nest. A few nukes would do it. Could the country afford to go around punching such large holes in itself?

These resources can do some human trafficking and cover-ups and stuff like that, but, I do not believe they have what it takes to spontaneously unveil some Stalin-esque purge factory.

[Gwin Ru]

A Man That Saw The Catastrophic Events Of 2020 In Advance Is Now Warning About What Will Happen In November… (https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/a-man-that-saw-the-catastrophic-events-of-2020-in-advance-is-now-warning-about-what-will-happen-in-november/)

by IWB (https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/author/maizipeng/)
July 3, 2020 (https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/a-man-that-saw-the-catastrophic-events-of-2020-in-advance-is-now-warning-about-what-will-happen-in-november/)

by Michael Snyder (http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/a-man-that-saw-the-catastrophic-events-of-2020-in-advance-is-now-warning-about-what-will-happen-in-november)


http://endoftheamericandream.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Pastor-Dana-Coverstone-Facebook-600x600.jpg


A few weeks ago, hardly anyone in America had ever heard of Pastor Dana Coverstone, but now hundreds of thousands of people all over the country are buzzing about him. He leads a very small church in Burkesville, Kentucky and on June 25th he posted a video on Facebook about some remarkable things that he had seen in some of his dreams. He probably thought that only a handful of his friends would see the video, but it quickly went viral. At this point it has been watched by more than a million people on Facebook, and a copy that was posted to YouTube (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6TdpMSMP9x4&feature=emb_title) has now been viewed more than 600,000 times. Personally, I have had countless people share his video with me over the past week, and it still hasn’t stopped. But even though this video is spreading like wildfire, the mainstream media has been completely silent about it. In fact, if you do a search on Google News for “Pastor Dana Coverstone”, you won’t find a single news story about his video. What he was shown definitely does not fit their agenda, and so I expect that they will continue to generally ignore this phenomenon.

So what is it about his video that has people so excited?

Well, it is because he saw the catastrophic events of 2020 in advance, and he was also shown that more catastrophic events are coming.

Let’s start from the very beginning. In December 2019, Pastor Coverstone had a dream in which he saw some very unusual things. The following is from a transcript of his original video (http://themostimportantnews.com/archives/brace-yourself-pastor-dana-coverstone-was-shown-what-is-coming-in-the-months-ahead-and-his-video-is-spreading-like-wildfire) that my wife put together…
Here’s what happened:

Back in December I woke up, I had a dream. In that dream I saw a calendar. Starting January 2020.

It was being flipped. I saw January, I saw February, I saw March. When March came up the hand held it and I saw the thing of finger underline the month of March, and then tap it three times.

So underline the month of March, tapped it three times.

So to me it was emphasis, something’s going to happen in March.

Then I saw April, May, June. When June came, the hand underlined June again and tapped it three times.

Then, in the vision I saw people marching, I saw protests. I saw people wearing masks, I saw lines going into hospitals. I saw typical medical doctors with needles or syringes, I saw people on ventilators I saw people who were very, very sick, very, very ill. I saw newspaper headlines trumpeting thousands of people getting sick. I saw ambulances, just flying down roads, and then I saw cities on fire.

I saw buildings being burned. I saw protesters with masks. I saw people who had their fists in the air, people who were yelling and screaming angry at just at the world. I saw courthouses, I saw state houses surrounded. I saw people who were mad at the world. I saw I saw guns shotguns specifically put in the air, held like this, (showing above his head) and I saw barriers within cities.

I told several men in my church about this and I can confirm who those men were and they’ll confirm what I’m telling you is what I told them.
Obviously this is a description of the COVID-19 pandemic and the rioting, looting and violence that erupted in the aftermath of the death of George Floyd.

Since Pastor Coverstone posted his video after these things happened, a lot of people out there may think that he just made this dream up.

To head off that sort of criticism, Pastor Coverstone has posted testimonies from two men from his church that affirm that he shared this dream with them back when he was first given it. You can find those testimonies right here (https://www.facebook.com/dana.coverstone/posts/10222913128886530).

Of course there will be some people that try to claim that those two men are “making it up” too. It amazes me the lengths that some people will go to in order to deny facts that are inconvenient.

As the events of 2020 began to unfold, Pastor Coverstone and members of his church came to realize the importance of that first dream.

Then, it late June, Pastor Coverstone had another dream that pertains to the second half of this year. The following is another excerpt from the transcript of his original video (http://themostimportantnews.com/archives/brace-yourself-pastor-dana-coverstone-was-shown-what-is-coming-in-the-months-ahead-and-his-video-is-spreading-like-wildfire) that my wife made…
With that in mind, on Monday night I had another dream.

It woke me from my bed. I made notes about it. I shot some video of myself just making sure to remember.

Here’s what I saw.

I saw a calendar. Start with the calendar. As I was having this, the calendar was up, a white figure appeared. To me, it was a representing God the Holy Spirit, something pure, something righteous, something true, something Holy because there was nothing sinister about it. Nothing evil, but I heard the voice say, “part two, part two”.

I saw June, go, I saw July. I saw August, and then I saw September, and I saw the finger underneath the word September like emphasizing it and then tap three times.

Then I saw October come up, and then I saw November and this is when it got real to me in the dream. I think the intensity for me… when I woke up my heart rate was about 180.

So that was Monday night, and I woke up not feeling very well at all I was up during the night not feeling well.

But anyway,… The minute the finger underlined November three times instead of tapping it, I saw a fist ball up and it hit the calendar.

And literally, the calendar exploded into the wall, the numbers seem that they were 3d and they were falling everywhere.

There was a cloud of chaos that started in there. The next thing I saw was I saw I saw armed protesters. I saw fighting in the streets, I saw people pummeling one another. I saw businesses shuttered and shut up.

I saw schools close. I saw school rooms with cobwebs hanging in them and like things like papers falling off the wall and posters… like no one had been in them for months.

I saw banks. Bank buildings with the roof being taken off. It looked almost that alien abduction because money was flying through the roof into some type of like a vacuum cleaner. It sounds kind of strange, but I was watching wealth, just being taken. I saw politicians in back rooms, making deals with people. Patting people on the back and laughing and smiling and smirking.

I saw monuments. I saw Washington DC, burning. I saw Washington DC blazing. I saw fires, everywhere. I saw people being rounded up. I saw Chinese and Russian soldiers on the ground. The Russian soldiers would tell the Chinese soldiers to go “pick up these people”…” secure this quadrant”….” secure this area”… I saw blue helmets of the UN. I saw a military things taking place. I also saw no sign of President Trump. I saw no sign of leadership in Washington DC.

The vultures that I had seen were like gargoyles. They were 10 feet off the ground…. 10 to 15 feet off the ground. They were just attacking people mercilessly. I saw people hiding in their homes and garages. I saw churches, being burned, I saw homes, being burned.

I saw absolute chaos. The fist punch on the November of 2020 is what got my attention. Then I heard the words again. ” Brace yourself, Brace yourself. Brace yourself.”

That has been something that I have heard for almost, almost seven months now. Starting, … once we get to July, it’s gonna be seven months.

I’m not claiming to be a prophet I’m not claiming proclaiming … just, … let’s see what happens in November,… through November and see if I’m right about this. But I know when I hear God’s voice, I know, I know what God’s voice sounds like to me. I know when He speaks. I know when I had a dream that I know is Him. The things that I am saying, I don’t say this to scare people but I say this to warn people that there are some pretty sinister things coming down the pike, and not just for the lost but for God’s people as well.

The second dream I had last night,… It woke me up.

In this dream. We just had a yard sale to help fund team going to Ecuador this next year.

We had a yard sale. I had asked our secretary to get some change for that for that yard sale. So, in the dream that I’m having, .. I walk to the bank. I walk into the bank to get some change. On the door, it says there’s no change available.

I saw the sign and registered in mind. I walked on in, and the president of the local bank was at the teller station. She was taking care of business.

And I said, I need to get $10 in quarters for yard sale and she said, I’m sorry, but the US Mint is no longer making currency or making change… ( like pennies nickels dimes quarters half dollars), “We’re not doing that anymore”,

“well what do you mean”

She said, … ” they stopped doing it”

I said, “Well, how am I going to be able to charge $1.50 for anything ?
She said, ” prepare for hyperinflation and just charge $2 “

Then she said to me in the dream… Oh by the way, $1 and $5 bills will follow soon after that.

Then I heard those words. “Brace yourself. Brace yourself. Brace yourself.”

I wrote these things down.

I have never gone on video and recorded the dreams that I’ve had and I hesitated to not do the one I had back in December, but everything I saw in that dream in December, came true between March and June when in the dream I was shown March through June.

I don’t think I would be doing anyone a service if I don’t show what I saw in these dreams and visions.

I believe that we’re going to see not just going to see a second huge wave of Covid between September, October, November.

We’re going to see major things with the elections,…

We’re going to see major chaos in our country.

We’re going to see troops in our cities.

We’re going to see the protests get even worse,

We’re going to see buildings burn.

We’re going to see which can only lead to civil war in this country.

And so for my friends that are believers, … I’m just going to show that what I think you need to hear.

First of all, you need to be preparing food.

Make sure you’ve got alternative forms of currency like silver or gold or whatever.

I believe you need to have an ample supply of both guns and ammunition. That’s not just the Second Amendment fan of me coming out, that is the things that we’re seeing. They are talking about defunding the police. That means one thing … you’re on your own [in] a lot of areas.

I also believe you need to be praying like you never prayed before.

Make sure your family knows what’s going on; where you are, have some sort of communication between your family about if certain things happen if certain things go down.

I’m not saying, get off the grid, and I’ve never ever said anything like this in my church. I have said I believe that this could happen but I’ve never done what I’m doing right now.

I’m telling you that between September and November of this coming year. And by the time we get to November and nothing’s happened … man you call me on this and say .. you are an absolute idiot and a fool for saying those things.

Go right ahead.

I realize I’m responsible for what I’ve spoken. I also know what I sense and I know the Holy Spirit’s voice enough to know that, what I’ve heard,
I believe is going to happen. What I heard in December happened between March and June.

– Translation ended at 12:42 in the video.

A couple of days after initially posting his video, Pastor Dana detailed the overwhelming response that he has been getting to that video on Facebook…

http://themostimportantnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Pastor-Dana-Coverstone-Facebook-Message-600x653.png (http://themostimportantnews.com/archives/brace-yourself-pastor-dana-coverstone-was-shown-what-is-coming-in-the-months-ahead-and-his-video-is-spreading-like-wildfire/pastor-dana-coverstone-facebook-message)
This is one of the most important videos that I have seen in a long time, and I encourage everyone to share it as widely as you can.

I believe that the reason why God is giving His people so many dreams and visions right now is because He wants us to sound the alarm. Time is short, and we only have a limited amount of time to share these things with others.

Considering the fact that “part one” ended up being completely accurate, what Pastor Coverstone was shown in “part two” should be extremely sobering for all of us.

It appears that things will start to really escalate starting in September, and it appears that November will be some sort of major turning point.

Sadly, Pastor Coverstone is being relentlessly attacked on social media for sharing what he was shown, and that is extremely unfortunate.

We live at a time when there is so much hatred in this country, and it is only going to get worse.

This chapter in American history is going to be a very painful one, and most of the U.S. population still has absolutely no idea what is coming.


6TdpMSMP9x4

[Bill Ryan]

A Man That Saw The Catastrophic Events Of 2020 In Advance Is Now Warning About What Will Happen In November… (https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/a-man-that-saw-the-catastrophic-events-of-2020-in-advance-is-now-warning-about-what-will-happen-in-november/)

by IWB (https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/author/maizipeng/)
July 3, 2020 (https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/a-man-that-saw-the-catastrophic-events-of-2020-in-advance-is-now-warning-about-what-will-happen-in-november/)

by Michael Snyder (http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/a-man-that-saw-the-catastrophic-events-of-2020-in-advance-is-now-warning-about-what-will-happen-in-november)


http://endoftheamericandream.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Pastor-Dana-Coverstone-Facebook-600x600.jpg


A few weeks ago, hardly anyone in America had ever heard of Pastor Dana Coverstone, but now hundreds of thousands of people all over the country are buzzing about him. He leads a very small church in Burkesville, Kentucky and on June 25th he posted a video on Facebook about some remarkable things that he had seen in some of his dreams. He probably thought that only a handful of his friends would see the video, but it quickly went viral. At this point it has been watched by more than a million people on Facebook, and a copy that was posted to YouTube (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6TdpMSMP9x4&feature=emb_title) has now been viewed more than 600,000 times. Personally, I have had countless people share his video with me over the past week, and it still hasn’t stopped. But even though this video is spreading like wildfire, the mainstream media has been completely silent about it. In fact, if you do a search on Google News for “Pastor Dana Coverstone”, you won’t find a single news story about his video. What he was shown definitely does not fit their agenda, and so I expect that they will continue to generally ignore this phenomenon.

So what is it about his video that has people so excited?

Well, it is because he saw the catastrophic events of 2020 in advance, and he was also shown that more catastrophic events are coming.

Let’s start from the very beginning. In December 2019, Pastor Coverstone had a dream in which he saw some very unusual things. The following is from a transcript of his original video (http://themostimportantnews.com/archives/brace-yourself-pastor-dana-coverstone-was-shown-what-is-coming-in-the-months-ahead-and-his-video-is-spreading-like-wildfire) that my wife put together…
Here’s what happened:

Back in December I woke up, I had a dream. In that dream I saw a calendar. Starting January 2020.

It was being flipped. I saw January, I saw February, I saw March. When March came up the hand held it and I saw the thing of finger underline the month of March, and then tap it three times.

So underline the month of March, tapped it three times.

So to me it was emphasis, something’s going to happen in March.

Then I saw April, May, June. When June came, the hand underlined June again and tapped it three times.

Then, in the vision I saw people marching, I saw protests. I saw people wearing masks, I saw lines going into hospitals. I saw typical medical doctors with needles or syringes, I saw people on ventilators I saw people who were very, very sick, very, very ill. I saw newspaper headlines trumpeting thousands of people getting sick. I saw ambulances, just flying down roads, and then I saw cities on fire.

I saw buildings being burned. I saw protesters with masks. I saw people who had their fists in the air, people who were yelling and screaming angry at just at the world. I saw courthouses, I saw state houses surrounded. I saw people who were mad at the world. I saw I saw guns shotguns specifically put in the air, held like this, (showing above his head) and I saw barriers within cities.

I told several men in my church about this and I can confirm who those men were and they’ll confirm what I’m telling you is what I told them.
Obviously this is a description of the COVID-19 pandemic and the rioting, looting and violence that erupted in the aftermath of the death of George Floyd.

Since Pastor Coverstone posted his video after these things happened, a lot of people out there may think that he just made this dream up.

To head off that sort of criticism, Pastor Coverstone has posted testimonies from two men from his church that affirm that he shared this dream with them back when he was first given it. You can find those testimonies right here (https://www.facebook.com/dana.coverstone/posts/10222913128886530).

Of course there will be some people that try to claim that those two men are “making it up” too. It amazes me the lengths that some people will go to in order to deny facts that are inconvenient.

As the events of 2020 began to unfold, Pastor Coverstone and members of his church came to realize the importance of that first dream.

Then, it late June, Pastor Coverstone had another dream that pertains to the second half of this year. The following is another excerpt from the transcript of his original video (http://themostimportantnews.com/archives/brace-yourself-pastor-dana-coverstone-was-shown-what-is-coming-in-the-months-ahead-and-his-video-is-spreading-like-wildfire) that my wife made…
With that in mind, on Monday night I had another dream.

It woke me from my bed. I made notes about it. I shot some video of myself just making sure to remember.

Here’s what I saw.

I saw a calendar. Start with the calendar. As I was having this, the calendar was up, a white figure appeared. To me, it was a representing God the Holy Spirit, something pure, something righteous, something true, something Holy because there was nothing sinister about it. Nothing evil, but I heard the voice say, “part two, part two”.

I saw June, go, I saw July. I saw August, and then I saw September, and I saw the finger underneath the word September like emphasizing it and then tap three times.

Then I saw October come up, and then I saw November and this is when it got real to me in the dream. I think the intensity for me… when I woke up my heart rate was about 180.

So that was Monday night, and I woke up not feeling very well at all I was up during the night not feeling well.

But anyway,… The minute the finger underlined November three times instead of tapping it, I saw a fist ball up and it hit the calendar.

And literally, the calendar exploded into the wall, the numbers seem that they were 3d and they were falling everywhere.

There was a cloud of chaos that started in there. The next thing I saw was I saw I saw armed protesters. I saw fighting in the streets, I saw people pummeling one another. I saw businesses shuttered and shut up.

I saw schools close. I saw school rooms with cobwebs hanging in them and like things like papers falling off the wall and posters… like no one had been in them for months.

I saw banks. Bank buildings with the roof being taken off. It looked almost that alien abduction because money was flying through the roof into some type of like a vacuum cleaner. It sounds kind of strange, but I was watching wealth, just being taken. I saw politicians in back rooms, making deals with people. Patting people on the back and laughing and smiling and smirking.

I saw monuments. I saw Washington DC, burning. I saw Washington DC blazing. I saw fires, everywhere. I saw people being rounded up. I saw Chinese and Russian soldiers on the ground. The Russian soldiers would tell the Chinese soldiers to go “pick up these people”…” secure this quadrant”….” secure this area”… I saw blue helmets of the UN. I saw a military things taking place. I also saw no sign of President Trump. I saw no sign of leadership in Washington DC.

The vultures that I had seen were like gargoyles. They were 10 feet off the ground…. 10 to 15 feet off the ground. They were just attacking people mercilessly. I saw people hiding in their homes and garages. I saw churches, being burned, I saw homes, being burned.

I saw absolute chaos. The fist punch on the November of 2020 is what got my attention. Then I heard the words again. ” Brace yourself, Brace yourself. Brace yourself.”

That has been something that I have heard for almost, almost seven months now. Starting, … once we get to July, it’s gonna be seven months.

I’m not claiming to be a prophet I’m not claiming proclaiming … just, … let’s see what happens in November,… through November and see if I’m right about this. But I know when I hear God’s voice, I know, I know what God’s voice sounds like to me. I know when He speaks. I know when I had a dream that I know is Him. The things that I am saying, I don’t say this to scare people but I say this to warn people that there are some pretty sinister things coming down the pike, and not just for the lost but for God’s people as well.

The second dream I had last night,… It woke me up.

In this dream. We just had a yard sale to help fund team going to Ecuador this next year.

We had a yard sale. I had asked our secretary to get some change for that for that yard sale. So, in the dream that I’m having, .. I walk to the bank. I walk into the bank to get some change. On the door, it says there’s no change available.

I saw the sign and registered in mind. I walked on in, and the president of the local bank was at the teller station. She was taking care of business.

And I said, I need to get $10 in quarters for yard sale and she said, I’m sorry, but the US Mint is no longer making currency or making change… ( like pennies nickels dimes quarters half dollars), “We’re not doing that anymore”,

“well what do you mean”

She said, … ” they stopped doing it”

I said, “Well, how am I going to be able to charge $1.50 for anything ?
She said, ” prepare for hyperinflation and just charge $2 “

Then she said to me in the dream… Oh by the way, $1 and $5 bills will follow soon after that.

Then I heard those words. “Brace yourself. Brace yourself. Brace yourself.”

I wrote these things down.

I have never gone on video and recorded the dreams that I’ve had and I hesitated to not do the one I had back in December, but everything I saw in that dream in December, came true between March and June when in the dream I was shown March through June.

I don’t think I would be doing anyone a service if I don’t show what I saw in these dreams and visions.

I believe that we’re going to see not just going to see a second huge wave of Covid between September, October, November.

We’re going to see major things with the elections,…

We’re going to see major chaos in our country.

We’re going to see troops in our cities.

We’re going to see the protests get even worse,

We’re going to see buildings burn.

We’re going to see which can only lead to civil war in this country.

And so for my friends that are believers, … I’m just going to show that what I think you need to hear.

First of all, you need to be preparing food.

Make sure you’ve got alternative forms of currency like silver or gold or whatever.

I believe you need to have an ample supply of both guns and ammunition. That’s not just the Second Amendment fan of me coming out, that is the things that we’re seeing. They are talking about defunding the police. That means one thing … you’re on your own [in] a lot of areas.

I also believe you need to be praying like you never prayed before.

Make sure your family knows what’s going on; where you are, have some sort of communication between your family about if certain things happen if certain things go down.

I’m not saying, get off the grid, and I’ve never ever said anything like this in my church. I have said I believe that this could happen but I’ve never done what I’m doing right now.

I’m telling you that between September and November of this coming year. And by the time we get to November and nothing’s happened … man you call me on this and say .. you are an absolute idiot and a fool for saying those things.

Go right ahead.

I realize I’m responsible for what I’ve spoken. I also know what I sense and I know the Holy Spirit’s voice enough to know that, what I’ve heard,
I believe is going to happen. What I heard in December happened between March and June.

– Translation ended at 12:42 in the video.

A couple of days after initially posting his video, Pastor Dana detailed the overwhelming response that he has been getting to that video on Facebook…

http://themostimportantnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Pastor-Dana-Coverstone-Facebook-Message-600x653.png (http://themostimportantnews.com/archives/brace-yourself-pastor-dana-coverstone-was-shown-what-is-coming-in-the-months-ahead-and-his-video-is-spreading-like-wildfire/pastor-dana-coverstone-facebook-message)
This is one of the most important videos that I have seen in a long time, and I encourage everyone to share it as widely as you can.

I believe that the reason why God is giving His people so many dreams and visions right now is because He wants us to sound the alarm. Time is short, and we only have a limited amount of time to share these things with others.

Considering the fact that “part one” ended up being completely accurate, what Pastor Coverstone was shown in “part two” should be extremely sobering for all of us.

It appears that things will start to really escalate starting in September, and it appears that November will be some sort of major turning point.

Sadly, Pastor Coverstone is being relentlessly attacked on social media for sharing what he was shown, and that is extremely unfortunate.

We live at a time when there is so much hatred in this country, and it is only going to get worse.

This chapter in American history is going to be a very painful one, and most of the U.S. population still has absolutely no idea what is coming.


6TdpMSMP9x4
~~~

Many thanks, and quoting this in full. (I don't usually do that! :bigsmile: )

This guy really got my interest. It doesn't seem totally impossible. This kind of concern is what's motivated me to make some stronger-than-usual statements recently about the safety and integrity of the US.

I'd state as clearly as I can that there are some possible near-futures here which we (or the Americans reading this!) need to do everything possible to avoid.

It fits with Elainie's "shaken up" ex-CIA friend telling her she'd be heading for the hills before September (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?109753-The-Wuhan-Coronavirus-Covid-19-the-Honey-Badger-virus&p=1342121&viewfull=1#post1342121). And I still remember my own vision from months ago when my viewpoint was drifting across the US from a height, like a camera drone, and seeing no people at all, at least out in the open. Just nothing moving. I don't know what that meant (or what the timescale was), but it was very vivid. And of course, many explanations are possible. Maybe it was just quarantine. https://cdn.discordapp.com/emojis/561418376010792961.png?v=1

[Delight]

A Man That Saw The Catastrophic Events Of 2020 In Advance Is Now Warning About What Will Happen In November… (https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/a-man-that-saw-the-catastrophic-events-of-2020-in-advance-is-now-warning-about-what-will-happen-in-november/)

by IWB (https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/author/maizipeng/)
July 3, 2020 (https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/a-man-that-saw-the-catastrophic-events-of-2020-in-advance-is-now-warning-about-what-will-happen-in-november/)



That presentation is chilling. It could just cause a massive fight/flight/freeze reaction if one believes prophecy is set.

I am agnostic about god's name but I know that underlying this "world" is intelligent infinity. I think this is the moment when those who have the capacity take on the responsibility to chart the course WE choose. This is WORK!!!

IMO one sure place to begin is to KNOW we do not deserve the "fate" presented but that many people feel wracked with shame over being human. We may subconsciously think we should be taken down. I think I was as ready as any for punishment in moments of my own life.

It is not going to give us the thrill of an emotional high to face our self loathing. It hurts.

WE NEED HELP to release the massive load of energetic poisons. My experience is to present the ****E I have held onto in prayer. "This is me". This is my accrued mistaken beliefs and feel the stuff as I hand it over. Calm, steady contact with the electrical socket of the plenum, the void, the source and a willing FAITH that our prayers matter is CURATIVE. IMO we have been given a huge opportunity. I repudiate all but the unfolding of truth (that we are INHERENTLY OWNING free will, including the ability to give it away!!

We have learned that hardly any prophecies come true anymore because when known about, people repudiate the scenes. I repudiate this message.
I am going to walk on an earth that has people awake to our choices and who choose life, freedom, cooperation and LOVE. Then we start something refreshing, beautiful, cleansing and fun.

I have always appreciated Jon Rappaort's take on imagination.


Exit From The Matrix: Yes, I keep writing about imagination
Imagination is as natural and real as breathing. People who don't know this or forget it come up against a brick wall.

Some of them then go to booze and drugs, some to violence, some to despair, some to the straitjacket of a severely repetitive mechanical life, some to the dull, dull ground of passivity.

Life is not a machine. Humans are not machines, although they often play one day after day.

Humans are creative.

They can step on that, try to grind it into dust, make up a thousand excuses, but the fact remains.

Societies and civilizations are never creative, after a certain point in their development. They opt for standard shapes and standard patterns of thought and standard organizations.

This devolution isn't just the "the strong controlling the weak."

It's a subconscious impulse that spreads like a disease. Throughout history, you see it manifest in many forms.

These days, we have the massive Surveillance State. It's an expression of "the standard human who must think and act in certain ways."

Imagination puts the lie to all this.

Imagination goes anywhere you want it to, and in the process, you discover ideas and realms and dimensions and power that would otherwise have remained invisible to the end of time.

This is the natural state of affairs.

Everything else is programming.

Programming comes in two forms: what is done to the individual, and what he does to himself.

Every spiritual system and spiritual teaching, down through history, has initially or eventually discarded imagination and thrown it on the junk-heap.

It's long past the time to reverse that trend.

The creative power of the individual, which is the keno more fake newsy to his future, his happiness, his freedom, flows from his imagination.

For this reason, over the last 20 years, I've developed hundreds of imagination exercises, about 50 of which are included in my collection, Exit From The Matrix.https://nomorefakenews.com/

[Matthew]

...

6TdpMSMP9x4

I had a sense of awe watching that. Brings to mind the Prophecy of the Popes and Mother Shipton's prophecies. I look forward to being laughed at later in the year as appropriate, in fact, please God, let that be the situation!

[rgray222]

I am not sure if this is headline-grabbing or just a good interpretation of the current predicament that the USA finds itself in today. The gist of this article is that we are already at the beginning of a second civil war in the USA and it will not end until the right vanquishes the left or the left disposes of the right. It was written by Dennis Prager, a confirmed conservative, he makes some very valid points. It does dovetail along with the (dream predictions) link posted below by Gwin Ru & Delight.



A Man That Saw The Catastrophic Events Of 2020 In Advance Is Now Warning About What Will Happen In November… (https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/a-man-that-saw-the-catastrophic-events-of-2020-in-advance-is-now-warning-about-what-will-happen-in-november/)

by IWB (https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/author/maizipeng/)
July 3, 2020 (https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/a-man-that-saw-the-catastrophic-events-of-2020-in-advance-is-now-warning-about-what-will-happen-in-november/)


America's Second Civil War

It is time for our society to acknowledge a sad truth: America is currently fighting its second Civil War.

https://www.abc.net.au/cm/rimage/12304286-4x3-xlarge.jpg?v=2

In fact, with the obvious and enormous exception of attitudes toward slavery, Americans are more divided morally, ideologically, and politically today than they were during the Civil War. For that reason, just as the Great War came to be known as World War I once there was World War II, the Civil War will become known as the First Civil War when more Americans come to regard the current battle as the Second Civil War.

This Second Civil War, fortunately, differs in another critically important way: It has thus far been largely nonviolent. But given increasing left-wing violence, such as riots, the taking over of college presidents' offices and the illegal occupation of state capitols, nonviolence is not guaranteed to be a permanent characteristic of the Second Civil War.

There are those on both the left and right who call for American unity. But these calls are either naive or disingenuous. Unity was possible between the right and liberals, but not between the right and the left.

Liberalism -- which was anti-left, pro-American and deeply committed to the Judeo-Christian foundations of America; and which regarded the melting pot as the American ideal, fought for free speech for its opponents, regarded Western civilization as the greatest moral and artistic human achievement and viewed the celebration of racial identity as racism -- is now affirmed almost exclusively on the right and among a handful of people who don't call themselves conservative.

The left, however, is opposed to every one of those core principles of liberalism.

Like the left in every other country, the left in America essentially sees America as a racist, xenophobic, colonialist, imperialist, warmongering, money-worshipping, moronically religious nation.

Just as in Western Europe, the left in America seeks to erase America's Judeo-Christian foundations. The melting pot is regarded as nothing more than an anti-black, anti-Muslim, anti-Hispanic meme. The left suppresses free speech wherever possible for those who oppose it, labeling all non-left speech "hate speech." To cite only one example, if you think Shakespeare is the greatest playwright or Bach is the greatest composer, you are a proponent of dead white European males and therefore racist.

Without any important value held in common, how can there be unity between left and non-left? Obviously, there cannot.

There will be unity only when the left vanquishes the right or the right vanquishes the left. Using the First Civil War analogy, American unity was achieved only after the South was vanquished and slavery was abolished.

How are those of us who oppose left-wing nihilism -- there is no other word for an ideology that holds Western civilization and America's core values in contempt -- supposed to unite with "educators" who instruct elementary school teachers to cease calling their students "boys" and "girls" because that implies gender identity? With English departments that don't require reading Shakespeare in order to receive a degree in English? With those who regard virtually every war America has fought as imperialist and immoral? With those who regard the free market as a form of oppression? With those who want the state to control as much of American life as possible? With those who repeatedly tell America and its black minority that the greatest problems afflicting black Americans are caused by white racism, "white privilege" and "systemic racism"? With those who think that the nuclear family ideal is inherently misogynistic and homophobic? With those who hold that Israel is the villain in the Middle East? With those who claim that the term "Islamic terrorist" is an expression of religious bigotry?

The third significant difference between the First and Second Civil Wars is that in the Second Civil war, one side has been doing nearly all the fighting. That is how it has been able to take over schools -- from elementary schools, to high schools, to universities -- and indoctrinate America's young people; how it has taken over nearly all the news media; and how it has taken over entertainment media.

The conservative side has lost on every one of these fronts because it has rarely fought back with anything near the ferocity with which the left fights. Name a Republican politician who has run against the left as opposed to running solely against his or her Democratic opponent. And nearly all American conservatives, people who are proud of America and affirm its basic tenets, readily send their children to schools that indoctrinate their children against everything the parents hold precious. A mere handful protest when their child's teacher ceases calling their son a boy or their daughter a girl, or makes "slave owner" the defining characteristic of the Founding Fathers.

With the defeat of the left in the last presidential election, the defeat of the left in two-thirds of the gubernatorial elections and the defeat of the left in a majority of House and Senate elections, this is likely the last chance liberals, conservatives and the right have to defeat the American left. But it will not happen until these groups understand that we are fighting for the survival of America no less than the Union troops were in the First

Source: https://townhall.com/columnists/dennisprager/2017/01/24/americas-second-civil-war-n2275896

[spade]

Let me infuse some light into this dark situation... Texas Doctor Richard Bartlett has found the 100% cheap, readily available solution to COVID, ending it permanently dead in its planned tracks. We need to spread this far and wide, we can't allow this takedown to occur keeping silent about the situation through keyboard warring. I have sent it to all my friends.

eDSDdwN2Xcg

Key points :

- Inhaled Steroid, via Nebulizer
- Singapore, Korea, Taiwan already employing various forms of this treatment hence extremely low CFRs
- Senator Ted Cruz knows about it
- no need for lockdowns
- no need for the ID2020-ccine.
- NIH (as usual as funded by BiII Geightz) set up a study designed to fail in October for point of death use.





Mod note from Bill: archived safely — in case this disappears from YouTube, as well it might.

[Matthew]

(Brace yourselves)



Heavily-Armed Black Militia Group Marches on Georgia's Stone Mountain Confederate Monument, 5 Jul 2020

A heavily-armed black militia group marched through Georgia's Stone Mountain state park on Saturday, demanding the removal of one of the country's largest Confederate monument.

1QvPx_kHQmE

edit: I hope this is a hoax

[Bill Ryan]

(Brace yourselves)
Heavily-Armed Black Militia Group Marches on Georgia's Stone Mountain Confederate Monument, 5 Jul 2020

A heavily-armed black militia group marched through Georgia's Stone Mountain state park on Saturday, demanding the removal of one of the country's largest Confederate monument.

1QvPx_kHQmEThat was yesterday (it seems). Unless this is some kind of bad-joke hoax, with the video taken from a movie or some other event.

Do we know what transpired? This kind of thing, if it's for real, is going to end up with a lot of people getting killed — whatever their skin color. Human beings, like every one of you reading this. And unless something radical and transformative happens, which is nowhere in sight, it's going to get worse and worse and worse.

And then, worse still. We don't achieve freedom, liberty, equality, peace and prosperity this way.

[Gwin Ru]

Regarding a potential civil war, the video/podcast posted in this thread is a must-must-must reference to listen to because one needs to know who the real enemies are and who are truly calling the shots and why no one in governments dares disobeying their orders:
Thread: So Much For "Independence": The USA Downgrade From Colonies To "Plantation" (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111385-So-Much-For-Independence-The-USA-Downgrade-From-Colonies-To-Plantation)

[Bill Ryan]

(Brace yourselves)
Heavily-Armed Black Militia Group Marches on Georgia's Stone Mountain Confederate Monument, 5 Jul 2020

A heavily-armed black militia group marched through Georgia's Stone Mountain state park on Saturday, demanding the removal of one of the country's largest Confederate monument.

1QvPx_kHQmEThat was yesterday (it seems). Unless this is some kind of bad-joke hoax, with the video taken from a movie or some other event.

Do we know what transpired? This kind of thing, if it's for real, is going to end up with a lot of people getting killed — whatever their skin color. Human beings, like every one of you reading this. And unless something radical and transformative happens, which is nowhere in sight, it's going to get worse and worse and worse.

And then, worse still. We don't achieve freedom, liberty, equality, peace and prosperity this way.~~~

Okay, that happened on 20 June, two weeks ago. Here's a report: (the '20 June' date was stated by Google in the search results)


https://newsbreak.com/georgia/atlanta/news/0PWDLqNM/predominantly-black-armed-protesters-march-through-confederate-memorial-park-in-georgia

Edit to add:

But Zero Hedge says it was yesterday.


https://zerohedge.com/political/were-your-house-lets-go-black-militia-challenges-white-militia-confederate-monument

Can someone clarify, who might have a few minutes to spare?

[Ewan]

(Brace yourselves)
Heavily-Armed Black Militia Group Marches on Georgia's Stone Mountain Confederate Monument, 5 Jul 2020

A heavily-armed black militia group marched through Georgia's Stone Mountain state park on Saturday, demanding the removal of one of the country's largest Confederate monument.

1QvPx_kHQmEThat was yesterday (it seems). Unless this is some kind of bad-joke hoax, with the video taken from a movie or some other event.

Do we know what transpired? This kind of thing, if it's for real, is going to end up with a lot of people getting killed — whatever their skin color. Human beings, like every one of you reading this. And unless something radical and transformative happens, which is nowhere in sight, it's going to get worse and worse and worse.

And then, worse still. We don't achieve freedom, liberty, equality, peace and prosperity this way.~~~

Okay, that happened on 20 June, two weeks ago. Here's a report:


https://newsbreak.com/georgia/atlanta/news/0PWDLqNM/predominantly-black-armed-protesters-march-through-confederate-memorial-park-in-georgia


Any way to check if this was genuinely happening on 20th June. Using Google without "Predominantly Black" is bringing up results from just today as if it has just been injected into the media.

[Bill Ryan]

Any way to check if this was genuinely happening on 20th June. Using Google without "Predominantly Black" is bringing up results from just today as if it has just been injected into the media.My apologies. :flower: This event was indeed yesterday (4 July, Independence Day). Reuters has to be correct.


https://reuters.com/article/us-global-race-usa-stone-mountain/predominantly-black-armed-protesters-march-through-confederate-memorial-park-in-georgia-idUSKBN24605G

[mountain_jim]

ZeroHedge coverage of Stone Mountain July 4th

(I have walked up that mountain many times, seen laser lights show in park in front of the carving, read about the KKK history in that area, it is a major Atlanta-area park I visited in my early years.)

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/were-your-house-lets-go-black-militia-challenges-white-militia-confederate-monument

[Delight]

An alternate prophecy of the take down of the matrix

"The path of misery is inferior to the path of harmony"

New Prophecies from Alexander Paramonov

qS_6CfjJ4zc

[Gwin Ru]

… The minute the finger underlined November three times instead of tapping it, I saw a fist ball up and it hit the calendar.

And literally, the calendar exploded into the wall, the numbers seem that they were 3d and they were falling everywhere.On the premise that a calendar is also called an "agenda" this could mean a number of things... like the end of the agenda... end of times... wrath against the agenda... the big strike... or the grand finale of the agenda affecting everything around? Up to anyone to perceive what really is.

[onawah]

Is Ca. Gov. Newsom Leading Communist Takeover of America? Walmart is now Apparently a Communist China Store in the U.S.
July 5, 2020
by Brian Shilhavy
Editor, Health Impact News
https://vaccineimpact.com/2020/is-california-governor-newsom-leading-the-communist-takeover-of-america-walmart-is-now-apparently-a-communist-china-store-in-the-u-s/

(VERY LONG ARTICLE, SEEMS TO RAMBLE, BUT IT ALL TIES IN; GREAT PIECE OF INVESTIGATIVE JOURNALISM!! MANY MORE HYPERLINKS IN THE ARTICLE THAN EMBEDDED HERE)

https://healthimpactnews.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2020/07/Gavin-Newsom-Gordon-Getty-Jerry-Brown-PlumpJack-Winery.jpg

"A strange thing happened to me here in 2020. I went to bed one night in my home country, the United States of America, known for its Constitution and protection of individual liberties, and the next day I woke up in a place I no longer recognized, for it had become a totalitarian communist regime.

Two days ago, I decided to stop in a Walmart for a brief minute to pick up something I was not able to order online quick enough. I had checked to see if this Walmart near me had it in stock. I seldom shop at Walmart, so this was a rare visit to the mega-chain franchise, and I was planning on just getting what I needed and head on my way.

An older woman wearing a mask was at the entrance, and mumbled something about wearing a mask as I walked in, but I was in a hurry and so I just ignored her.

I found someone stocking a shelf and asked him where the item was that I wanted to purchase. He said he would take me there, and proceeded to show me the way to the aisle where it was located. As we were walking to the aisle, he looked back at me and asked: “You’re not wearing a mask?” (I obviously was not.)

“No, ” I said, “I don’t wear them for medical reasons.”

He showed me the aisle then left. Before I could even read the box and labels on the item I wanted to purchase, a husky young woman wearing a kind of security uniform with a two-way radio came up to me and said in a very loud and serious tone: “Sir, if you’re not going to wear a mask, you need to leave the store NOW!”

I was somewhat taken aback by this confrontation, as I had never wore a mask during the entire COVID Plandemic, and nobody had ever bothered me about it previously, at least not in any stores where I was shopping (only an outdoor Farmer’s Market gave me problems one time).

So I decided to call her bluff, and told her I had medical reasons for not wearing a mask, and that I was just purchasing one item and then I would be leaving.

She got on her radio and stated: “He’s refusing to leave. I need back up.”
Now my blood pressure kicked up a notch, as I was clearly being seen as a criminal, and a threat.

In less than a minute, a tall man named “Allen” with a badge that said “Assistant Manager” came into the aisle and told me I had to leave immediately. I pulled out my phone and began recording everything, and was told I was “not allowed” to record in the store. I kept recording anyway because I was being threatened and wanted a record of what actually was transpiring.

I tried reasoning with him and telling him I was doing nothing illegal, and that he had no legal authority to prevent me from shopping there. He would have none of that and said:

“You should have seen the sign when you came in that face masks are required to shop here. We are under orders to prevent anyone not wearing a face mask from entering our store, so you need to leave immediately.”

“Who’s orders?” I asked.

He replied “The County.”

“The county has no authority to make laws,” I replied. “And even if they did,” I continued, “there are always exceptions, especially for medical reasons.”

He claimed that he was not given any exceptions, and that he was just following orders.

By now I was getting agitated a bit, as I always do when someone uses the excuse “I am just following orders,” and I used a pejorative term, not at him or the security lady, but in referencing the fact that this was the same excuse used by the *!#%$ Nazis in Germany during WWII.
https://healthimpactnews.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2020/07/Security-guard-Walmart.jpg
The security lady got on her radio again and said, “He’s cursing now. We need back up.”

The Assistant Manager then scolded me and said: “You need to leave immediately. You are being very disrespectful towards me, and you need to go.”

“I’m being disrespectful to YOU?” I asked incredulously. “You’re being disrespectful to ME,” I replied, “because you are trying to force me to do something medically inappropriate as a condition to shop here.”

“Sir,” he replied, “you are disturbing the other customers by using profanity. And so for that reason you have to leave.”

The aisle we had been in when that word slipped from my tongue had no other shoppers in that aisle at the time.

I asked him, “So can you please show me your store policy, or maybe provide a link online, where it states customers who swear in your store have to leave immediately?”

“You are being disrespectful to a team member of Walmart,” he said, changing the reason yet again, “and therefore store policy allows me to ask you to leave immediately.”

By now I was already walking towards the door seeing that this was way more of a big deal to them than was worth my time in dealing with. Honestly, if I had had a face mask on me, I would have just put it on to avoid the trouble. But I don’t carry one around with me as I never wear them, and they did not offer me one.

By now two other very husky men had shown up that looked like undercover bouncers who work at a nightclub or bar, and stood nearby staring at me with piercing eyes.

I again reminded the store manager that he was breaking several laws by asking me to leave because I chose not to participate in a forced medical procedure that could damage my health, and that he himself had no legal basis for discriminating against me and preventing me from shopping there.

His reply was that the County was threatening them with fines if they did not comply with the mask order. I told him that Walmart should then sue the county if they did fine them, because such fines are illegal.

Before I walked out of the store I said to him:

“Just remember this day Allen. The day that you asked a law abiding citizen with no past criminal record to leave your store due to an illegal decree. What if they decree something else, like refusing to allow a person of color, like a black person, from shopping at your store? Would you obey that decree too? Is your job worth violating the civil rights of others?”

The young woman security guard made a kind of disgusting noise behind her mask as she shook her head in disgust at me, and I honestly thought she was going to attack me with the two thugs behind her ready to back her up.

I guess she was too young to understand the history of the REAL Civil Rights movement in this country, and that for many years that is EXACTLY what happened in this country, that people were prevented from shopping in places simply because of the color of their skin.

I told the manager to have a good day, and walked out of the store – forever. I will never buy another thing from Walmart, as long as I live. The cost of liberty is too precious to me. Somehow all those Chinese products sitting on the shelves of Walmart have apparently also imported China-style totalitarianism and communist tactics to make people comply to their orders.

When I got back to my car I was actually shaking. I had never before in my life been treated like a criminal in public, and it was a very degrading and humiliating experience.

I am writing this on July 4th, 2020. I don’t know about you, but this is worst July 4th in my lifetime, with Americans losing their liberties very quickly in what is obviously becoming a well orchestrated attack on our country from coast to coast.

As I write this today, Americans in New York are being subpoenaed and threatened with a $2000.00 a day fine if they fail to report to the authorities for contact tracing, simply because they attended an “unapproved party.” (Source.)

In California, Governor Newsom has mandated that everyone must wear face masks in public, he has closed down many businesses again, he closed the beaches again for the July 4th weekend, and he told churches they can no longer sing during their services.

All of these measures are happening right in the middle of summer when children and families should be outdoors and enjoying the summer. Deaths attributed to COVID are way down, but because they keep using these faulty tests to test more people than ever, the excuse now is that the virus is “spreading” just simply based on more positive test results.

So obviously, something else is going on here, and we better wake up and start preparing for even worse times ahead.

An article I received in my newsfeed this week made some rather startling accusations against Governor Newsom and California, and so I am going to concentrate the rest of this article on California, and their governor.

But trust me, what is happening in California affects the entire nation right now.

Who is Governor Gavin Newsom?
While researching how California Governor Gavin Newsom became the Governor of the most populous state in the U.S., it is obvious that he was not “elected” based on merit, but apparently due to his powerful connections.

Gavin Newsom: His Education – Trying to Overcome Dyslexia and Low IQ
According to The Yale Center for Dyslexia and Creativity:http://dyslexia.yale.edu/story/gavin-newsom/
Gavin Newsom was diagnosed with dyslexia at age five, but his mother didn’t tell him, for fear he would use his disability as a crutch. So while he labored to read, spell, and work with numbers, his little sister sailed through school effortlessly. “As an older brother,” he says, “that was more difficult than you can imagine. I was always wondering why she would get done with her homework quickly and I was still struggling to work through it, and why my parents were so demanding with me and so easy on her as it related to academics.”

When Newsom was in fifth grade, he discovered in his mother’s office a stash of papers reporting on his dismal academic performance and describing something called dyslexia. “That really hit home, and it explained why everyone else was running into their parents’ arms after school and I was stuck in that shack behind the school every Monday, Wednesday, and Friday with four or five other students.”

Of all the learning difficulties he endured, Newsom says that reading aloud was “the most humiliating.” He can still recall his fifth-grade classroom and the row he sat in, “with my heart just sinking and pounding, hoping that that period would end and we’d get the hell out of there, and then getting up and starting to read and having everybody in the class laugh. That’s when I basically gave up on any reading. I did book reports by literally reading the back of the book and just copying the text, thinking the teacher would never find out.”

High school was even worse. “The grades were bad, my self-esteem started to collapse, and I remember faking being sick all the time to avoid math class, which I just couldn’t handle.” But because he was expected to attend college, Newsom began to take summer classes to catch up, knowing that he would never get into “a serious university. I took the SAT and it was a complete disaster, and they didn’t even argue for me to take it again, because it was just beyond stressful. And I’ll be honest: had it not been for my mother and some remedial training, I never would have gotten into college.” Thanks to those and his outstanding abilities in baseball, Newsom began to receive scholarship offers from a number of colleges and attended Santa Clara University in California on a partial baseball scholarship.

Newsom was trained in the “tradition of the Jesuits” while at Santa Clara, and spent one semester in Rome. From an interview with The Santa Clara:

This is Santa Clara. It taught me how to learn. And you’re talking to a guy with massive dyslexia, that only got into Santa Clara because of baseball, that got student loans and that was given a waiver to graduate because I couldn’t pass a class — three times — that I took at College of Marin…

Santa Clara stands out, providing more of a Socratic method, so to speak, of education. And that’s the Jesuit tradition, of course.

I think that the greatest memories I had — and it’s rather perverse — were my semester abroad in Rome. I can’t impress upon people more the extraordinary opportunity of doing a semester abroad. I cannot underscore how great that was. It’s going to be a requirement when I have kids. They have to do a semester abroad. (Source.)

Gavin Newsom’s Wine Business – Powerful Friends
https://healthimpactnews.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2020/07/John-Burton.jpeg
Despite his apparent lack of academic excellence, after Newsom graduated from college, his family friends, billionaire Gordon Getty and Democratic leader John Burton, helped fund a new wine business, PlumpJack.

From This millionaire might be California’s next governor:
How Gavin Newsom got connected, by Christopher Cadelago of the Sacramento Bee on July 31, 2018:https://www.sacbee.com/news/politics-government/capitol-alert/article164240567.html
Up a narrow staircase above his wine shop, Gavin Newsom glides across the cramped office before making his way to its showpiece.

Off to the side sits a mop sink that city inspectors made him install even though he argued the floors were carpeted.

“I fought this, and lost,” said Newsom, the state lieutenant governor and frontrunner to succeed Gov. Jerry Brown next year. The 49-year-old Democrat raises one arm and grins, defiantly. “When you fight bureaucracy, make sure you have money and patience – and I didn’t have either.”

What Newsom lacked in poise and prosperity at the time he made up for in hustle and capitalizing on connections.

Newsom opened the wine shop in 1992 with the financial backing of family friend and oil fortune heir Gordon Getty. Newsom’s father, a classmate and close adviser of Getty, urged another prominent friend, John Burton, to recommend then-Mayor Willie Brown to appoint him to a vacant seat on the Board of Supervisors.

A fourth-generation San Franciscan who grew up around politics, Newsom said he still envisioned the life of an entrepreneur. But at just 29, the allure of citywide issues slowly began to win out.

As mayor, Newsom became nationally recognized for ordering the distribution of marriage licenses to same-sex couples. And the shop with the mop sink upstairs, PlumpJack Wines, grew into a line of successful restaurants, hotels and wineries managed by Newsom’s sister, Hilary.

Yet the early hand he received in politics and business continues to form the basis of criticism against him. Newsom’s opponents in the mayor’s race painted him as privileged and out of touch. In the gubernatorial contest, former Los Angeles Mayor Antonio Villaraigosa and Treasurer John Chiang, both Democrats, are beginning to do the same.

Villaraigosa dismisses Newsom as a “Davos Democrat,” after the town in the Swiss Alps that hosts a grand summit of world politicians, business leaders and celebrities and other elites. Chiang took a backhanded swipe by noting that he wasn’t born into a family with “wealth or big connections …”

In the interview above the wine shop, Newsom conceded he wouldn’t be in politics without Burton and Brown. (Source.)

Last week, when Newsom announced the re-closing of some businesses in certain counties due to a “spike” in COVID cases, it included several of his competitor wineries, while his was excluded, and he even tweeted about how his winery would be open during July 4th.

The criticism that followed prompted PlumpJack Winery to change their plans and close as well.

One has to also wonder if Governor Newsom’s relationship to the powerful Getty family who made their fortune in oil has affected his policies towards the oil industry in California, which is more similar to a Capitalist Republican than it is to a Progressive Democrat that Newsom claims to be.

From an article by Steve Horn on June 19, 2020 at Global Research titled California Governor Hands Out Fracking Permits on Behalf of Big Oil:
While California was convulsed by COVID-19 and George Floyd’s death, the governor gave Big Oil a big gift:

On June 1, in the midst of the turmoil created by the coronavirus pandemic and the death of George Floyd in Minneapolis, California Gov. Gavin Newsom’s administration quietly issued 12 fracking permits to Aera Energy, a joint venture owned by ExxonMobil and Shell.

Oil drilling in California has faced criticism for its disproportionately negative health impacts on Latino communities and other people of color. The 12 new permits will be for fracking in the Lost Hills Oil Field. The Kern County town of Lost Hills is more than 97 percent Latino, according to 2010 U.S. Census data.

The fracking permits are the latest example of California’s oil industry benefiting from regulatory or deregulatory action during the COVID-19 pandemic and came just months after the Newsom administration said it supported taking actions to “manage the decline of oil production and consumption in the state.” Aera, which also received 24 permits from the California Geologic Energy Management Division (CalGEM) on April 3 during the early days of COVID-19, has well-connected lobbyists in its corner who work for the firm Axiom Advisors.

One of them, Jason Kinney, headed up Newsom’s 2018 transition team and formerly served as a senior advisor to Newsom while he was lieutenant governor. He is also a senior advisor to California’s Senate Democrats. The other, Kevin Schmidt, previously served as policy director for Newsom when the latter was lieutenant governor. Aera paid Axiom $110,000 for its lobbying work in 2019 and, so far in 2020, has paid $30,000, lobbying reports reveal. (Full Article.)

And is Gavin Newsom related to Nancy Pelosi and former California Governor Jerry Brown?

From 4 Corrupt Families Of California – Newsom, Brown, Pelosi and Feinstein at Aircrap.org:

The connections date back at least 80 years, to when Jerry Brown’s father, Pat Brown, ran for San Francisco district attorney, losing in 1939 but winning in 1943, with the help of his close friend and Gavin Newsom’s grandfather, businessman William Newsom.

As mayor, Newsom became nationally recognized for ordering the distribution of marriage licenses to same-sex couples. And the shop with the mop sink upstairs, PlumpJack Wines, grew into a line of successful restaurants, hotels, and wineries managed by Newsom’s sister, Hilary.

A Times review of campaign finance records identified eight of San Francisco’s best-known families as being among Newsom’s most loyal and long-term contributors. Among those patrons are the Gettys, the Pritzkers and the Fishers, whose families made their respective fortunes in oil, hotels and fashion. They first backed him when he was a restaurateur and winery owner running for a seat on the San Francisco Board of Supervisors in 1998, and have continued their support through the governor’s race.

They are not Newsom’s largest donors: The families in total have given about $2 million of the $61 million that donors have contributed to his campaigns and independent committees backing those bids. But they gave while he was a relative unknown, providing crucial support to a political newcomer in the years before his campaign accounts piled high with cash from labor unions, Hollywood honchos, tech billionaires and donors up and down the state.

Gavin Newsom is succeeding someone who could be considered his quasi-uncle, since his inauguration continues the decades-long saga of four San Francisco families intertwined by blood, by marriage, by money, by culture and, of course, by politics – the Browns, the Newsoms, the Pelosi’s and the Gettys. (Full article.)

Gavin Newsom the Womanizer: His Affairs while in Office and Yet Never Prosecuted
https://healthimpactnews.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2020/07/Gavin-Newsom-Sophia-Milos.jpg

From Newsom’s latest affair of the heart could turn into political heartburn by Phillip Matier and Andrew Ross of SFGate published in 2006:

San Francisco Mayor Gavin Newsom is certainly feeling his oats these days — although, truth be told, his latest jaunt with “CSI: Miami” star Sofia Milos is giving some of his advisers a case of political heartburn.

As reported by The Chronicle’s Leah Garchik, Milos was introduced to the yet-to-be-officially-single mayor by former Supervisor Angela Alioto a couple of weekends ago at the wedding of Alioto’s son, Police Commissioner Joe Veronese.

Things must have clicked, because this past weekend Newsom — who is in the midst of a divorce with his TV-commentating wife Kimberly Guilfoyle — jetted off to spend a couple of days in La-La Land with Milos.

The mayor checked into the Chateau Marmont, the show-biz hotel just north of the Sunset Strip that is perhaps best known as the spot where comedian John Belushi overdosed on cocaine and heroin.

On Newsom’s agenda: a little visit with his new actress friend, then off with her to the Beverly Hilton to attend the annual dinner of the Citizens Commission for Human Rights. (Source.)

The image used in that story, posted above, not only shows him with Sophia Milos, but also with Ruby Rippey-Tourk, one of his aides who worked out of his office as Mayor of San Francisco, with whom he was also having an affair, and who was also the wife of his Campaign Manager, Alex Tourk.

But the photographer would not have known that yet, as it was revealed later.
https://healthimpactnews.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2020/07/Ruby-Rippey-Gibney.jpg
From the San Diego Union-Tribune in an article published in 2018 titled: Former aide to Gavin Newsom speaks out about their affair while he was San Francisco mayor:

The woman gubernatorial candidate Gavin Newsom had an affair with when he was mayor of San Francisco spoke out about their relationship on Wednesday after questions about the liaison emerged in the governor’s race.

Ruby Rippey Gibney said that although their relationship destroyed her home life, it probably shouldn’t be part of the discussion about sexual misconduct surrounding the #MeToo movement.

“I fully support the #metoo movement. In this particular instance, however, I am doubtful that it applies,” Rippey Gibney wrote on her Facebook page. “Yes, I was a subordinate, but I was also a free-thinking, 33-yr old adult married woman & mother. (I also happened to have an unfortunate inclination towards drinking-to-excess & self-destruction.)”

Newsom and Rippey Gibney had an affair when she worked as the then-mayor’s appointments secretary. At the time, she was married to the Democrat’s campaign manager and friend, Alex Tourk.

The affair came to light in 2007. The controversy rocked San Francisco politics, but has largely gone unmentioned in the 2018 governor’s race.
https://healthimpactnews.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2020/07/Gavin-Newsom-Donald-Trump-Jr.-Kimberly-Guilfoyle.jpg
As a side note, these two particular affairs were going on while he was still married to his first wife, Kimberly Guilfoyle, who is now allegedly the girlfriend living with Donald Trump, Jr.

Maybe this is one reason why Governor Newsom and President Trump get along so well, even though they are supposedly on the opposite ends of the political spectrum?

Newsom’s use of women is not the main concern here, however, but the allegation that he used his position of power and influential connections to stop legal efforts to investigate the appropriateness of a powerful San Francisco Mayor to use his position to take advantage of women.

In 2012 Larry Bush, writing for CitiReport highlighted how Newsom was able to accomplish this. From his article, Mythologizing Gavin Newsom:

It is, we are told, spelled out in the City Charter. “Official misconduct means…conduct that falls below the standard of decency, good faith and right action impliedly required of all public officers…”

What that means – and doesn’t mean – comes through in sharp relief if you substitute the name Gavin Newsom for Ross Mirkarimi. Because Gavin Newsom would have been charged with Official Misconduct in 2007 after notoriously scandalous behavior that begged issues of unlawful behavior. In Newsom’s case, he was the anointed front man for a city establishment from the day he was appointed to a city commission, then to the Board, and then backed with the most expensive campaign in city history to be elected mayor.

Not only was nothing going to drive him from office, but every asset from Dianne Feinstein to the Chronicle to the Ethics Commission’s Executive Director to the head of the Commission on the Status of Women did everything in their power to make the issue go away.

The contrast with Mirkarimi, a political outsider who began as a member of the Green Party and who challenged longstanding city practices ranging from the reluctance to implement community policing to directing city funds to programs serving vulnerable people. In an instant, rumor morphed into a drumbeat, then an echo chamber, that was so overwhelming that a jury expert determined that it would be impossible for him to get a fair trial in the city where he had just won city-wide office.

The facts are not in dispute — although few ever saw them put together into a narrative that told the story. How the city establishment responded to those facts is the story.

If any city official ever collided right into the abyss described in this language it would be Gavin Newsom, who catapulted San Francisco into national disgrace after being forced to admit that he had a sexual affair with a subordinate.

Within hours, BeyondChron editor Randy Shaw had posted his prediction: “That’s what will likely lead City Attorney Dennis Herrera to file charges against Newsom by the end of the week.”

In the following days, questions emerged over just how many laws had been broken. The City Attorney was investigating whether Newsom’s scheme to pay Alex Tourk, the cuckolded husband and erstwhile deputy chief of staff, out of Newsom’s campaign funds. A second investigation was underway on whether Ruby Rippey-Tourk was given favorable treatment under the city’s catastrophic leave program that awarded her over $10,000 for her absences, why she was allowed the payment after she resigned, or whether she was entitled to sign her own time cards so she would be paid.

Looming over it all was the question of whether a mayor, or any city supervisor, would be violating ethics laws and public trust by having an illicit affair with a subordinate – that would most likely result in a private sector boss or even a CEO being canned.

More details revealed that Newsom’s office was dysfunctional, at times resulting in significant mismanagement affecting the city. He failed to establish an attendance policy for his office’s senior political appointees, and did not establish rules on approving leave.

Commission appointments, the duty of Ruby Rippey-Tourk, Newsom’s lover, were ignored even after months of pleading for action. One result: a complete melt-down of the city’s Taxi Commission with its executive director fired at 2 a.m. after an all-night commission meeting. The record showed that Rippey-Tourk had already been on unpaid leave for five weeks at the time.

Newsom Held The Aces

But Newsom held the aces that would trump any effort to legally hold him accountable.

He could count on the city’s powerful elites, from Senator Dianne Feinstein to the San Francisco Chronicle to even the city’s hobbled Ethics Commission, to immunize him from any legal consequences.

Indeed, the city charter language on Official Misconduct applies to all city officials – except the mayor. The only way to hold Newsom accountable would be if the City Attorney or District Attorney brought charges based on violations of the law, not violations of the charter.

By the morning after Newsom’s February 1 late afternoon press revelation, the Myth Machine was in full working order.

First, the Chronicle ran a February 2 story explaining that Newsom had not violated any city policies.

“Mayor Gavin Newsom’s affair with his former aide Ruby Rippey-Tourk apparently violated none of the city’s ethics codes, which do not cover general moral transgressions or errors in judgment,” reported the Chronicle.

Despite the scant few hours since Newsom admitted to his affair, Ethics Commission Executive Director John St. Croix was ready to shoot down any notion that the city’s ethics laws were broken.

“The ethics code could deal with situations where a supervisor gives something like a gift to a subordinate with the understanding that they will get something in return, (but) it doesn’t really cover sexual relationships,” said John St. Croix, executive director of the city’s Ethics Commission, in the same story.

Next the Commission on the Status of Women packed away any notion that a supervisor having sexual relations with a subordinate was a matter of concern.

“The San Francisco Commission on the Status of Women, a seven-member board appointed by the mayor that, among other things, monitors complaints of unlawful treatment of women in city government, was keeping its distance,” reported the Chronicle in its February 2 story.

Emily Murase, director of the mayor-appointed commission, declined to comment about the affair. “We’re treating it as a personal issue,” Murase said.

That same day-after series of stories started a new narrative, this time from top political reporter Carla Marinucci, who just hours after Newsom’s announcement was redefining the issue as a “violation of the man code” for having sexual relations with his friend’s wife.

Senator Dianne Feinstein was ready, in 24 hours, to blame the pressures of being mayor as contributing to Newsom’s misbehavior, but voiced her belief that “I think he’ll go on from there.” She noted, “This is a young mayor. I know the pressures of being mayor, and I know how hard it can be.”

In a matter of days, the Chronicle was ready to offer its conclusions, including its view on whether the mayor should resign.

“Newsom made it clear that he has no intention of resigning, leaving his fate where it belongs — with the voters. San Franciscans neither want nor need a mayor with an image that is too good to be true,” it editorialized on February 7.

Newsom Escapes His Past

A significant part of the Newsom Myth Making was the claim that Newsom handled the revelation in a textbook perfect example of crisis management. He announced it, took responsibility, and apologized.

But Gavin Newsom was no Betty Ford, stepping up to take responsibility for anything other than sleeping with his friend’s wife who was his subordinate.

It took several more days for Newsom to admit he had a drinking problem, and then he veered back and forth on whether he did have a drinking problem. Weeks later he was still saying he didn’t know if he had a drinking problem.

Newsom wasn’t just in denial. He had been using his office to make certain that he would not be confronted with questions about his excessive drinking even in public. At one point a month earlier, Newsom directed his police bodyguard to block a reporter trying to ask about Newsom’s drinking and its impact on his job as mayor.

After the story broke, Newsom refused to answer questions about his use of city funds to ease Ruby Rippey-Tourk’s transition or his effort to use his campaign funds to pay Alex Tourk despite the apparent violation of campaign laws.

Newsom’s refusal to respond to questions ultimately resulted in a four-minute video that stitched together footage of Newsom repeatedly refusing to deal with reporters.

“The Walkaway Mayor” was posted on youtube by a group calling itself GavinWatch
OZ1eE2BbXas
At its core, Newsom’s problem appears to be less drinking than an immaturity that positions himself at the center of his world, petulantly acting out when others raise uncomfortable questions about his behavior. What the video documents most of all are a man given to tantrums, rudeness and insults when others stand in the way of how he views himself and wants others to view him.

For more than a year, Newsom benefitted from a City Hall press corps that was not aggressive in investigating accounts that Newsom was having an affair with a staffer or was drinking heavily.

Matier and Ross, the “Insiders,” told readers only after the news broke what City Hall had known all along.

“For more than a year, the affair between San Francisco Mayor Gavin Newsom and the wife of his good friend and campaign manager, Alex Tourk, was a bomb that those around the mayor knew would one day go off,” they wrote on February 2.

“Rumors started making the rounds of City Hall in late 2005, soon after Newsom and Rippey-Tourk were reportedly spotted together in the mayoral town car at a wedding in Napa.

The cavorting with a 19-year-old model and nighttime public sightings in which the mayor appeared to have been drinking have damaged what was once Newsom’s strongest political asset — a squeaky-clean image.,” the duo wrote.

When he did decide to get counseling, he went to Mimi Silbert, a longtime friend and ally, but still refused to publicly discuss his drinking problem or to encourage others to take similar steps to get help with alcoholism. Newsom never discussed it.

With Newsom establishing a wall of silence, reporters option was to haunt the City Attorney to learn whether any action might come from that quarter.

KGO-‘s Dan Noyes of the stations’ I-Team went on the air on February 6 with one angle.

“But there are new, serious questions whether Newsom is breaking campaign finance law. His close friend and campaign manager, Alex Tourk, resigned last week, after Newsom admitted having an affair with Tourk’s wife, Ruby. She was the mayor’s appointments secretary.

As part of a deal worked out with lawyers, Alex Tourk will continue to be paid his $15,000 dollar a month salary until he finds a new job.

The I-Team has confirmed the city attorney’s office is researching whether that’s against the law,” said Noyes.

The story died right there because the City Attorney doesn’t comment on investigations and doesn’t comment on advice it provides to office holders.

This past week, CitiReport asked the City Attorney’s office for the outcome of the reported investigation aired by Noyes.

“Did Mr. Herrera either state, officially or informally, that Mayor Newsom could not use campaign funds to pay Alex Tourk after he resigned?” was the question CitiReport asked.

The answer: “Without indicating an answer either way, I was able to identify a record that while potentially responsive to this request is covered by the attorney-client privilege (Bus. & Prof. Code Sec. 6068(e)(1)). As such, disclosure by the City Attorney’s Office is prohibited under the Public Records Act (Cal. Gov. Code Sec. 6254(k)) and S.F. Sunshine Ordinance.”

Newsom, for his part, backed out of using campaign funds and said he made the payments from his own accounts.
CONTINUED

[onawah]

CONTINUED FROM ABOVE

"The City Attorney Finds No Wrongdoing

The question of payments to Rippey-Tourk was reviewed in a 31-page analysis by the City Attorney released on April 11, 2007. It was a comprehensive analysis of each of the major questions – the use of catastrophic leave, the payments made after leaving office, the issue of attendance and time sheets – and each time the City Attorney’s conclusions skated by questions of wrongdoing and tossed the issues to other city departments, the Board of Supervisors and the Mayor himself.

After noting that both Rippey-Tourk and Alex Tourk declined to be interviewed, the City Attorney’s analysis relied on interviews with others and available documents. The Mayor does not show up as being interviewed.

On the eligibility of Rippey-Tourk for catastrophic leave intended for those facing end-of-life illness such as HIV or Cancer, but extended to Rippey-Tourk reportedly to enable her to attend a substance abuse program:

“We did not find any case in which DPH certified eligibility for the CIP based solely on substance abuse…We did find a few denials by DPH of applications where the catastrophic illness was substance abuse, but apparently unaccompanied by any life-threatening physical condition or behavior. We did not discover any DPH approval of a CIP application based solely on alcohol or substance abuse, including attending a treatment program.”

“Whether there should be amendments to the Ordinance to set forth additional direction or criteria for making this determination is a policy matter for the Board of Supervisors and the Mayor.”

On approval for Rippey-Tourk to receive payment after resigning and before starting a new job:

“But we could find no other instance where, as here, an employee received approval by the Controller for payment under the CIP after she indicated her intent to resign from City employment and received the payment just as she was starting a new job.”

“Again, if as a policy matter the Board of Supervisors and the Mayor would prefer a rule prohibiting payments to employees who are separating from City employment, including circumstances where they have accepted a new job, they could amend the CIP ordinance to incorporate such a limitation.”

On the question of confirming attendance at the office:

“During the time she served in the Mayor’s Office, there was no written City-wide or Mayor’s Office policy regarding the submission or approval of time sheets. Our review indicates that during the majority of time that Ms. Rippey-Tourk was employed by the Mayor’s Office, senior staff members were not required by any policy or practice of the City or the Mayor’s Office to have a supervisor approve their time sheets.”

On the question of nepotism of Tourk signing time sheets in some cases for his wife:

“Even though Mayor’s Office approval of senior staff time sheets was merely an internal departmental control and was not legally required for salary payments by the Controller, authorization of a spouse’s times sheets is not appropriate in light of this public trust. But the City’s anti-nepotism law prohibiting participation by an employee in employment actions involving that employee’s relatives does not appear to extend to this situation; it covers only hiring, promotion and discipline.”

“Because Mr. Tourk approved his wife’s time sheets, this practice was inappropriate and at least created the appearance of impropriety though it does not appear to have violated City laws.”

“It is a policy matter for the Board of Supervisors and the Mayor whether to amend the City’s anti-nepotism law to cover this type of situation going forward, and a policy matter for the Board of Supervisors, the Mayor, the Controller, the Department of Human Resources and the Ethics Commission whether to institute a formal City policy requiring approval of employee time sheets in a particular manner, or not at all.”

On the question of Rippey-Tourk signing her own time sheets:

“Similarly, the fact that Ms. Rippey-Tourk occasionally signed as her own “authorized signature” during this period was not legally improper, as no such signature was required.”

Today, almost on the exact fifth anniversary of his report, City Attorney Dennis Herrera will go before the city’s Ethics Commission to argue that the charter provisions on Official Misconduct involving “conduct that falls below the standard of decency, good faith and right action impliedly required of all public officers…” should serve as the grounds to remove Sheriff Ross Mirkarimi from office.

Meanwhile, Gavin Newsom’s failure to uphold a standard of decency, good faith and right action is seen as one of his finest hours.

Governor Newsom is an Alcoholic
This was mentioned above in Larry Bush’s article. Here is an account of Newsom getting treatment, although he did not “step aside” during this alleged treatment from his duties as Mayor of San Francisco, according to the SFGate’s article, Newsom seeks treatment for alcohol abuse:

San Francisco Mayor Gavin Newsom said today that he will seek treatment for alcohol abuse.

“Upon reflection with friends and family this weekend, I have come to the conclusion that I will be a better person without alcohol in my life,” Newsom said in a written statement. “I take full responsibility for my personal mistakes and my problems with alcohol are not an excuse for my personal lapses in judgment.”

Newsom told department heads at a meeting this afternoon that the help he is seeking would not require him to step aside even temporarily, as it might if he entered a residential rehabilitation program, sources familiar with the meeting told The Chronicle.

The move follows the revelation last week that Newsom had a sexual affair with an employee of his office, Ruby Rippey-Tourk, who also is the wife of one of his former top political aides, Alex Tourk. Tourk, the mayor’s former deputy chief of staff, resigned as Newsom’s re-election campaign manager after confronting Newsom about the affair.

The mayor admitted the affair Thursday after it was reported by The Chronicle and apologized to Tourk, his friends and family and the residents of San Francisco. He has since declined to say anything about the scandal and has stated repeatedly that he wants to get back to work.

Newsom’s alcohol use became an embarrassment for the mayor after witnesses reported he appeared to have been drinking late Dec. 22 before arriving at San Francisco General Hospital, where a police officer had been taken after being mortally wounded.

The mayor also faced scrutiny late last year for bringing a then 20-year-old woman out on dates, where she was reportedly seen drinking what appeared to be alcohol. (Full Article.)

Governor Newsom’s Connections to China?
This article has become longer than my normal articles, and I do apologize for that. But I have saved the best part for last.

It was important to give as much background information about Gavin Newsom from documented sources first, before speculating about what Newsom is up to today and in the future.

First, Newsom has used his position as Governor of California to strike a $1 BILLION deal with China for N95 respirator masks. This is reported in the corporate media, so this is not speculative.

C. Douglas Golden, in an April 22, 2020 article in The Western Journal, writes:

Consider the fact that conservative Newsmax and the liberal Los Angeles Times both hit him (Newsom) for what he did.

According to the Times, the problem wasn’t the cost of the masks — or where the money was going to, although that was equally problematic — but the lack of any details regarding the deal.

“The governor’s advisors have so far declined requests for information about the agreement with BYD, the Chinese electric car manufacturer hired to produce the masks, though the state has already wired the company the first installment of $495 million,” the Times reported.

“Newsom, who has been praised for his efforts to slow the spread of the disease, bristled on Saturday at suggestions that his administration has been too slow to explain a deal that will cost California taxpayers 30% more than his January budget would spend on infectious disease prevention for an entire fiscal year.”

Furthermore, he hasn’t bothered to brief the California Legislature on what, exactly, he agreed to.

“I must emphasize, that’s a big deal,” GOP state Sen. Jim Nielsen said during a legislative oversight hearing Tuesday. “And what is in the contract that ensures the deliverability — timely — is going to be really, really important. At the least, we cannot be just throwing out a false hope to people.”

The details sound impressive. Newsom’s office says it can buy 200 million N95 masks at an impressive price from BYD, heretofore known for its electric vehicles, using its state buying power. This may, in fact, be an accurate appraisal of how the deal would work — assuming, that is, BYD can convert its plants into N95-producing powerhouses.

“Exactly how BYD has converted some of its manufacturing efforts in China to begin producing protective masks is unclear,” the Times reported.

“On March 13, it touted the creation of ‘the world’s largest mass-produced face masks plant’ in a news release posted on the company’s website. The company announced that it would make 5 million masks a day — far surpassing the 100 million masks a month promised by 3M, the company best known for producing N95 masks, used to help prevent the spread of the coronavirus.

“A spokesman for BYD referred all questions about negotiations over the purchase of masks to Newsom’s office.”

Given that Newsom’s office appears entirely unwilling to share these details with legislators, you may perhaps begin to see the problem here. (Full article.)

A few weeks ago (June 9, 2020), the San Francisco Chronicle reported an update on this deal:

Gov. Gavin Newsom’s medical mask deal with a Chinese manufacturer will proceed after the company succeeded in obtaining federal safety certification, following two missed deadlines.

Newsom said Monday that supplier BYD had secured safety certification for its N95 particulate-filtering respirators, clearing the way for California to receive 150 million masks. A spokeswoman for the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health confirmed that the certification was granted Sunday.

“This new supply of N95 masks, as well as the surgical masks this contract has already provided, are game-changing and play a crucial role in our state’s public safety and reopening strategy,” Newsom said in a statement.

Newsom’s office said the N95 masks, part of a $990 million deal, will be distributed to medical workers and others on the front lines of the coronavirus pandemic. (Full article.)

Do you think this deal would have anything to do with why Newsom and California (and other states for that matter) want to all of a sudden mandate wearing masks, when formerly when COVID was much worse they were not mandated?

Could this be one reason to fabricate the news that we are now seeing a “resurge” and “hot spots,” when in fact we are only seeing increased testing and more positive test results from tests that are not even accurate?

Earlier this week Mike Adams published an investigative report related to this that included some intel he had received.

Mike and I don’t always agree on things, even though we are both in the alternative media, but when he states he has received intel on anything related to China, I pay attention. This is because like me, he has lived in Southeast Asia for part of his life, in Taiwan, and has seen and learned things that are not widely known in the U.S.

Likewise I lived in the Philippines for several years in Southeast Asia, and have seen first hand how the Chinese control commerce and most aspects of life in the region, and beyond.

Mike still has connections in the area, as have I, although I have not had the opportunity to investigate and corroborate what Mike is reporting, yet.

According to Adams, Newsom is part of a money laundering scheme with China that is having funds coming back into the U.S. to fund groups like Black Lives Matter and Antifa in an effort to destabilize the U.S. and lead us to a civil war that will cripple us, and give China an opportunity to attack the U.S.

From Adams’ article at Natural News:

We begin with the recent news that China was caught attempting to smuggle “10,800 assault weapons parts” into Louisville, Kentucky. This news was announced by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) on June 26, 2020:

At the Express Consignment Operations hubs in Louisville U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) officers seized a shipment from China that contained over 10,000 Assault Weapons parts being smuggled into the country.

The shipment was seized on May 22. Officers inspected the item, which was arriving from Shenzhen, China, destined for a residence in Melbourne, Florida. The parcel was manifested as containing 100 Steel Pin Samples. This is a common practice of smugglers manifesting the contraband as a harmless or a legitimate commodity in hopes of eluding further examination.

The official CBP announcement did not offer any specifics on what exactly the “assault weapons parts” were, but we have since learned from another source that the parts were drop-in full-auto mods for AR-15 rifles.

Full auto drop-in parts are very simple but highly illegal parts which turn a semi-auto AR-15 into a full-auto AR-15, which is illegal for civilians to own. Such parts replace a small number of existing parts in the AR-15 trigger mechanism and safety selector. Because the parts are very small, a high number of them — such as 10,800 — can be hidden in shipments that claim to be other things such as machinery parts or samples.

This means China was sending 10,800 full-auto rifle mods to Melbourne, Florida, which no doubt serves as a distribution hub for moving those pieces nationwide.

You might reasonably wonder, then, why China would be sending full-auto rifle mods to the USA. The answer is that China supports the civil war attempt by Black Lives Matter, and China is coordinating with BLM terrorists to arm up their militant troops across the country, upgrading their legally-acquired AR-15 weapons to “full auto” status, which makes them far more formidable in a kinetic assault.

Melbourne, Florida, is known as a human trafficking, drug trafficking and weapons trafficking mecca, with smuggling routes that are well established across both land and water. With easy access to both Orlando and Miami airports, contraband that comes into Melbourne is easy to distribute across the USA within days. The human trafficking is so bad in Melbourne that every law enforcement officer working the area has had contact with human trafficking operations there.

We now believe that some of these full-auto weapons mods end up under the control of Democrat governors like Newsom, the California Governor who actively seeks to see America destroyed.

Weapons, ammo and gold storage: East End Complex – Block 174 – Capitol building, Sacramento, California
Several weeks ago, we learned from a source in California that the East End Complex – Block 174 – of the Capitol building in Sacramento, California, has a vast underground storage complex that consists of multiple floors, much like a giant underground parking garage. The construction alone cost a quarter of a billion dollars:

From JohnsonFain.com, the firm that designed the facility:

…this project is an ambitious multi-block mixed-use development to consolidate the headquarters operations of three major departments of California State government. 6,400 employees of the Departments of Health Services, Education and General Services are housed in the five-building, 1.5 million square foot development, along with 1,500 parking spaces…

The Department of Health Services and General Services are housed in the second portion of the Capitol Area East End Complex, known as Blocks 171-174. This design-build team is made up of Clark Construction and Gruen Architects who completed this $225.6 million complex.

Here’s a link to the official web page for this building.
https://www.dgs.ca.gov/RESD/Resources/Page-Content/Real-Estate-Services-Division-Resources-List-Folder/List-of-DGS-Managed-Office-Buildings/Page-Content/List-of-DGS-Office-Buildings/Sacramento-Region/East-End-Complex-Block-174
https://www.naturalnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/sacramento-east-end-complex-block-174.jpg
And here’s a satellite map of its location:
https://www.naturalnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/1616-capitol-ave-sacramento.jpg
Our source, who served as an employee inside the building complex for several years, tells us that the underground storage facility in this building houses “vehicles, firearms, ammunition and gold bullion.”

Governor Newsom sent half a billion dollars to China for completely fabricated “covid-19 mask” deal
Governor Newsom is fully aware of this operation and has been bought off by China, which is covertly providing loans to Newsom to keep him in power and prevent California from defaulting in an epic financial collapse. As Paul Preston reported on Agenda21Radio.news:

(Washington DC)-Sources in Washington DC speaking under condition of anonymity have revealed to AENN that California Governor Gavin Newsom has entered into discussions with the Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC) to loan the state of California $1 trillion dollars by way of a collateralized loan.

Newsom is making “payments” on the loans from China by funneling money to China through other corrupt means, such as this recent bombshell that finds Newsom helping communist China receive $1 billion in coronavirus aid.

[T]his isn’t a billion dollars for “masks.” It’s part of a massive money laundering operation to funnel money to China, so that China can funnel money and weapons back to Newsom in preparation for the civil war that they’re launching. Nobody believes Gov. Newsom is spending a billion dollars on N95 masks… it’s absurd. Just a cover story.

Gov. Newsom is stockpiling weapons, ammunition and gold at the Capitol building in Sacramento
Back to the Easy End Complex in Sacramento, our source says they personally witnessed “insane amounts” of ammunition — pallets at a time — being delivered and stored there, harkening back to the DOJ purchases of 2 billion rounds of ammunition under President Barack Obama, who also said that he wanted to build a civilian army that was just as powerful as the U.S. military, by the way. Obama called this his, “Civilian National Security Force,” as AmericanThinker.com explains, Barack Obama said:

We cannot continue to rely only on our military in order to achieve the national security objectives that we’ve set… We’ve got to have a civilian national security force that’s just as powerful, just as strong, just as well-funded.

One pallet of 5.56 ammo is well over 50,000 rounds, by the way. So the ammo stockpiling by Gov. Newsom is off the charts, and it appears he got ammo from the DOJ under Obama as well as new ammo funded by communist China. Essentially, Gov. Newsom has been stockpiling weapons and ammo in preparation for a civil war that he’s been helping to make reality.

Back to Obama, how do you create a civilian military force? You stockpile weapons in Democrat-controlled cities like Sacramento. You work with communist China to import full-auto weapon mod parts to upgrade your civilian forces to military-grade automatic weapons. And you put more weapons into the hands of your loyalists through legalized gun-running operations like Operation Fast and Furious.

What might happen next, is of course speculative at this point, but given how rapidly events have been unfolding right before our very eyes, it would be foolish at this point to exclude anything as a “conspiracy theory” as we now know that there is a plan, no longer a “theory”, in place to usher in a New World Order.

So this is what Adams and another independent journalist named Dave Hodges believe may be happening in the future:

The multi-faceted attack that’s about to hit the United States while 99% of Americans are totally oblivious to reality
Dave Hodges at TheCommonsenseShow.com has extensively documented the interactions between Mexican drug cartels and Chinese military troops. See some of his analysis in stories like, “Mexican Oil Official Says UN-Mexican Cartels and Chinese Are Provoking a Border War” or, “Leaked Document Shows Chinese Intent to Commit Mass American Genocide Followed the Occupation of America.”

In effect, America is about to be hit with a multi-faceted attack that has been largely funded by communist China, consisting of:

A domestic civil war uprising of Black Lives Matter militants who have been heavily armed with automatic weapons and are intent on killing Whites, Christians, conservatives and Trump supporters. In addition, Black Lives Matter is already receiving enormous funding through U.S. corporations such as McDonald’s, Netflix, Google and others who have pledged almost half a billion dollars so far.
A border invasion consisting of armed Mexican narcos who have been trained by Chinese military instructions and given heavy weapons paid for by China.
The release of financial weapons against America, including China selling off U.S. Treasury debt and announcing its own gold-backed currency.
The unleashing of emotionally charged, drooling left-wing “zombies” who have been whipped up into a frenzy by the treasonous left-wing media pushing deliberately fake news such as claiming that America is a “racist” nation or that Trump himself is racist.
The continued chemical warfare against America via fentanyl, heroin and other drugs that are devastating America’s young males who might otherwise be capable of serving in a military draft, if not for the fact that they are now trembling drug addicts.
The likely deployment of EMP weapons against America, using stolen technology, unleashing a “Pearl Harbor” attack that could kill 90% of the American population. This was the subject of a recent bombshell authored by Dr. Peter Vincent Pry and filed under the EMP Task Force on National and Homeland Security. You can read my coverage of this at this link on NationalSecurity.news. See the official website of this task force at https://emptaskforce.us – from that article:
The EMP weapons that China is perfecting would destroy the power grid, collapsing the United States of America into mass starvation, chaos and economic collapse. Although this seems to be exactly what Democrats want for America, it’s obviously a very dangerous scenario. This achieves China’s goal of eliminating the American people without destroying the natural resources and farmland through the use of nuclear weapons, which contaminate soils for three centuries with radioisotopes.

As Pry explains in the report, “a highly computerized open society like the United States is extremely vulnerable to electronic attacks from all sides. This is because the U.S. economy, from banks to telephone systems and from power plants to iron and steel works, relies entirely on computer network.”

Once the American people begin to die off in large numbers, China will stage a military invasion to occupy America and kill any remaining resistance. At that point, China will claim America for itself and begin a mass migration effort to colonize America with communist Chinese.

All this has been meticulously documented by people like J.R. Nyquist (JYquist.blog) and Dave Hodges (TheCommonsenseShow.com), both of whom I have interviewed about these critical issues.

Read the full article at NaturalNews.com.

Nobody knows for sure at this point that events could unfold as Mike Adams is predicting, and being a “prepper,” he has exaggerated projected future events in the past that did not (at least fully) come true.

But what I am attempting to do in this article is NOT promote fear that will paralyze you, but to wake people up to the real dangers that are before us, and unfolding before our very eyes right now.

And I would rather error on the side of caution and publish something that, God willing, will never happen, rather than fail to warn you of the possible dangers before us and have them catch you unaware.

Our country is radically changing before our very eyes, and if people do not wake up and start resisting these government edicts that are not even legal, soon we will have no liberties left to defend.

Take Action to Recall Governor Newsom!
https://healthimpactnews.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2020/07/gavinnewsom_official_v6_1500x800.jpg
One of the things that people can do right now, especially if you live in California, is share this article and expose who Governor Newsom really is, and join the effort to recall him.

Here is the official Recall Gavin Newsom website: https://recallgavin2020.com/

In the meantime, resist efforts by governors, mayors, and city and county boards, particularly health boards composed of non-elected officials, to control every aspect of our lives over a fake COVID pandemic!

I know it is hard to endure ridicule for going against the crowd, but things are only going to get worse. Masks are the one thing almost everyone is fighting against right now, but efforts are in place to get everyone tested for COVID and put in place a global tracking system as well.

Then COVID vaccines are right around the corner.

So this is no time to shrink back and take the easy route, and to not “rock the boat.”

Those days are over. If getting kicked out of a store for not wearing a mask bothers you, trust me. You haven’t seen anything yet….

Comment on this article at HealthImpactNews.com.

Copyright 2020 Health Impact News. Free to republish using Creative Common standards with correct author attribution and links back to this original article. "

[onawah]

:bump: Praying this will not get shot down. PLEASE SHARE!!

Let me infuse some light into this dark situation... Texas Doctor Richard Bartlett has found the 100% cheap, readily available solution to COVID, ending it permanently dead in its planned tracks. We need to spread this far and wide, we can't allow this takedown to occur keeping silent about the situation through keyboard warring. I have sent it to all my friends.

eDSDdwN2Xcg

Key points :

- Inhaled Steroid, via Nebulizer
- Singapore, Korea, Taiwan already employing various forms of this treatment hence extremely low CFRs
- Senator Ted Cruz knows about it
- no need for lockdowns
- no need for the ID2020-ccine.
- NIH (as usual as funded by BiII Geightz) set up a study designed to fail in October for point of death use.

[onawah]

Are there transcripts of Paramonov's talks online?

An alternate prophecy of the take down of the matrix

"The path of misery is inferior to the path of harmony"

New Prophecies from Alexander Paramonov

qS_6CfjJ4zc

[Sirus]

I wonder if Officer Chauvin will be found not guilty of the George Floyd murder in November this year? How long does a prosecution typically take in that state?

[Bill Ryan]

I wonder if Officer Chauvin will be found not guilty of the George Floyd murder in November this year? How long does a prosecution typically take in that state?According to this 29 June NY Times article (https://www.nytimes.com/2020/06/29/us/derek-chauvin-court-hearing.html), the next hearing will be on 11 September, and the trial itself will begin on 8 March next year (2021).

[Tintin]

Are their transcripts of Paramonov's talks online?

An alternate prophecy of the take down of the matrix

"The path of misery is inferior to the path of harmony"

New Prophecies from Alexander Paramonov

qS_6CfjJ4zc

Re transcripts

Actually I'm just having a look around now. No joy, yet.

:focus:

[Billy]

Are their transcripts of Paramonov's talks online?

An alternate prophecy of the take down of the matrix

"The path of misery is inferior to the path of harmony"

New Prophecies from Alexander Paramonov

qS_6CfjJ4zc

Re transcripts

Actually I'm just having a look around now. No joy, yet.

:focus:

The answer is no. I found Alexander a few months ago when I stumbled upon their website FundRa.
I brought the discovery up in the mods chat back then.
http://www.fundra.org

Hit English translation for next two.
https://m.vk.com/kaznara

http://www.fundra.ru/



Newearth YouTube channel is the only English translation so far as I can see.

ALEXANDER NIKOLAEVICH PARAMONOV's YouTube channel. Russian only.
R1EbVpkOiOs

During my research I felt that this had the same stamp markings as the dragon societies. Which Benjamin Fulford was pushing years ago. Afterwards I found that the same name cropped up from the Red Dragon societies and White Dragon societies.
"White Spiritual boy" who is claimed to be the holder of $trillions.

43873

I had no more time to investigate, but worth pursuing further with a thread of its own I would say.

[Elainie]

A Man That Saw The Catastrophic Events Of 2020 In Advance Is Now Warning About What Will Happen In November… (https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/a-man-that-saw-the-catastrophic-events-of-2020-in-advance-is-now-warning-about-what-will-happen-in-november/)

by IWB (https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/author/maizipeng/)
July 3, 2020 (https://www.investmentwatchblog.com/a-man-that-saw-the-catastrophic-events-of-2020-in-advance-is-now-warning-about-what-will-happen-in-november/)

by Michael Snyder (http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/a-man-that-saw-the-catastrophic-events-of-2020-in-advance-is-now-warning-about-what-will-happen-in-november)


http://endoftheamericandream.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Pastor-Dana-Coverstone-Facebook-600x600.jpg


A few weeks ago, hardly anyone in America had ever heard of Pastor Dana Coverstone, but now hundreds of thousands of people all over the country are buzzing about him. He leads a very small church in Burkesville, Kentucky and on June 25th he posted a video on Facebook about some remarkable things that he had seen in some of his dreams. He probably thought that only a handful of his friends would see the video, but it quickly went viral. At this point it has been watched by more than a million people on Facebook, and a copy that was posted to YouTube (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6TdpMSMP9x4&feature=emb_title) has now been viewed more than 600,000 times. Personally, I have had countless people share his video with me over the past week, and it still hasn’t stopped. But even though this video is spreading like wildfire, the mainstream media has been completely silent about it. In fact, if you do a search on Google News for “Pastor Dana Coverstone”, you won’t find a single news story about his video. What he was shown definitely does not fit their agenda, and so I expect that they will continue to generally ignore this phenomenon.

So what is it about his video that has people so excited?

Well, it is because he saw the catastrophic events of 2020 in advance, and he was also shown that more catastrophic events are coming.

Let’s start from the very beginning. In December 2019, Pastor Coverstone had a dream in which he saw some very unusual things. The following is from a transcript of his original video (http://themostimportantnews.com/archives/brace-yourself-pastor-dana-coverstone-was-shown-what-is-coming-in-the-months-ahead-and-his-video-is-spreading-like-wildfire) that my wife put together…
Here’s what happened:

Back in December I woke up, I had a dream. In that dream I saw a calendar. Starting January 2020.

It was being flipped. I saw January, I saw February, I saw March. When March came up the hand held it and I saw the thing of finger underline the month of March, and then tap it three times.

So underline the month of March, tapped it three times.

So to me it was emphasis, something’s going to happen in March.

Then I saw April, May, June. When June came, the hand underlined June again and tapped it three times.

Then, in the vision I saw people marching, I saw protests. I saw people wearing masks, I saw lines going into hospitals. I saw typical medical doctors with needles or syringes, I saw people on ventilators I saw people who were very, very sick, very, very ill. I saw newspaper headlines trumpeting thousands of people getting sick. I saw ambulances, just flying down roads, and then I saw cities on fire.

I saw buildings being burned. I saw protesters with masks. I saw people who had their fists in the air, people who were yelling and screaming angry at just at the world. I saw courthouses, I saw state houses surrounded. I saw people who were mad at the world. I saw I saw guns shotguns specifically put in the air, held like this, (showing above his head) and I saw barriers within cities.

I told several men in my church about this and I can confirm who those men were and they’ll confirm what I’m telling you is what I told them.
Obviously this is a description of the COVID-19 pandemic and the rioting, looting and violence that erupted in the aftermath of the death of George Floyd.

Since Pastor Coverstone posted his video after these things happened, a lot of people out there may think that he just made this dream up.

To head off that sort of criticism, Pastor Coverstone has posted testimonies from two men from his church that affirm that he shared this dream with them back when he was first given it. You can find those testimonies right here (https://www.facebook.com/dana.coverstone/posts/10222913128886530).

Of course there will be some people that try to claim that those two men are “making it up” too. It amazes me the lengths that some people will go to in order to deny facts that are inconvenient.

As the events of 2020 began to unfold, Pastor Coverstone and members of his church came to realize the importance of that first dream.

Then, it late June, Pastor Coverstone had another dream that pertains to the second half of this year. The following is another excerpt from the transcript of his original video (http://themostimportantnews.com/archives/brace-yourself-pastor-dana-coverstone-was-shown-what-is-coming-in-the-months-ahead-and-his-video-is-spreading-like-wildfire) that my wife made…
With that in mind, on Monday night I had another dream.

It woke me from my bed. I made notes about it. I shot some video of myself just making sure to remember.

Here’s what I saw.

I saw a calendar. Start with the calendar. As I was having this, the calendar was up, a white figure appeared. To me, it was a representing God the Holy Spirit, something pure, something righteous, something true, something Holy because there was nothing sinister about it. Nothing evil, but I heard the voice say, “part two, part two”.

I saw June, go, I saw July. I saw August, and then I saw September, and I saw the finger underneath the word September like emphasizing it and then tap three times.

Then I saw October come up, and then I saw November and this is when it got real to me in the dream. I think the intensity for me… when I woke up my heart rate was about 180.

So that was Monday night, and I woke up not feeling very well at all I was up during the night not feeling well.

But anyway,… The minute the finger underlined November three times instead of tapping it, I saw a fist ball up and it hit the calendar.

And literally, the calendar exploded into the wall, the numbers seem that they were 3d and they were falling everywhere.

There was a cloud of chaos that started in there. The next thing I saw was I saw I saw armed protesters. I saw fighting in the streets, I saw people pummeling one another. I saw businesses shuttered and shut up.

I saw schools close. I saw school rooms with cobwebs hanging in them and like things like papers falling off the wall and posters… like no one had been in them for months.

I saw banks. Bank buildings with the roof being taken off. It looked almost that alien abduction because money was flying through the roof into some type of like a vacuum cleaner. It sounds kind of strange, but I was watching wealth, just being taken. I saw politicians in back rooms, making deals with people. Patting people on the back and laughing and smiling and smirking.

I saw monuments. I saw Washington DC, burning. I saw Washington DC blazing. I saw fires, everywhere. I saw people being rounded up. I saw Chinese and Russian soldiers on the ground. The Russian soldiers would tell the Chinese soldiers to go “pick up these people”…” secure this quadrant”….” secure this area”… I saw blue helmets of the UN. I saw a military things taking place. I also saw no sign of President Trump. I saw no sign of leadership in Washington DC.

The vultures that I had seen were like gargoyles. They were 10 feet off the ground…. 10 to 15 feet off the ground. They were just attacking people mercilessly. I saw people hiding in their homes and garages. I saw churches, being burned, I saw homes, being burned.

I saw absolute chaos. The fist punch on the November of 2020 is what got my attention. Then I heard the words again. ” Brace yourself, Brace yourself. Brace yourself.”

That has been something that I have heard for almost, almost seven months now. Starting, … once we get to July, it’s gonna be seven months.

I’m not claiming to be a prophet I’m not claiming proclaiming … just, … let’s see what happens in November,… through November and see if I’m right about this. But I know when I hear God’s voice, I know, I know what God’s voice sounds like to me. I know when He speaks. I know when I had a dream that I know is Him. The things that I am saying, I don’t say this to scare people but I say this to warn people that there are some pretty sinister things coming down the pike, and not just for the lost but for God’s people as well.

The second dream I had last night,… It woke me up.

In this dream. We just had a yard sale to help fund team going to Ecuador this next year.

We had a yard sale. I had asked our secretary to get some change for that for that yard sale. So, in the dream that I’m having, .. I walk to the bank. I walk into the bank to get some change. On the door, it says there’s no change available.

I saw the sign and registered in mind. I walked on in, and the president of the local bank was at the teller station. She was taking care of business.

And I said, I need to get $10 in quarters for yard sale and she said, I’m sorry, but the US Mint is no longer making currency or making change… ( like pennies nickels dimes quarters half dollars), “We’re not doing that anymore”,

“well what do you mean”

She said, … ” they stopped doing it”

I said, “Well, how am I going to be able to charge $1.50 for anything ?
She said, ” prepare for hyperinflation and just charge $2 “

Then she said to me in the dream… Oh by the way, $1 and $5 bills will follow soon after that.

Then I heard those words. “Brace yourself. Brace yourself. Brace yourself.”

I wrote these things down.

I have never gone on video and recorded the dreams that I’ve had and I hesitated to not do the one I had back in December, but everything I saw in that dream in December, came true between March and June when in the dream I was shown March through June.

I don’t think I would be doing anyone a service if I don’t show what I saw in these dreams and visions.

I believe that we’re going to see not just going to see a second huge wave of Covid between September, October, November.

We’re going to see major things with the elections,…

We’re going to see major chaos in our country.

We’re going to see troops in our cities.

We’re going to see the protests get even worse,

We’re going to see buildings burn.

We’re going to see which can only lead to civil war in this country.

And so for my friends that are believers, … I’m just going to show that what I think you need to hear.

First of all, you need to be preparing food.

Make sure you’ve got alternative forms of currency like silver or gold or whatever.

I believe you need to have an ample supply of both guns and ammunition. That’s not just the Second Amendment fan of me coming out, that is the things that we’re seeing. They are talking about defunding the police. That means one thing … you’re on your own [in] a lot of areas.

I also believe you need to be praying like you never prayed before.

Make sure your family knows what’s going on; where you are, have some sort of communication between your family about if certain things happen if certain things go down.

I’m not saying, get off the grid, and I’ve never ever said anything like this in my church. I have said I believe that this could happen but I’ve never done what I’m doing right now.

I’m telling you that between September and November of this coming year. And by the time we get to November and nothing’s happened … man you call me on this and say .. you are an absolute idiot and a fool for saying those things.

Go right ahead.

I realize I’m responsible for what I’ve spoken. I also know what I sense and I know the Holy Spirit’s voice enough to know that, what I’ve heard,
I believe is going to happen. What I heard in December happened between March and June.

– Translation ended at 12:42 in the video.

A couple of days after initially posting his video, Pastor Dana detailed the overwhelming response that he has been getting to that video on Facebook…

http://themostimportantnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Pastor-Dana-Coverstone-Facebook-Message-600x653.png (http://themostimportantnews.com/archives/brace-yourself-pastor-dana-coverstone-was-shown-what-is-coming-in-the-months-ahead-and-his-video-is-spreading-like-wildfire/pastor-dana-coverstone-facebook-message)
This is one of the most important videos that I have seen in a long time, and I encourage everyone to share it as widely as you can.

I believe that the reason why God is giving His people so many dreams and visions right now is because He wants us to sound the alarm. Time is short, and we only have a limited amount of time to share these things with others.

Considering the fact that “part one” ended up being completely accurate, what Pastor Coverstone was shown in “part two” should be extremely sobering for all of us.

It appears that things will start to really escalate starting in September, and it appears that November will be some sort of major turning point.

Sadly, Pastor Coverstone is being relentlessly attacked on social media for sharing what he was shown, and that is extremely unfortunate.

We live at a time when there is so much hatred in this country, and it is only going to get worse.

This chapter in American history is going to be a very painful one, and most of the U.S. population still has absolutely no idea what is coming.


6TdpMSMP9x4
~~~

Many thanks, and quoting this in full. (I don't usually do that! :bigsmile: )

This guy really got my interest. It doesn't seem totally impossible. This kind of concern is what's motivated me to make some stronger-than-usual statements recently about the safety and integrity of the US.

I'd state as clearly as I can that there are some possible near-futures here which we (or the Americans reading this!) need to do everything possible to avoid.

It fits with Elainie's "shaken up" ex-CIA friend telling her she'd be heading for the hills before September (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?109753-The-Wuhan-Coronavirus-Covid-19-the-Honey-Badger-virus&p=1342121&viewfull=1#post1342121). And I still remember my own vision from months ago when my viewpoint was drifting across the US from a height, like a camera drone, and seeing no people at all, at least out in the open. Just nothing moving. I don't know what that meant (or what the timescale was), but it was very vivid. And of course, many explanations are possible. Maybe it was just quarantine. https://cdn.discordapp.com/emojis/561418376010792961.png?v=1

Yes it does.

[Matthew]

A message from an American President from a long time ago.

Eisenhower's farewell address is famous, bet we've all seen it.

But that was last year, now it's 2020.

This video, after Reagan's address, has a guy giving his opinion, which is hugely bias but not totally unreasonable. He simplifies a real underlying problem as "nothing's perfect", which is disrespectful to some real problems. I guess due to lack of his own empirical experience. But history is explained well, and this is our grandparents generation, or closer we're talking about.


Reagan's farewell address

Reagan Warns America Not to Forget Our History

AGqOWEbhD8Q

[Plotus]

43875The plan has been effective in separating the races, the methods straight out of Saul Alinsky's playbook. George Soros and his bid to destroy America. Frankly I am completely dumbfounded as to why Soros hasn't been an assassination victim. As many as he has destroyed, entire countries, I am just completely in awe that he is still alive. The time is ripe due to situations that were thrust into the spotlight by the 'media' and I say media with Contempt. No better than opportunist parasites, and what's worse, steering public opinion with their spin and propaganda so as to divide the Nation. This BLM movement and bowing to their every demand right down to mob rule. The sad thing is it will divide the white and black communities so far beyond repair, it will take decades to repair the damaged caused. When I need some comedy, I tune into NPR radio and get their obligatory blm spiel from black guests it seems they were coerced to feature. Do they think the American people are so dull and witless that they will believe anything broadcast without question? And the anchors disseminating this tripe, reminds me of the song 'Dirty Laundry'. We are in need of a Reboot, and quickly, let us not wait for President Trump to save us, he is being obstructed at every turn by the same people I named previously. The Democrat party is in shambles and ashes, how can our country be healthy with basically one party, the GOP ? It is necessary to have choice..... The one Soros gives you is socialism. Turning America into Venezuela. Then add the Virus to the equation and you have difficult times indeed.

[onawah]

Dr. Christiane Northrup is a name many women will recognize, an outstanding doctor who has helped a lot of women figure out how to deal with women's particular health issues in an intelligent, alternative way.
She shared the following on her Facebook page today.

EXTREMELY INFORMATIVE!! This really spells out the whole NWO Agenda, from soup to nuts, including the part Covid 19 is supposed to play
MUST READING for any self-respecting conspiracy theorist! :nod::sad: :facepalm:
This belongs on the thread about Agendas 21/30 and I will post it there as well.

Grace Van Berkum
Jun 9
https://www.gracevanberkum.com/post/we-are-being-played-please-read
15 min read

WE ARE BEING PLAYED. PLEASE READ.
Updated: Jun 29 2020

"What I am about to share will be affirming for some, and shocking for others. As many of you know, I have been extremely dedicated to investigating what has been happening in the world, on so many levels since March. I need to fully understand why so many things have not made sense to so many of us. I research EVERYTHING daily to look for answers and to educate myself. I have uncovered many things. What I am sharing with you today is the biggest thing I have uncovered that proves Covid was planned and executed. This is not a conspiracy theory. THIS IS AN ACTUAL PLANNED CONSPIRACY. These are straight up facts right from the website of the people who planned this. It is right on the web in plain site! But most people don't know it is there, and most people probably won't understand the depth of it unless someone breaks it down for you. Which I will try and do today.

I have realized that my job is not to awaken anyone.
My job is to awaken myself.

But my duty is to share what I have learned.
I have thought about this long and hard if I should share this because I know it will be very difficult for some people to comprehend. But I feel that if I do not share, I am being deceitful and compliant. So I must share what I have found.

I am going to try and keep this simple, take out any of my opinions, take out my emotions, and just stick to the facts, which is what is happening in our world HAS BEEN PLANNED FOR DECADES.

As we know, many major inconsistencies have been coming out about Covid, especially in the last week alone. Tainted tests, falsified numbers, manipulated stats, doctors & scientists speaking out, lockdowns that don't make sense, predicted numbers TOTALLY WRONG.....we are all aware. It is also questionable how the virus originated.

It is however evident 100% that there is a virus of some sort and it is still a mystery who gets affected, who dies, and who doesn't (although many of us in the health profession have theories about why this happens). This is not being disputed.

Now the riots. There seem to be many incongruences with the black man who was murdered, was he really who he said he was, did he actually die, was that man really a cop, did they really work together, why was his casket closed, why was there even a big funeral allowed with politicians & celebrities when people all around the world are being denied funerals right now, why were protests suddenly allowed to happen when a week earlier we were told NOT to go outside, why were there riots, why were there 2 groups (peaceful protestors vs. destructive rioters), where did the rioters come from, why were bricks planted everywhere.....so many things being said about the situation of what is true and what is not true.

Imagine if everything we THOUGHT WE SAW WAS NOT TRUE. Imagine if we have been deceived, and the media (and government) sways you to think and feel in a certain way......something to ponder for sure, but I would like to stick to the facts today.

**(Side note: Have you researched who owns the main stream media? YOU SHOULD. Because it is all connected to what is happening here.)

Everything I have found here and sharing took me 24 hours to research......I have been reading NON-STOP to figure this all out. And this is only the tip of the iceberg...

I have found information that proves that Covid was planned, thought out, and implemented as smokescreen for something else. It is not a theory of any kind.....IT IS RIGHT ONLINE FOR EVERYONE TO SEE.

THE WHOLE ENTIRE ELABORATE PLAN IS RIGHT ONLINE FOR EVERYONE TO SEE.

Have you heard of Agenda 21? Research it. I don't have time to do all the work for you, I can just point you in the right direction and let you see for yourself.

Key points I will share that I have found on my research:

Agenda 21, created in 1992, has been carried out by NGOs funded by foreign countries, and groups like the "Open Society Foundation" (George Soros) + Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation.

One major objective of the Agenda 21 initiative is that every local government should draw its own local Agenda 21. Since 2015, Sustainable Development Goals are included in the newer Agenda 2030.

Research this, too. The official name is the UN AGENDA 2030 FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT.

**Also, you can check the Agenda 21 programs implemented in your city or town by searching Agenda 21 and the name of your city in Google.**

I have provided a link here so you can read it all: https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/post2015/transformingourworld

The United Nations Agenda 2030, adopted in 2015 and fiercely promoted and funded by the Gates Foundation, consists of 17 Sustainable Development Goals [aka Green New Deal] to be achieved by the year 2030. Soros & Rockefeller are also funders here. Surprise, surprise. (Gates is also the largest private donor to the World Health Organization, a U.N. agency.)

The below is a listing where the government/entity/organization Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation is listed as a partner: https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/partnership/partners/?id=2224

IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT YOU KNOW THIS WAS AMENDED AND CREATED IN 2015.

New York, USA, 13 June 2019– "The World Economic Forum and the United Nations signed today a Strategic Partnership Framework outlining areas of cooperation to deepen institutional engagement and jointly accelerate the implementation of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development." https://www.weforum.org/press/2019/06/world-economic-forum-and-un-sign-strategic-partnership-framework

On the surface this looks very good. It looks beautiful and amazing! It looks like everything we have ever dreamed of, right? But it is more than meets the eye and once dissected reveals global government takeover of every nation across the planet, dismantling sovereignty, property rights, privacy, food systems, and more. The document reveals code words for a corporate-government fascist agenda fueled by globalist corporations like Monsanto and DuPont. (You all know how I feel about Monsanto). If you read through all this information and would like to discuss the pros and cons with me, I am all for it. But today I would like to stick to facts, not opinions.

Ok, next step. The World Economic Forum that was created to support Agenda 21, now Agenda 2030. https://www.weforum.org/covid-action-platform

It was created in 1971. 50 years ago.

Bill Gates is attached to both parties, the UN and also The World Economic Forum: https://www.weforum.org/agenda/authors/bill-gates

In 2018, World Economic Forum states: "The multi-stakeholder approach defines the core of the 2030 Agenda and Sustainable Development Goals: "we are all in this together." (Wait a minute....sound familiar? Have we not heard this phrase being said over and over and over again since Covid started??" WE ARE ALL IN THIS TOGETHER??" This is not a co-incidence.)

On the surface, the website looks amazing. Stunning! Beautiful! All the words and mission statements we want to hear!! It is an action plan to support & implement the UN AGENDA 2030 FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT.

I IMPLORE you to sign up to the site (all you have to do is put your email, takes 1 min). This way you can see the entire plan for GLOBAL GOVERNANCE. What does that mean? It means the New World Order where there is no borders, only 1 government, and only 1 world. THAT'S WHAT THIS WHOLE ACTION PLAN AND SITE IS FOR. It is an extremely mind blowing comprehensive plan to change our entire world as we know it.

Once you start going into this VERY IN-DEPTH WEBSITE, YOU NOTICE MANY MANY THINGS. (I would also like to add that I have spent already over 24 hours researching this website and probably not even 1/3 of a way through. On top of that it changes every single day).

**(You do not have to spend 24 hours here to understand it as I have laid this out for you very easily to just follow the links and do some readings and explorations, and come up with your own conclusions. I have done all the work for you to make this easy for you to navigate.)

THIS WEBSITE IS COMPLETELY MASSIVE.
It has to be....it is the entire systems plan for changing our entire world.

I IMPLORE you to sign up to the site (all you have to do is put your email, takes 1 min).

When you click on one link, there are numerous tentacles for each topic. When you dig deeper there are more than 200 links PER tentacle. It is never ending! It just keeps going and going! And everything is connected!! Why? Because it is an entire, comprehensive, meticulous plan for changing our ENTIRE world! No detail has not been addressed. I have literally already spent 24 hours on this site, researching, and have barely scratched the surface.

And it all starts with the Covid page. The covid page starts the journey of world globilization.

See for yourself PLEASE.

Once you go on the website, go to the actual Covid page. (not the intro page)
https://intelligence.weforum.org/topics/a1G0X000006O6EHUA0?tab=publications

THIS IS THE PROOF YOU NEED. LOOK AT COVID. LOOK HOW MANY TOPICS THERE ARE. EACH TOPIC HAS OVER 200 SUB TOPICS. EACH TOPIC THEN RELATES TO EVERY SINGLE TOPIC & SECTOR YOU CAN THINK OF IN OUR WORLD.

It is impossible that this was made this year, or even last year for that matter. IMPOSSIBLE. "Global Governance" & "The Fourth Industrial Revolution" has been planned out for DECADES.

I highly urge you to go on their site, sign up and look for yourself.
It is called the New World Order.
Or One World Government.

One world, one government, no borders.
The 1 government has complete control of all of us.
Artificial intelligence, controlling our business, our food, our money.
No privacy, no freedom.

I am not going to argue if it's good or bad because I know many of you will say it's good for the world. I mean it is certainly created under the guise of helping eradicate the worlds problems, particularly climate change. Discussing the merits, pros & cons of this, is another conversation. Today I want to just stick to the facts, and is that this GLOBAL GOVERNANCE HAS BEEN PLANNED, and if you go through this site very carefully you can see it all for yourself. I am not conjuring anything up, everything is there for you. To be honest, it is very fascinating. Years and years and years of elite masterminds coming together to think of how to take over the world on this website.

There is no way this elaborate plan to TOTALLY TRANSFORM OUR WORLD, WITH EVERY SINGLE DETAIL PLANNED, just happened. And if you go on the site, you can BLATANTLY SEE: https://intelligence.weforum.org/topics/a1G0X000006O6EHUA0?tab=publications

Covid is just the first step to initiate the plans.
Covid is just a starting point to start the process of world domination.
You can blatantly see that Covid has been created here to initiate change, to change our entire world as we know it. How we do everything.

Please go the site and see for yourself. It has the plans for the next 10 years, until 2030 on every single page.

To initiate such RADICAL plans, history has proven things to us:

A scared and divided world is easier to dominate.
Killing the economy and depopulation is how you get an entire world to behave and start from scratch.

The New World Order: wipe the slate clean, and then start our new world heavily focused on artificial intelligence.

GO TO THE WEBSITE AND CHECK FOR YOURSELF. https://intelligence.weforum.org/topics/a1G0X000006O6EHUA0?tab=publications

Remember, their words are "feel good words' designed to win us over. I will point that out below in the photos. But like I said, whether it is good or bad is not the discussion right now, my point today is to show you what has been planned for over 50 years.

All of the data and videos on the sides are updated daily and are supporting propaganda to support the current narrative that supports the world takeover. So remember, you have to be able to understand their language and what is really being said. (I had to re-read some things like 10 times to truly understand what the bottom line was, or also to truly understand what they were not addressing).

Also, when you go through the site, please note how every single topic and CIRCLE is actually designed to look like the corona!! This is not co-incidence. This is because every single topic for world take-over STARTS with corona).

Here we go...make sure to look at the tentacles, then the sub-topics. Remember, each sub-topic has 200+ MORE levels to go through. You do the math.
https://static.wixstatic.com/media/adff01_0b236f3959604317a928ce72ae19309f~mv2.png/v1/fill/w_740,h_699,al_c,q_90,usm_0.66_1.00_0.01/adff01_0b236f3959604317a928ce72ae19309f~mv2.webp
https://static.wixstatic.com/media/adff01_ab89aa7120a34b9a99d30c535a753f5e~mv2.png/v1/fill/w_740,h_362,al_c,q_90,usm_0.66_1.00_0.01/adff01_ab89aa7120a34b9a99d30c535a753f5e~mv2.webp
Here are some screen shots to highlight key terms:

GLOBAL GOVERNANCE means one government. (Notice how they even wrote on the first line that "nationalist backlash has made this difficult". That's "the awakened people").

You can blatantly see how this one government system on the left affects all the other topics and tentacles, and each topic goes down 200 levels. Look closely, SEE COVID ON THERE?? That's because this has been planned. Also, see 5G, Anti-Globalism, "The Great Reset, Transnational ACTORS, Civic Participation, Artificial Intelligence & Robotic, Human Cyborgs......this is as far as I've gotten in 24 hours...so much more to dig into).

Again, my point right now is not that this is good or bad, MY POINT IS THAT THIS HAS BEEN PLANNED.

(Question though: If GLOBAL GOVERNANCE is so good, why do they have to lie to us about it? I mean if it is truly for the greater good of the planet, isn't there a better way of doing this than causing death, pain, and destruction? And if they are lying now, what else are they lying about?)

THE COMPLEXITIES OF THIS WEBSITE ARE MIND-BLOWING & NEFARIOUS.
https://static.wixstatic.com/media/adff01_9daf23dc5015476b8df81ed57bab661a~mv2.png/v1/fill/w_740,h_317,al_c,q_90,usm_0.66_1.00_0.01/adff01_9daf23dc5015476b8df81ed57bab661a~mv2.webp
https://static.wixstatic.com/media/adff01_7779762dc23447048632c2311d184380~mv2.png/v1/fill/w_740,h_393,al_c,q_90,usm_0.66_1.00_0.01/adff01_7779762dc23447048632c2311d184380~mv2.webp
NEXT, I would like to mention:

"4th Industrial Revolution" and "The Great Reset". Know these terms. Both of these pages are about what happens when they take over us after Covid. Look how intricate this is. THIS HAS BEEN PLANNED.

Read the summary on the right. Explains what they are doing: "using Covid to harness the power of revolution to change the economy" ......"characterized by a fusion of technologies that is blurring the lines between the physical, digital, and biological spheres" ...... "In its most pessimistic, dehumanized form, the Fourth Industrial Revolution may indeed have the potential to “robotize” humanity and thus to deprive us of our heart and soul." (this is directly from the website!)

"The Fourth Industrial Revolution, will change not only what we do but also who we are. It will affect our identity and all the issues associated with it: our sense of privacy, our notions of ownership, our consumption patterns, the time we devote to work and leisure, and how we develop our careers, cultivate our skills, meet people, and nurture relationships. It is already changing our health and leading to a “quantified” self, and sooner than we think it may lead to human augmentation."

I MEAN RIGHT THERE PROVES WHAT THIS IS!!
Look at how intricate the wheels are. THIS HAS BEEN PLANNED.
https://static.wixstatic.com/media/adff01_bb52a4574d8a4c1584c9ed9bcaa6f30e~mv2.png/v1/fill/w_740,h_361,al_c,q_90,usm_0.66_1.00_0.01/adff01_bb52a4574d8a4c1584c9ed9bcaa6f30e~mv2.webp
NOTICE HOW COVID LINKS TO EVERY SINGLE WHEEL. THAT IS BECAUSE COVID IS THE GATEWAY TO THIS NEW WORLD ORDER.

Look at "The Great Reset" description below......IMPOSSIBLE for that to have been written yet if this was new. Also this: "There is an urgent need for global stakeholders to cooperate in simultaneously managing the direct consequences of the COVID-19 crisis. To improve the state of the world, the World Economic Forum is starting "The Great Reset."https://static.wixstatic.com/media/adff01_bec2601e5dd14398aaadb2f113653163~mv2.png/v1/fill/w_740,h_324,al_c,q_90,usm_0.66_1.00_0.01/adff01_bec2601e5dd14398aaadb2f113653163~mv2.webp
Look at these timelines I found about the history of UN Meetings. (now that you know what the "Fourth Industrial Revolution" & "Great Reset" are, look at the years)
Continued

[onawah]

Continued

https://static.wixstatic.com/media/adff01_40e2928e3f5f469c9601eb2e189fdc27~mv2.png/v1/fill/w_360,h_563,al_c,q_90,usm_0.66_1.00_0.01/adff01_40e2928e3f5f469c9601eb2e189fdc27~mv2.webp
Also, in my research I found that part of the New World Order/One World Government agenda is to remove the requirement for food labeling and to restrict and ultimately prohibit the sale of all natural health products!! Eventually, eating from nature will not be allowed. They will provide us with Monsanto food solely focused on a specific number of proteins and carbohydrates. This is all here when you dig deep.

This lady does a video to walk you through the whole process: (I highly recommend you watch this and go through it with her. It is very helpful as this is a very INTRICATE DOCUMENT THAT HAS BEEN DESIGNED FOR OVER 50 YEARS)

MUST WATCH!! EDUCATE YOURSELF!
YOUTUBE TUTORIAL: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ngPWYl6hH9U

COVID IS JUST A SMOKE SCREEN TO START GLOBAL GOVERNANCE.
This is what is happening.


On my extensive research I found these EYE-OPENING statements/info:

**Do you know about Event 201? Research it. Bill Gates & World Economic Forum Simulated Coronavirus Outbreak 6 Weeks Before First Case in Wuhan. Co-incidence?


"A comprehensive blueprint for the reorganization of human society.” ~(in reference to the Agenda 2030 which was written in 2015)

Agenda 2030 action plan devised by the U.N. and signed by 178 governments. Its goal is the depopulation of humanity because “we are too many”. It is promoted by the elites as a way to “save the planet” and implemented by governments worldwide.

"This is the year when world leaders must work with all sectors of society to repair and reinvigorate our systems of cooperation, not just for short-term benefit but for tackling our deep-rooted risks," ~(stated at World Economic Forum in Jan 2020)

“The present vast overpopulation, now far beyond the world carrying capacity, cannot be answered by future reductions in the birth rate due to contraception, sterilization and abortion, but must be met in the present by the reduction of numbers presently existing. This must be done by whatever means necessary”. ~ UN statement

“A total world population of 250-300 million people, a 95% decline from present levels, would be ideal”. ~Ted Turner, UN

“Isn’t the only hope for the planet that the industrialized nations collapse? Isn’t it our responsibility to bring that about?” ~Maurice Strong, Secretary General of the UN Chairman of the Earth Summit as he delivered an official statement. (2015)

“We’ve got to ride this global warming issue. Even if the theory of global warming is wrong, we will be doing the right thing in terms of economic and environmental policy.” ~Timothy Wirth (President, UN Foundation). Notice that Mr. Wirth is as concerned with the economy as he is with the environment!

“The world today has 7.7 billion people. That’s heading up to about nine billion. Now if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care & reproductive health services, we could lower that by perhaps 10 or 15 percent.” ~Bill Gates

"Vaccines, for Bill Gates, are a strategic philanthropy that feed his many vaccine-related businesses (including Microsoft's ambition to control a global vac ID enterprise) and give him dictatorial control over global health policy-the spear tip of corporate neo-imperialism.

Gates' obsession with vaccines seems fueled by a messianic conviction that he is ordained to save the world with technology and a god-like willingness to experiment with the lives of lesser humans." ~Robert Kennedy Jr.

The bulk of humanity has become expendable. We were good to the elite when they could exploit our labor and enjoy the fruits of humanity’s talents. One-third of jobs now performed by humans will be replaced by software, robots, and smart machines by 2025, according to a prediction by information technology research and advisory firm Gartner.

Robots do not require food, health benefits nor do they require a minimum wage. The use of robotics in replacing humans will only continue to expand, according to Ray Kurzweil, the director of engineering at Google. Kurzweil anticipates that by 2029 robots will have reached human levels of intelligence and functionality. Many experts predict that these robots will put people out of work and this is exactly what we are finding.

By 2030, there will be no 100% natural babies anymore. All babies will be programmed. ~(this was stated in a video from the WEF)

And then this bizarre statement which I fact checked 4 times. He wrote this in 1978 in his book:

"No one will enter the New World Order unless he or she will make a pledge to worship Lucifer. No one will enter the New Age unless he will take a LUCIFERIAN Initiation.” – David Spangler, Director of Planetary Initiative United Nationshttps://static.wixstatic.com/media/adff01_39974852915642d79397d63d8760c50b~mv2.png/v1/fill/w_740,h_458,al_c,q_90,usm_0.66_1.00_0.01/adff01_39974852915642d79397d63d8760c50b~mv2.webp
(See above how they mention "civil disobedience" they are talking about the people who are resisting globalism. Here we can also find a lot of information on CENSORSHIP (currently taking place as we know for ANYONE speaking against the narrative...like myself who has had many posts going missing on my FB and IG).

MUST WATCH!! EDUCATE YOURSELF!
YOUTUBE TUTORIAL:ngPWYl6hH9U

In a nutshell:

The 2030 Agenda to “Transform the World” is to be built on the ruins and desolation of the world economy for control over our lives. They are fast moving toward the goal of eliminating individual nation states; controlling individual actions and wiping private property ownership from the face of the Earth. Their goal is to make us all “equal” in the same chains.

Agenda 2030 is promoted by the elites as a way to “save the planet” and implemented by governments worldwide. Bill Gates even shared his view about how to achieve this goal by vaccinations and other means in a TedX lecture. (I am sure we have all seen his videos all over the web).

Final notes:

I dug deep in my research as I am committed to figuring out what the **** is going on in our world. It is my duty to share my findings with anyone that wants to listen.

Side note: I have also found out that in 2018, America has declined being a part of the Agenda 2030 because America would like to keep its sovereignty. “Around the world, responsible nations must defend against threats to sovereignty not just from global governance, but also from other, new forms of coercion and domination.”

I could write a lot more on this as I research this everyday, but I will save that for next time.

WHAT CAN WE DO?

AWAKEN.

SHARE THIS MESSAGE.

PEOPLE NEED TO KNOW WE ARE BEING PLAYED & MANIPULATED.

THE MORE PEOPLE KNOW, THE MORE WE CAN STOP THIS.

Bill H.R. 6666, mandated vaccines, microchips, and 5G (to start) are designed for surveillance + artificial intelligence to track us AT ALL TIMES. On May 12, 2020 Dr. Fauci even says "There is no guarantee that a COVID-19 vaccine will be effective." Do you understand what is happening here....they are telling us that there is no guarantee but we still have to take it? Can you see how this does not make sense?

**Follow:

Robert Kennedy Jr.
The Highwire with Del Bigtree
Dr. Sherri J. Tenpenny
Dr. Rashid Buttar
London Real
...who are exposing all the lies with REAL SCIENCE and leading MASSIVE MOVEMENTS TO STOP BILL GATES & BIG PHARMA FROM MOVING FORWARD WITH MANY OF THE THINGS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS AGENDA.

We must SPEAK UP & STAND UP.

We need to all think clearly and operate from a place of unity and love.....that's how we foil up their plans. They want us scared and divided. They don't want us powerful and we are powerful when we are empowered with knowledge and we work together with love and respect.

I am sorry if this information is hard for you but it is my duty to tell you and warn you what is happening.

I do have hope that we can change the course of this!
And I do believe it is not a co-incidence that we were all born in this time for a reason.
We all have our part in this.
Praying for peace and taking action is very necessary right now.

And just so you know, people are waking up all over the place! There is a big movement around the world to stop this! And it is growing every day! I AM SO GRATEFUL FOR ALL OF YOU.

I believe love & truth always wins in the end. It is going to get messier before it gets better, but truth will win in the end. Stay strong, keep your vibrations high, and radiate love. That's what the world needs. We all need to raise our vibes, one person at a time.

I am here to support people if they need it.
Message me anytime.

XOXO"

[greybeard]

More and more valid information is being placed by respected experts.
Hopefully this is filtering into the population drip by drip.
Just maybe it will turn into a stream and then a river that cant be ignored.
Thanks again onawah for your sterling efforts to bring this to people.
Chris

[Brigantia]

More and more valid information is being placed by respected experts.
Hopefully this is filtering into the population drip by drip.
Just maybe it will turn into a stream and then a river that cant be ignored.
Thanks again onawah for your sterling efforts to bring this to people.
Chris

Yes, it is filtering down; they either feel it intuitively (like my very intuitive friend who sensed that she was being told BS in the media) or those who are starting to hear the truth and process it (like my neighbour who told me that he had heard that the stats were faked - it really surprised me coming from him!) Some have been so deeply taken in by the fear porn that they will never believe anything to the contrary, but it is my experience that many are waking up.

There's that great quote, from Mark Twain I believe; "It's easier to fool someone than to convince them that they are being fooled".

[mountain_jim]

I saw monuments. I saw Washington DC, burning. I saw Washington DC blazing. I saw fires, everywhere. I saw people being rounded up. I saw Chinese and Russian soldiers on the ground. The Russian soldiers would tell the Chinese soldiers to go “pick up these people”…” secure this quadrant”….” secure this area”… I saw blue helmets of the UN. I saw a military things taking place. I also saw no sign of President Trump. I saw no sign of leadership in Washington DC.
Revisiting this scary dream documented above, and watching the daily geo-political developments, I can sense the possibility of an escalation of hostilities with China soon, which the NWO and/or China and Russia could leverage to their benefit with major US disempowerment.

Time for all of our reality imagining/creating selves to reject this path and find the right positive path(s) to imagine into existence instead.

[Bill Ryan]

A quote by Catherine Austin Fitts, reported by RunningDeer in her post on her All things Fitts thread, here (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?101087-Catherine-Austin-Fitts-all-things-Fitts&p=1365620&viewfull=1#post1365620).

~~~
We're heading into a dark age. We really are. It’s almost like the Middle Ages. We’re gonna have to be little monks trying to preserve things because everything is under assault. If they can go after Aunt Jemima and statues of Christ they can go after Mozart and Rembrandt.

[Ratszinger]

Does it appear to anyone that Trump and his side are winning? That isn't what I'm seeing at all! Honestly it looks like they're getting their behinds kicked and that Fauci has unseated the prez authority in all the blue states. Gates is the new prez and Fauci the VP I guess that scenario is true at least in the blue state part of the country. All while Trump is busily arguing tit for tats with various people on Twitter which seems as important to him as anything else. He is on Twitter a great deal of time everyday of the week.

[mountain_jim]

Does it appear to anyone that Trump and his side are winning? That isn't what I'm seeing at all! Honestly it looks like they're getting their behinds kicked and that Fauci has unseated the prez authority in all the blue states. Gates is the new prez and Fauci the VP I guess that scenario is true at least in the blue state part of the country. All while Trump is busily arguing tit for tats with various people on Twitter which seems as important to him as anything else. He is on Twitter a great deal of time everyday of the week.

can't argue right now, and unless or until major deep state indictments are announced and enough conspiracy-related knowledge in these areas gets passed the MSM filtering and into the public's understanding, the US Republic and its citizens' freedoms and rights are rapidly dwindling, while a portion of the population cheers these events on.

And so far the Flynn-judge delays make it appear that the running-out-the-clock strategy against Trump's 'swamp draining' is working as well.

[norman]

If what we see right now is a straight line linear projection of where we will be in a few years time, it's dire.

I still don't think that's the case though. The "dire" bit is the wake-up factor.

I'm getting real confirmation now that people are awake everywhere, I won't get lost in the details but I went out for a few beers last Sunday. People I thought would never get-it are getting it. Even though I'm in UK and Trump is running in an election in US, I'm more convinced now than I was weeks ago that Trump will walk the election. But, and it's a huge but, this war is only just getting going.

[Gwin Ru]

A quote by Catherine Austin Fitts, reported by RunningDeer in her post on her All things Fitts thread, here (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?101087-Catherine-Austin-Fitts-all-things-Fitts&p=1365620&viewfull=1#post1365620).

~~~
We're heading into a dark age. We really are. It’s almost like the Middle Ages. We’re gonna have to be little monks trying to preserve things because everything is under assault. If they can go after Aunt Jemima and statues of Christ they can go after Mozart and Rembrandt.
Once upon a time, "they" did go after the evidences of "Christs'" existence to expunge them from the records... see


The Hidden King of England with Greg Hallett - Jesus of the Algarve (2016) (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rMtUNpX7Ddc) 1:20:45



Greg Hallett Finding Jesus’ Graves … challenges the Flat Lie (2015) (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oCuxw0_4wJ4)1:51:15

[norman]

Ok, I give up. I'm asking for help.

I've been trying, on and off for 2 weeks, to find a post by Elaine ( I think ) way back in the early COVID 19 thread ( I think ) where she said her friend in an agency told her words to the effect of; "there will be a window of opportunity to relocate during the September/October time period [ I think ] but after that it would be too late".

Does anyone else remember that post ?

I know it was only hearsay but I'd like to look at it again and give it some fresh consideration. Or maybe get an update with a modified projection.


edit:


I found the post, with much help,
http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?109753-The-Wuhan-Coronavirus-Covid-19-the-Honey-Badger-virus&p=1342755&viewfull=1#post1342755

[onawah]

China is in so much trouble now with flooding and other natural calamities that I think it may become something of a paper tiger soon, however much it is snarling now.
See:. http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111363-Turmoil-in-China&p=1363794&viewfull=1#post1363794
Also this post and other recent posts like it on that thread: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?92384-Weird-wild-weather-floods-freak-storms-giant-hail-record-lows-all-over-the-world&p=1365063&viewfull=1#post1365063



I saw monuments. I saw Washington DC, burning. I saw Washington DC blazing. I saw fires, everywhere. I saw people being rounded up. I saw Chinese and Russian soldiers on the ground. The Russian soldiers would tell the Chinese soldiers to go “pick up these people”…” secure this quadrant”….” secure this area”… I saw blue helmets of the UN. I saw a military things taking place. I also saw no sign of President Trump. I saw no sign of leadership in Washington DC.

Revisiting this scary dream documented above, and watching the daily geo-political developments, I can sense the possibility of an escalation of hostilities with China soon, which the NWO and/or China and Russia could leverage to their benefit with major US disempowerment.

Time for all of our reality imagining/creating selves to reject this path and find the right positive path(s) to imagine into existence instead.

[Sarah Rainsong]

Ok, I give up. I'm asking for help.

I've been trying, on and off for 2 weeks, to find a post by Elaine ( I think ) way back in the early COVID 19 thread ( I think ) where she said her friend in an agency told her words to the effect of; "there will be a window of opportunity to relocate during the September/October time period [ I think ] but after that it would be too late".

Does anyone else remember that post ?

I know it was only hearsay but I'd like to look at it again and give it some fresh consideration. Or maybe get an update with a modified projection.

I remember that post, but I think it was actually Bill that posted it for Elainie, which may be why you're having trouble finding it. I will look too, but rest assured, you didn't imagine it! It is here somewhere!

[Bill Ryan]

Ok, I give up. I'm asking for help.

I've been trying, on and off for 2 weeks, to find a post by Elaine ( I think ) way back in the early COVID 19 thread ( I think ) where she said her friend in an agency told her words to the effect of; "there will be a window of opportunity to relocate during the September/October time period [ I think ] but after that it would be too late".

Does anyone else remember that post ?

I know it was only hearsay but I'd like to look at it again and give it some fresh consideration. Or maybe get an update with a modified projection.

I remember that post, but I think it was actually Bill that posted it for Elainie, which may be why you're having trouble finding it. I will look too, but rest assured, you didn't imagine it! It is here somewhere!Yes, work backwards from here:


http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?109753-The-Wuhan-Coronavirus-Covid-19-the-Honey-Badger-virus&p=1342121&viewfull=1#post1342121

[T Smith]

All while Trump is busily arguing tit for tats with various people on Twitter which seems as important to him as anything else. He is on Twitter a great deal of time everyday of the week.

While I'm not sure Twitter is the best use of Trump's time, in his defense it is the only platform on which he can communicate with the public. Every other media platform distorts and misrepresents his message, deeds, policies, words, etc., etc., and spins the narrative into anti-Trump propaganda. This is a 24/7 assault. Even his public addresses are no longer broadcast, except when edited accordingly to misrepresent the office of the Presidency and to evoke blatant agitprop.

If anyone really wants to venture a guess at the election outcome in November I would say look no further than the political party that controls the vital swing states; regardless how the people vote in those states, the partisan governors will do whatever is necessary to deliver a victory in their state to their candidate. All bets are off during warfare (including honest and fair elections), and let's make no mistake about it, this is not just anti-Trump disdain; the United States is now amid a very real cold civil war.

[Elainie]

Ok, I give up. I'm asking for help.

I've been trying, on and off for 2 weeks, to find a post by Elaine ( I think ) way back in the early COVID 19 thread ( I think ) where she said her friend in an agency told her words to the effect of; "there will be a window of opportunity to relocate during the September/October time period [ I think ] but after that it would be too late".

Does anyone else remember that post ?

I know it was only hearsay but I'd like to look at it again and give it some fresh consideration. Or maybe get an update with a modified projection.

I remember that post, but I think it was actually Bill that posted it for Elainie, which may be why you're having trouble finding it. I will look too, but rest assured, you didn't imagine it! It is here somewhere!


Yes, she advised me to get off grid if possible by that time. I am trying and hope to be off grid by that time.

[norman]

Ok, I give up. I'm asking for help.

I've been trying, on and off for 2 weeks, to find a post by Elaine ( I think ) way back in the early COVID 19 thread ( I think ) where she said her friend in an agency told her words to the effect of; "there will be a window of opportunity to relocate during the September/October time period [ I think ] but after that it would be too late".

Does anyone else remember that post ?

I know it was only hearsay but I'd like to look at it again and give it some fresh consideration. Or maybe get an update with a modified projection.

I remember that post, but I think it was actually Bill that posted it for Elainie, which may be why you're having trouble finding it. I will look too, but rest assured, you didn't imagine it! It is here somewhere!Yes, work backwards from here:



http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?109753-The-Wuhan-Coronavirus-Covid-19-the-Honey-Badger-virus&p=1342121&viewfull=1#post1342121






I found it by looking forwards from there, in the end.

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?109753-The-Wuhan-Coronavirus-Covid-19-the-Honey-Badger-virus&p=1342755&viewfull=1#post1342755

Thanks Sarah, Elainie and Bill.

Post Floyd murder and chaz, the memory of that post has been pestering me a bit.

[Forest Denizen]

Ok, I give up. I'm asking for help.

I've been trying, on and off for 2 weeks, to find a post by Elaine ( I think ) way back in the early COVID 19 thread ( I think ) where she said her friend in an agency told her words to the effect of; "there will be a window of opportunity to relocate during the September/October time period [ I think ] but after that it would be too late".

Does anyone else remember that post ?

I know it was only hearsay but I'd like to look at it again and give it some fresh consideration. Or maybe get an update with a modified projection.

I remember that post, but I think it was actually Bill that posted it for Elainie, which may be why you're having trouble finding it. I will look too, but rest assured, you didn't imagine it! It is here somewhere!


Yes, she advised me to get off grid if possible by that time. I am trying and hope to be off grid by that time.

Could her advice be a clue, perhaps?

I remember your post, Elainie, but not verbatim. Did she say specifically to “ be off grid?”

[samildamach]

More and more valid information is being placed by respected experts.
Hopefully this is filtering into the population drip by drip.
Just maybe it will turn into a stream and then a river that cant be ignored.
Thanks again onawah for your sterling efforts to bring this to people.
Chris

Even today a young woman questioned forced facemasks use on a local forum,as being a control mechanism .
She took the flak and then linked in the goverment statement saying they don't work.
Good on her a brave soul with only limited support took on the uniformed and stood her ground

[Matthew]

Portland and how the press control the narrative during these troubled times.

The Siege of Portland
Akkad Daily, Sargon (aka Carl Benjamin)

CbF27qQZewM

[Bill Ryan]

Ok, I give up. I'm asking for help.

I've been trying, on and off for 2 weeks, to find a post by Elaine ( I think ) way back in the early COVID 19 thread ( I think ) where she said her friend in an agency told her words to the effect of; "there will be a window of opportunity to relocate during the September/October time period [ I think ] but after that it would be too late".

Does anyone else remember that post ?

I know it was only hearsay but I'd like to look at it again and give it some fresh consideration. Or maybe get an update with a modified projection.

I remember that post, but I think it was actually Bill that posted it for Elainie, which may be why you're having trouble finding it. I will look too, but rest assured, you didn't imagine it! It is here somewhere!


Yes, she advised me to get off grid if possible by that time. I am trying and hope to be off grid by that time.

Could her advice be a clue, perhaps?

I remember your post, Elainie, but not verbatim. Did she say specifically to “ be off grid?”

Here's that part of Elainie's original post (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?109753-The-Wuhan-Coronavirus-Covid-19-the-Honey-Badger-virus&p=1342755&viewfull=1#post1342755):
She's shaken up still, says there might be a window of opportunity for those of us not off grid to get into an off grid situation in Sept/Oct. but not after. I will keep updating. Wish she could say more.

[Delight]

Listening to this now...


The True Story Of Venezuela & The Decline Of The West - David Guenni

This is one of the most important episodes I have done and it needs to be heard by EVERYONE. A warning to the West...
In this episode I bring on a recent friend of mine who I have been messaging back and forth over the past few months about world events on my instagram. I was very impressed with both his knowledge and personal story. David Guenni is a Venezuelan patriot and graduate student living in the USA, researching the organized Left and its influence on the national security and defense transformations within Latin America & the Caribbean.
Activist for the liberation of Venezuela and for the dignity of Western civilization.

sVmXJnPwsEg

[Savannah]

Does it appear to anyone that Trump and his side are winning? That isn't what I'm seeing at all! Honestly it looks like they're getting their behinds kicked and that Fauci has unseated the prez authority in all the blue states. Gates is the new prez and Fauci the VP I guess that scenario is true at least in the blue state part of the country. All while Trump is busily arguing tit for tats with various people on Twitter which seems as important to him as anything else. He is on Twitter a great deal of time everyday of the week.

can't argue right now, and unless or until major deep state indictments are announced and enough conspiracy-related knowledge in these areas gets passed the MSM filtering and into the public's understanding, the US Republic and its citizens' freedoms and rights are rapidly dwindling, while a portion of the population cheers these events on.

And so far the Flynn-judge delays make it appear that the running-out-the-clock strategy against Trump's 'swamp draining' is working as well.

https://www.foxnews.com/politics/durham-under-pressure-to-wrap-up-investigation-could-punt-to-after-election-day-source

What I'm worried about is Durham and if he turning out to be a flip/flopped double agent? Without the corruption information into public view prior to the election the alt right will keeps the focus on the false flag virus.

[Antagenet]

Transferring that to a movie storyboard, we may now at last be coming to the end of Act 1, with Act 2 starting to unfold. That's far from over, and always remember: Act 3 is every time a dramatic climax.

When I first saw the Georgia guidestones... I just knew it was their plan. So for me, in whatever way or ways they have planned, the depopulation agenda is #1 on the sociopath controllers list. At this point it doesn't even matter whether it will be locusts, covid, tsunamis, mark of the beast tattoo, vaccinations, poison food, chemtrails, financial collapse.

I will do everything in my power to survive. Just surviving alone is throttling their murderous desires.

[Delight]

Listening to this now...


The True Story Of Venezuela & The Decline Of The West - David Guenni

This is one of the most important episodes I have done and it needs to be heard by EVERYONE. A warning to the West...
In this episode I bring on a recent friend of mine who I have been messaging back and forth over the past few months about world events on my instagram. I was very impressed with both his knowledge and personal story. David Guenni is a Venezuelan patriot and graduate student living in the USA, researching the organized Left and its influence on the national security and defense transformations within Latin America & the Caribbean.
Activist for the liberation of Venezuela and for the dignity of Western civilization.

sVmXJnPwsEg

bump because this is long but should be heard.

[onawah]

Uber Announces Participating in Contact Tracing – They Will Turn You in to Health Authorities
7/21/20
https://vaccineimpact.com/2020/uber-announces-participating-in-contact-tracing-they-will-turn-you-in-to-health-authorities/

(This was chilling new to me. I guess because I always thought Uber was kind of a friendly (not just user-friendly) way for people to get around, and people help other people get around, and have useful work. Now apparently it may become about as friendly as Hitler Youth was. )

https://healthimpactnews.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2020/07/uber-self-driving-car.jpeg

"by Brian Shilhavy
Editor, Health Impact News

As I reported yesterday, law abiding citizens are now being arrested in their homes with ankle monitors to prevent them from leaving in some parts of the U.S., if one of the family members tests positive for COVID. See:

Will Enough Americans Resist Tyranny? Formerly Law Abiding Citizens Now Criminalized as Prisons are Emptied
Today, FiercePharma is reporting that Uber is now participating with health authorities to help with contact tracing. So if you thought that you could avoid being arrested in your own home by simply refusing to get a COVID test from among the more than 100 fast-tracked inaccurate COVID tests currently on the market, think again.

Uber is providing their contact tracing services for free, not to you their customers, but to local health authorities. That means every time you use the popular ride-share service, they can track you to see if you have been in contact with any COVID positive people, including, apparently, previous riders in their drivers’ cars which you would not even know about, and then turn your information into the health authorities.

From FiercePharma:

Ridesharing giant Uber has rolled out a service to give public health officials quick access to user data to track coronavirus cases, Reuters reported Monday.

The contact tracing service will be provided for free, and is reportedly being introduced to public health officials in all countries where Uber operates, according to Reuters. Company officials told Reuters information of either a driver or passenger can be accessed in a few hours.

The service provides health departments with data about who used Uber’s services and when and allows health agencies to urge affected drivers and users to quarantine, company officials told reporters.

Uber has a protocol in place that it can disclose user information to public health agencies in an emergency involving danger of death or serious physical injury.

Since COVID-19 can be transmitted through close proximity to affected individuals, public health officials have identified contact tracing as a valuable tool to help contain its spread. (Source.)

This apparently applies to food delivery apps as well.

As cities around the U.S. have begun requiring restaurants to take down diners’ contact information for contact tracing, tech-engabled restaurant reservation apps such as Tock have reportedly also been tapped to help with contact tracing.

Ride-hailing data could play an important role in that effort, health officials and experts said, because it identifies a larger set of people outside the direct social circle of an infected individual, according to the Reuters article.

In January, Uber executives flew to Los Angeles to meet with the local health department and CDC officials to discuss how Uber’s data could best be used, Uber’s chief of global law enforcement Mike Sullivan told Reuters. Since the onset of the pandemic in the U.S., Uber has received approximately 560 coronavirus-related requests from public health officials across 29 countries, most of which were processed by the company within two hours, company officials told Reuters.

If you don’t want to risk a knock at your door by health authorities and law enforcement forcing you to get a COVID test, the best option you have right now is to NOT carry around a cell phone, or if you do, keep it shut off or on “airplane mode.”

Start using cash for transactions (while you still can) instead of credit cards, as a record of a credit card purchase at a certain time in a certain location, could also identify you as being in contact with the COVID positive individual.

Welcome to the “new normal.” Civil liberties are gone, and things like HIPAA privacy laws no longer apply in this perpetual state of emergency over THE VIRUS.

Comment on this article at HealthImpactNews.com."

[onawah]

UN Takeover from Within
George Webb and Harry the Greek
4,635 views•Streamed live on Jul 28, 2020

Reviewed by Alexandra Bruce: https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net/un-takeover-from-within/

"Harry the Greek joins George Webb on the McDuff podcast to talk about Congress Bill 7120, the “George Floyd Justice in Policing Act of 2020”, which passed in Congress on June 25th and is currently making its way to a Senate vote.

House Bill 7120 does to the US criminal justice system what the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) intended to do to US sovereignty, overall. Happily, Donald Trump withdrew from the Agreement in January 2017, in one of his first acts as President.

It’s obvious that the #CoronaHoax and the George Floyd riots were orchestrated to get 7120 passed, which cedes a great deal of US sovereignty to the UN. This is much in the same way 9/11 was orchestrated to pass the Patriot Act, written in 1995 by Joe Biden, which unleashed a surveillance state that was previously unimaginable. It was unimaginable because it aggressively violated the 4th Amendment of the Constitution.

As Harry says here, “I just want to remind our viewers that the United Nations, NATO, the Gates Foundation, the World Health Organization – they’re all the same thing – it’s one organization.”

What explanation is there for the Democrats and certain local governments to be calling for the complete dismantling the US criminal justice system – during a time of unprecedented domestic unrest – other than that these politicians are aggressively working to collapse the very structure they were elected to defend? This is a Globalist takeover from within and time will tell if it is successful.

The simple reason the George Floyd riots have been so persistent and destructive over the past couple of months is because dozens of District Attorneys, prosecutors, judges, mayors, governors and lawmakers are complicit in these terror acts.

George Soros spent millions over the past few years, placing his assets across the country to do his bidding, such as Kim Foxx, the Illinois State District Attorney in Cook County who shot to fame when she dropped 16 felony charges against Jussie Smollett. Foxx is now calling for prosecutors to drop felony charges against BLM protestors.

In St. Louis, Soros-backed prosecutor, Kim Gardner has charged the McCloskey couple with felonies for defending their home by displaying their legal guns to hundreds of protestors who had broken down their gate and threatened them on their front lawn.

Besides Soros, there are many UN-backed initiatives that seek to dismantle the US legal system. One of these is known as the Strong Cities Network, launched in 2015 by then-Attorney General Loretta Lynch, during an address she made to the United Nations General Assembly.

The Strong Cities Network is a move toward international integration of global law-enforcement agencies and it is antithetical to locally-controlled police, that are a part of, and accountable to the communities they serve. It also violates the Constitution.

The Strong Cities Network (SCN) is a program that hands over control of local law enforcement to a London-based think-tank called the Institute for Strategic Dialogue. The ISD is focused on abolishing civilian gun ownership (the 2nd Amendment) and local police departments. A quick search of the ISD’s website reveals a Board of Trustees comprised of a Who’s Who of top-tier Globalist, one-world government, Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission and Bilderberg Group power brokers.

Forty-six US cities, including New York, Los Angeles, San Diego and Louisville have already signed onto the SCN, which allocates US Taxpayer money to pay the UN to install Human Rights police review boards, because according to the UN, America is a “racist society” in need of intervention.

And who will be managing these Human Rights police review boards? Lifelong Communist, former President of Chile and Hillary Clinton BFF, Michelle Bachelet, who is now the UN’s High Commissioner of Human Rights.

What is Michelle Bachelet’s agenda? To get rid of police unions. Who agrees with her? Congress, which passed House Bill 7120 on June 25th.

House Bill 7120 gives the UN High Commissioner of Human Rights, Michelle Bachelet the power to dismiss police as soon as a complaint is filed, without an investigation and to fine the alleged wrongdoers. These fines are then awarded to the State – not to the people who were allegedly injured.

George Webb says this is a tried-and-true plan that NATO has used, in conjunction with the CIA for a takeover, city-by-city of all of a country’s police departments. It’s a tactic that was outlined in a book by Doug Valentine called ‘The Phoenix Program’.

He says what is proposed in House Bill 7120 has previously been done by UN Peacekeepers in Bosnia, Kosovo, Afghanistan, Kazakhstan, Syria, Libya, Sudan, Yemen and Haiti.

How could this happen in America? If House Bill 7120, which was passed by Congress, passes the Senate – and if former VP Joe Biden is elected President. Biden would sign it, because Trump would no longer be there to veto it."

22ijKnLEH8M

[Gwin Ru]

Yugoslavian Issues Warning To All Americans (https://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=1&v=ixBsVodyJP0&feature=emb_logo) 15:39

Jul 23, 2020


ixBsVodyJP0

https://yt3.ggpht.com/a/AATXAJxRdLL55fqyWm95xVt4Bs6XdsEXhjiXXd4APlDkYw=s48-c-k-c0xffffffff-no-rj-mo (https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCLZcKa__ibDYIy8NqdGrIVw) The Scoop (https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCLZcKa__ibDYIy8NqdGrIVw)

This Yugoslavian Woman Issues A Warning She Wants All Americans To Hear.

[Savannah]

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dPN1bsiwvKk&feature=emb_logo

A friend sent this to me today asking what I thought. At first it seemed like a larp but as I listened there may be some truth in it. On another thread I had posted about Joseph Farrels asteroids info previously.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=1116&v=dPN1bsiwvKk&feature=emb_logo

Of course we all know about Obama's FEMA camps and the coffins. However we also know using some things we know and rap it around untruth is the signature of disinfo. These people seem genuinely scared, but that is still no indication this is real. What do all think?

[Bill Ryan]

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dPN1bsiwvKk&feature=emb_logo

A friend sent this to me today asking what I thought. At first it seemed like a larp but as I listened there may be some truth in it. On another thread I had posted about Joseph Farrels asteroids info previously.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=1116&v=dPN1bsiwvKk&feature=emb_logo

Of course we all know about Obama's FEMA camps and the coffins. However we also know using some things we know and rap it around untruth is the signature of disinfo. These people seem genuinely scared, but that is still no indication this is real. What do all think?Ah, near the end (15:43) we see it's [also] this guy, Steven Ben-Nun (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tSRQOCnB95s), from Israeli News Live (https://israelinewslive.org/author/stevendenoon/).

He's been making quite a few videos about all this. The information he presents is the same. Jana, fronting this video, is his wife.

In my very strong personal opinion, Steven Ben-Nun is not credible. The asteroid info is extremely dubious, if not impossible.

Ben-Nun is no astrophysicist (not even remotely close!), and has less understanding of the solar system than many bright high school science kids. (Really.)

Just for one, the Earth is a rapidly spinning ball (the rotational speed at the equator is about 1,000 mph), so it's just not possible to predict where any incoming object (a large meteor or small asteroid) would hit until maybe just a few days before entering the atmosphere — if it even actually did.

That's because its trajectory (and therefore the timing of any impact) would have to be known far more accurately than would be possible months in advance.

A few hours either way, and it impacts a different continent (or, more likely, simply the ocean). So stating that somehow it's known that "asteroids" (whatever that means!) would impact Europe or the US is a total giveaway that this is bogus information.

Ben-Nun is very probably sincere, and he probably really IS being told stuff — but only because the "sources" know he's (a) credulous, and (b) doesn't know anything like enough to be able to apply critical thinking to what he's being told.

I suspect he's being used, as a useful, uncritical public mouthpiece to confuse all issues and misdirect attention and discussion. Whatever happens in September/October I think is likely to be completely different.

[Ratszinger]

I can see it now with the failure of mandatory vaccinations! Especially in Red Neck USA where it'd be, "Momma! Daddy just shot another one of those vaccicnators! Where we gonna bury this one!?" Also, why would any sane person go to the trouble of injecting tracking devices in us when we all have phones already doing that along with all our new electronics where even your new toaster oven can spy on you!? Big brother has better nude pics and videos of our spouses than we do and they've been listening to every word we say for years!No need to track what you consider disposable merchandise/tools and for that matter if you are "DONE with the USA" what would anyone care where people were buried to later find their dead bodies? Didn't make much sense there to me.

[Savannah]

Thanks Bill I emailed your response to my friend.

[East Sun]

Maybe reptilians with a 1,000 IQ could do many things we can't conceive of,
maybe and maybe not.

[happyuk]

With reference to the theme of slavery and oppression, under the English feudal system, serfs could be bought and sold with the manorial or church land they worked on. Villeins could be bought and sold as individuals. They were effectively slaves under another name and not free men unless they could buy themselves out.

I am very proud of the branches of my family tree that were dirt-poor country peasants in Wales, Ireland and South West England:

https://drive.google.com/file/d/10WUwK1eCxGkN6FvdWTVhRJdh6-dKCshh/view?usp=sharing

However, notwithstanding my DNA stock that came about through enslavement, plague, famine, war and enclosures, I am considered to be part of an imperial tyrant people. How about that?

[East Sun]

Thank you much for that happyuk

I can relate to that so much you would not believe it.

ES

[theowlandthewolf]

We are all now tuning into the collective consciousness. We are starting to feel each others' emotions very strongly and are now being called to keep our own thoughts and emotions in check because we are beginning to cocreate. If we do not keep our own fear in check and fixate on what we don't want to happen we'll bring it right to ourselves. Do everyone a favor and start imagining the peaceful world you want to see. Focus on that in your mind and really think about being there. Bring it to yourselves. Because right now you're bringing all this to all of us. and it has to stop.

[Savannah]

We are all now tuning into the collective consciousness. We are starting to feel each others' emotions very strongly and are now being called to keep our own thoughts and emotions in check because we are beginning to cocreate. If we do not keep our own fear in check and fixate on what we don't want to happen we'll bring it right to ourselves. Do everyone a favor and start imagining the peaceful world you want to see. Focus on that in your mind and really think about being there. Bring it to yourselves. Because right now you're bringing all this to all of us. and it has to stop.

At this stage of our awareness manifestation takes too long and we don't see the direct effect of our emtions, behavior and intent. Imagining is not much good without belief (why the Secret didn't work). We don't have much belief we have the power to manifest. I think as we continue in this Yuga cycle we will gain that ability and that's why all this is happening. TPB have worked this energy farm with great success. You don't change a successful way of operating unless something threatens your harvest.

[Houman]

FXlUZNJH2lg


MIRROR Leaked Military Internment Camps in U S to be Used by the United Nations

[Gemma13]

Trucking company not going to cities pushing to defund police: We have to keep our drivers safe


https://www.foxbusiness.com/economy/trucking-company-not-going-cities-pushing-defund-police

A trucking company owner told fox news on wednesday that in order to keep drivers safe, he will not direct services to cities that are pushing to defund the police.

“Our first priority is to support our drivers and their safety when they are on the road,” co-owner of jkc trucking mike kucharski told “fox & friends first.”

Kucharski said that defunding the police is a bad idea because drivers carry valuable cargo on the road for weeks.

“Everybody wants to steal this,” kucharski said.

[East Sun]

Transferring that to a movie storyboard, we may now at last be coming to the end of Act 1, with Act 2 starting to unfold. That's far from over, and always remember: Act 3 is every time a dramatic climax.

When I first saw the Georgia guidestones... I just knew it was their plan. So for me, in whatever way or ways they have planned, the depopulation agenda is #1 on the sociopath controllers list. At this point it doesn't even matter whether it will be locusts, covid, tsunamis, mark of the beast tattoo, vaccinations, poison food, chemtrails, financial collapse.

I will do everything in my power to survive. Just surviving alone is throttling their murderous desires.

And Antagenet.
More than surviving we need to do all we can to make others aware no matter
how small.

ES

[pyrangello]

MANY Christian prophets, especially over the last 2 months, have warned that the President is in serious danger and that we need to pray for him daily. We've prayed for him every day since before his inauguration.

He's made globalists and the Washington Establishment extremely angry by bucking and sabotaging their agenda. He puts Americans first instead of the globalist agenda, cracked down on illegal immigration, cut hundreds of business-killing regulations, brought back manufacturing that Obama said was impossible, pre-COVID produced the best economy and lowest unemployment for ALL sectors in U.S. history, rebuilt our military that had fallen into ruin over the last decades and organized America-benefiting trade agreements. Many more accomplishments here and here.

None of these accomplishments have made the aforementioned 2 factions happy and now Trump wants to eliminate the 'middlemen' who line their pockets with your dollars via Big Pharma.

So please pray for our President. It is imperative. It is tough enough running this country without Democrats, Progressives, Marxists, Socialists, globalists and the Washington establishment all trying to bring him down – no matter the method. Fill in the blank.

President Trump Makes Cryptic Remark at Ohio Speech: “I Have a Lot of Enemies…This May Be the Last Time You’ll See Me for a While”

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2020/08/president-trump-makes-cryptic-remark-ohio-speech-lot-enemies-may-last-time-see/

Something Weird is Going On: White House Staff Gathers to Watch President Depart

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/something-weird-is-going-on-white-house-staff-gathers-to-watch-president-depart

Joe Biden, Susan Rice, and Seal Team Six

Read more: https://www.americanthinker.com/articles/2020/08/joe_biden_susan_rice_and_seal_team_six.html#ixzz6USUd5jUF
Follow us: @AmericanThinker on Twitter | AmericanThinker on Facebook

[Bill Ryan]

FXlUZNJH2lg

Leaked Military Internment Camps in U S to be Used by the United Nations

Interestingly, Field Manual 3-39.40 can be found easily through a simple Google search. Here it is:


https://info.publicintelligence.net/USArmy-InternmentResettlement.pdf

https://info.publicintelligence.net/USArmy-InternmentResettlement.pdf

[Bill Ryan]

From Chris Martenson:


https://peakprosperity.com/its-time-to-position-for-the-endgame/

It’s Time To Position For The Endgame

Are you, like us, sensing that things are poised to fall apart?

7 August, 2020

Do you sense an approaching endgame?

Like there’s another heavy shoe to drop? Perhaps an entire closet’s worth?

Certainly there’s entirely too much confusion surrounding SARS-CoV-2 and how to deal with it.

Should people wear masks? Will schools re-open? Should they? Why isn’t Covid-19 being treated consistently across medical centers? Are there things we could and should be doing to minimize the impacts before people catch it?

I believe there are good common-sense answers, even if complicated, to these and many other related questions But common sense is in short supply these days, especially amongst our “leaders” in the US (who actually act like bad managers).

Our clueless politicians busy themselves either pandering to or hiding from the media cameras when it comes to Covid-19 response. Meanwhile, Big Pharma is doing everything it can to direct the action in ways that funnel any profits into its pockets — public health be damned.

It’s a certified **** show. No question about it.

But It Gets Worse

Beyond the pandemic, the central banks are busy ignoring Plutarch as they embark on the grandest social experiment in all of human history by floating billionaires’ yachts ever higher as more and more average folks drown beneath the rising waterline.

https://media.peakprosperity.com/images/Plutarch-2017-07-28_7-24-10-2.jpg

Displaying either a level of tone-deafness exceeding that of Marie Antionette, or a level of psychopathy matching that of Ted Bundy, the US Federal Reserve is — RIGHT NOW — engaged in the largest transfer of wealth in all of US history.
Between March-April 2020, the Fed added a staggering $282 billion to the bottom-line wealth of US billionaires:

https://media.peakprosperity.com/images/Billionaires-April2.jpg

But that wasn’t enough.

So the Fed kept printing. And buying, buying, and buying more and more financial assets held – of course – mainly by the already-wealthy.

By May 2020 the total added became $434 billion, making all the US billionaires more billionaire-y:

https://media.peakprosperity.com/images/Billionaires-May.jpg

But even that wasn’t enough for the Fed. So it printed even more, increasing the total to $583 billion by June:

https://media.peakprosperity.com/images/Billionaires-June.jpg

Yep, you guessed it. It didn’t stop there. By July, the grand total was up to $637 billion:

https://media.peakprosperity.com/images/Billionaires-July.jpg

Considering that US GDP dropped by -32.9% (annual rate) and clocked in at an annual rate of $19,408 billion in the second quarter of 2020, the US Federal Reserve had granted an astonishing (truly!) 3.3% of the entire output of the entire country to US billionaires. For doing absolutely nothing.

Yes, people have many reasons to be angry and to protest these days. But they ought to be furious with the Federal Reserve and its lackeys in Congress who have utterly and completely failed to check these egregious, unfair, and socially destructive policies that grossly reward the elite at the expense of the bottom 99%.

Let’s do a little math here. Handing 3.3% of the value of the entire economic output of 160,000,000 working people to roughly 600 individuals is the equivalent of granting each one of those 600 billionaires the entire yearly output of 9,020 people.

It’s like the Fed decided that each billionaire deserved to have 9,020 people become their slaves for the year. How is that *not* psychopathic? How is that fair? What’s the plan here? Keep going until these 600 people own everything in the world?

And where’s the media on this? They happily parrot every statement the Fed makes, without asking even the slightest of critical questions. They are failing us badly, too.

Okay, so why should you care?

Because what the Federal Reserve is doing generates enormous systemic risks which could well destroy the economy and much of our future prosperity.

At heart, I am a conservative in the sense that I’d like to keep (i.e. “conserve”) what we’ve got, both ecologically and economically. I’d vastly prefer that we change our nation’s destructive path now on our own terms than being forced to on reality’s terms later on. As painful as the former may be, the latter will be much more so.

History is complete on the matter: one cannot print one’s way to prosperity. It’s been tried over and over again and my view is that if it could be done, we’d all be speaking Latin because the Roman Empire with it brilliant engineers would have figured it out millennia ago and would never have collapsed.

If the Romans couldn’t work it out, it simply can’t be done. Mathematically, it also doesn’t pencil out. Money is a social agreement, a contract. It’s not real wealth. Taking the attempt to the extreme, what would happen if everybody had a billion dollars and nobody had to work?

So printing currency only manages to delay and exacerbate the inevitable by building up the energy for its own destruction.

And the longer the delay, the worse the reckoning when it ultimately arrives.

Being Resilient

Given the fact that America is doing a supremely poor job of managing Covid-19 at the national level – mirrored by many other countries worldwide – it’s all but certain that ‘the economy’ (such as is was) is not coming back.

Tens of millions of jobs have vanished and are not coming back in time to save our over-indebted system.

The central banks’ efforts to prop everything up by jamming stocks, bonds and derivatives to higher and higher price levels are seriously misguided. Such efforts both add to social injustice – a friction that eventually bursts into flames – and badly distort the price discovery mechanism which then leads to faulty economic and financial decisions.
As Charles Hugh Smith writes:

If the “Market” Never Goes Down, The System Is Doomed
August 6, 2020

“Markets” that never go down aren’t markets, they’re signaling mechanisms of the Powers That Be. Markets are fundamentally clearing houses of information on price, demand, sentiment, expectations and so on–factual data on supply and demand, shipping costs, cost of credit, etc.–and reflections of trader and consumer emotions and psychology.

If markets are never allowed to go down, the information clearing house has been effectively shut down. Whatever information leaks out has been edited to fit the prevailing narrative, which in this moment is “central banks will never let markets go down ever again, so jump in and ride the guaranteed Bull to easy gains.”

The past 12 years offer ample evidence for this narrative: every dip draws a near-instantaneous monetary-policy response that reverse the dip and gooses markets higher.

That permanent monetary intervention distorts markets doesn’t matter to participants. Who cares if markets have become “markets,” simulacra of real markets that are now nothing but signaling mechanisms that all is well so buy, buy, buy? If gains are essentially guaranteed, who cares that markets are not longer information clearing houses?

Indeed. There’s no reason to care until the fatal spiral downward surprises us all.
(Source (https://www.oftwominds.com/blogaug20/market-doom8-20.html))
Yes, it’s all about narrative control. Which is why we cannot trust our health authorities, our monetary authorities, or our political authorities. Each are engaged in their own interlocking versions of narrative control that stretch further and further from the truth (and obvious common sense) with each passing day.

Charles’ words above remind of why we need to care: a fatal downward spiral awaits, one that will catch much of the world by surprise.

Which then brings us to resilience. More and more people are turning to self-reliance, in whole or part, as they correctly assess that the rising risks. Social decay, erosion of public services, loss of trust, and even failure points in the food system.

These risks threaten the very bottom of Maslow’s hierarchy of needs (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maslow%27s_hierarchy_of_needs): food, shelter, water, and safety.

In the post-Covid-19 world, gun sales are up and urban apartment sales are down. There’s a cultural sea change occurring, not that you know it by the mainstream press. As with most important things, it’s ignored at first:

https://media.peakprosperity.com/images/Schopenhour2-2019-05-03_15-03-13.jpg

Here at Peak Prosperity, our wish for you is to be happy, joyous, healthy and to live in peace and safety. In a word: resilient.

To get there (and stay there) you’re going to have to try new things, skate to where the puck is going to be, and take some risks.

Myself? I moved to the country, bought cows, chicken and pigs, and have a garden. These things bring me joy and provide me with food security. I’ve had more than half of my net worth stored in gold and silver for a long time now, because I knew that someday the Endgame would arrive.

We’re there. The Fed’s recent actions are nothing more and nothing less than a final looting operation.

Same as every other time in history, the last official act is to loot the Treasury. But today, in the US, we don’t have a Treasury with anything of value left within it. It has no gold, neither does it have any silver. It has a negative net worth, with a Net Present Value (NPV) of approximately -$200 trillion.

So what’s left to loot?

The answer is both grubby and disturbing: the purchasing power of every dollar in circulation.

That’s all that’s left to loot. At least at scale. We’re not (yet) to the point of the government confiscating half my chickens, which I half-jokingly (and half not) expect may come to pass once everything falls apart.

Every bank account, every reserve dollar, and every dollar claim is going to be debased. There’s nothing to debate or even argue about because it’s all right out in the open:

Fed Weighs Abandoning Pre-Emptive Rate Moves to Curb Inflation
Aug. 2, 2020

The Federal Reserve is preparing to effectively abandon its strategy of pre-emptively lifting interest rates to head off higher inflation, a practice it has followed for more than three decades.
Instead, Fed officials would take a more relaxed view by allowing for periods in which inflation would run slightly above the central bank’s 2% target, to make up for past episodes in which inflation ran below the target.

“It would be a significant change in terms of how they are thinking about” the trade-off between employment and inflation, said Jan Hatzius of Goldman Sachs. “A lot of those things look very different now from the way they looked a few years ago,” he said.

(Source (https://www.wsj.com/articles/fed-weighs-abandoning-pre-emptive-rate-moves-to-curb-inflation-11596360600))
Translation: The Fed is going to let inflation rip. And the media’s favorite Fed apologists will do their best to convince us this is actually a noble and good act.

As I’ve explained extensively, inflation is merely government-enabled theft. It steals a tiny bit from everyone’s past efforts, saved as money, and transfers those bits mainly to itself and a few well-connected insiders.

Snip a penny’s worth of purchasing power from every dollar and you’ve nipped 1% off of tens of trillions of stored dollars. 1% of $1 trillion is $10 billion. So many tens of billions of dollars of purchasing power is being snipped and transferred.

It’s one of the oldest games in the book, and the Fed’s apologists and enablers help them keep the game covered up. But it’s not hard to understand if you take the time to look.

Your financial resilience depends on your understanding of inflation and how it works. My Crash Course chapter on Inflation is a good starting point — you can watch it here (https://www.peakprosperity.com/video/crash-course-chapter-11-inflation/).

It’s Time To Position For The Endgame

Between Covid-19 and the Fed’s crazy actions, there’s not a lot of hope of returning to normalcy any time soon.

A lot of people have already arrived at that conclusion. A growing number have already moved to homes outside of cities, where at least they have a degree more control over their destiny.

That’s a good thing, in my view. But it’s just a start.

If current trends continue, we’re actually looking at many years, possibly decades of very difficult times.

But how to prepare? What path will the system follow as it fails us?

In Part 2: Is High Inflation Now A Bigger Danger Than A Deflationary Crash? (https://www.peakprosperity.com/is-high-inflation-now-a-bigger-danger-than-a-deflationary-crash), we revisit the probabilities of what’s more likely to transpire next given the massive monetary and fiscal actions the authorities are proving themselves willing to take.

Is a crash still a realistic threat? Or will the purchasing power of our currency be sacrificed in the name of “doing whatever it takes!” to prevent the elites from ever having to suffer losses?

The future success of your preparations depend entirely on the answer to this question.

[onawah]

Will moving outside of cities ensure protection from Agendas 21 & 30?
When their plan is to force everyone INTO cities?
Even if it means burning up the countryside with "wildfires"?
The 2020 California fires are already well under way.
https://www.msn.com/en-us/weather/topstories/california-is-gearing-up-for-a-wildfire-season-amid-a-pandemic-here-e2-80-99s-what-to-expect/ar-BB17JdmN
" Fire season has been much more intense than it was this time last year. As of a few days ago, firefighters had battled nearly 5,800 wildland blazes that burned about 205,000 acres, compared to about 3,400 fires that blackened nearly 47,000 acres one year earlier, according to Cal Fire."
...And that's just ONE of the ways the globalists are working on making it impossible for rural homeowners to stay on their land...

From Chris Martenson

Between Covid-19 and the Fed’s crazy actions, there’s not a lot of hope of returning to normalcy any time soon.

A lot of people have already arrived at that conclusion. A growing number have already moved to homes outside of cities, where at least they have a degree more control over their destiny.

That’s a good thing, in my view. But it’s just a start.

If current trends continue, we’re actually looking at many years, possibly decades of very difficult times.

But how to prepare? What path will the system follow as it fails us?

In Part 2: Is High Inflation Now A Bigger Danger Than A Deflationary Crash? (https://www.peakprosperity.com/is-high-inflation-now-a-bigger-danger-than-a-deflationary-crash), we revisit the probabilities of what’s more likely to transpire next given the massive monetary and fiscal actions the authorities are proving themselves willing to take.

Is a crash still a realistic threat? Or will the purchasing power of our currency be sacrificed in the name of “doing whatever it takes!” to prevent the elites from ever having to suffer losses?

The future success of your preparations depend entirely on the answer to this question.

[Gwin Ru]

Non-visible influences at all scales, from individuals to planet wide and perhaps galactic(I would recommend that one sticks with the whole interview...) :


Wrestling With Demons King Hero's Journey Interview with Jerry Marzinsky (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3vHueJMXzak) 1:47:54
Jul 27, 2020

https://yt3.ggpht.com/a/AATXAJxtbovsxiZBNepPoy-UAClToH2nt7LtBOUby6qi=s48-c-k-c0xffffffff-no-rj-mo (https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCBNoxH3e_xoufUo4MTVJ2XQ) Engineering Mental Sanity - Jerry Marzinsky (https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCBNoxH3e_xoufUo4MTVJ2XQ)


3vHueJMXzak

------------------------------------------

So... with individuals lockdowned in isolation at a planet scale, what would that do?

[araucaria]

Translation: The Fed is going to let inflation rip. And the media’s favorite Fed apologists will do their best to convince us this is actually a noble and good act.

As I’ve explained extensively, inflation is merely government-enabled theft. http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111213-The-planned-takedown-of-America-now--June-2020--in-full-swing.&p=1371366&viewfull=1#post1371366
I’m no economist, but this strikes me as pretty lightweight analysis. We have had several decades of supposed zero inflation: are we to infer that we have been actually seeing a noble and good act during this period? I rather doubt it, but you can only have it both ways if you factor in all the trade-offs. Forty years ago, when local mortgage rates were about 14% (as opposed to a little over 1% nowadays), and when computers, laser printers etc. cost 5 times more than now, house buyers had two alternatives. If they chose variable interest rates, their payments kept up with inflation, but if they opted for fixed interest rates, their payments stayed the same while their salaries increased. Today’s cheaper mortgages are typically over 20-25 years as opposed to maybe 15 years back then. Who is doing better? Hard to say. Personal experience is no way to assess overall trends. Whatever the Fed and others do is less important per se than simply muddying the waters.

[Patient]

Non-visible influences at all scales, from individuals to planet wide and perhaps galactic(I would recommend that one sticks with the whole interview...) :


Wrestling With Demons King Hero's Journey Interview with Jerry Marzinsky (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3vHueJMXzak) 1:47:54
Jul 27, 2020

https://yt3.ggpht.com/a/AATXAJxtbovsxiZBNepPoy-UAClToH2nt7LtBOUby6qi=s48-c-k-c0xffffffff-no-rj-mo (https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCBNoxH3e_xoufUo4MTVJ2XQ) Engineering Mental Sanity - Jerry Marzinsky (https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCBNoxH3e_xoufUo4MTVJ2XQ)


3vHueJMXzak

------------------------------------------

So... with individuals lockdowned in isolation at a planet scale, what would that do?


I have had an experience where I too received the "everything is gong to be ok."

When he said that in the podcast, it just rang so true!

[Sarah Rainsong]

Translation: The Fed is going to let inflation rip. And the media’s favorite Fed apologists will do their best to convince us this is actually a noble and good act.

As I’ve explained extensively, inflation is merely government-enabled theft. http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111213-The-planned-takedown-of-America-now--June-2020--in-full-swing.&p=1371366&viewfull=1#post1371366
I’m no economist, but this strikes me as pretty lightweight analysis. We have had several decades of supposed zero inflation: are we to infer that we have been actually seeing a noble and good act during this period? I rather doubt it, but you can only have it both ways if you factor in all the trade-offs. Forty years ago, when local mortgage rates were about 14% (as opposed to a little over 1% nowadays), and when computers, laser printers etc. cost 5 times more than now, house buyers had two alternatives. If they chose variable interest rates, their payments kept up with inflation, but if they opted for fixed interest rates, their payments stayed the same while their salaries increased. Today’s cheaper mortgages are typically over 20-25 years as opposed to maybe 15 years back then. Who is doing better? Hard to say. Personal experience is no way to assess overall trends. Whatever the Fed and others do is less important per se than simply muddying the waters.

I'm not an economist by any stretch, but I'm thinking there's more than one type of inflation and while some things may not reflect any inflation, many other things do. Milk, bread, meat, gasoline, etc.

Quite some years ago, I had to sit my husband down and tell him his idea of food costs were unrealistic. He was still in the mindset of what groceries cost before we got married and I started doing all the shopping. By the time of that conversation, the costs were double for many things. We'll have been married 25 years next week. And for many things, costs have easily double that over again.

[Gwin Ru]

In... deed:

Conversation

https://pbs.twimg.com/profile_images/1790281240/henry-makow_bigger.jpg (https://twitter.com/HenryMakow) Henry Makow (https://twitter.com/HenryMakow) @HenryMakow
(https://twitter.com/HenryMakow)
Current events make "They Live" (1988) seem prophetic.

https://pbs.twimg.com/card_img/1291831255370280960/2nD7yzuP?format=jpg&name=240x240 (https://youtu.be/jTK8eff1Zsk)
They Live - Trailer (https://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=2&v=jTK8eff1Zsk&feature=emb_logo)
Feast your eyes on this brand new restoration of THEY LIVE, one of John Carpenter's most accomplished films. An action packed, satirical, sci-fi adventure and socio-cultural critique on the decline of spiritual values and the rise of consumerism within modern society...
youtube.com

2:43 AM · Aug 14, 2020·Twitter Web App (https://help.twitter.com/using-twitter/how-to-tweet#source-labels)

[Franny]

You can watch the full version of They Live on bitchute, over 30 years old and even more relevant than ever. Enjoy...

LwVF5VHaopNp/

https://www.bitchute.com/video/LwVF5VHaopNp/

Not sure where that creepy thumbnail comes from, must be a custom job.

[onawah]

Project Engineer Who Made Microchip Speaks The Truth, & White Doctor Compliment
300,401 views•Aug 15, 2020 Voicetv Nigeria
322K subscribers

"Voice TV Nigeria is an online community of reporters and social advocates dedicated to bringing you news reports from a Nigerian-African perspective."

fK_8Yic0j7c

[Bill Ryan]

Carlos Zapata, a veteran and business owner living in Shasta County, California, confronted the local board of supervisors and warned that a revolution is brewing in the county as people are tired of being hungry and out of work.

The video was quickly deleted from YouTube. But here it is in the Avalon Library: :thumbsup:

http://avalonlibrary.net/Coronavirus_(Wuhan_2019-nCov)/Carlos_Zapata_Stands_for_Freedom.mp4

http://avalonlibrary.net/Coronavirus_(Wuhan_2019-nCov)/Carlos_Zapata_Stands_for_Freedom.mp4


“At first we sat as concerned citizens, as we realized that Covid is not as quite as dangerous as we thought it would be, I was absolutely appalled at the cowardice — and you guys are sitting here with your masks on — I don’t blame you for wearing masks because I would be hiding my face if I was you for what you’re doing.

“I’m a business owner and I’m telling you, our families are starving — you guys can sit here with your jobs — you’re gonna sit here and get paid to fall asleep in your chair like that gentleman’s doing behind his mask right there.

“Right now we’re being peaceful and you better be happy we’re good citizens, that we’re peaceful citizens but it’s not gonna be peaceful much longer — and this isn’t a threat — I’m not a criminal, I’ve never been a criminal but I’m telling you real good citizens are going to turn into real concerned and revolutionary citizens real soon. And nobody else is gonna say that. I’m probably the only person that has the balls to say what I’m saying right now.

“We’re building and we’re organizing and we’ll work with law enforcement or without law enforcement but you won’t stop us when the time comes because our families are starving.

“This is a warning for what’s coming because it’s not going to be peaceful for much longer! It’s gonna get real.”

[Gracy]

Carlos Zapata, a veteran and business owner living in Shasta County, California, confronted the local board of supervisors and warned that a revolution is brewing in the county as people are tired of being hungry and out of work.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=trmtpXGn2OE

Edit to add:
The video was quickly deleted from YouTube. But here it is in the Avalon Library: :thumbsup

http://avalonlibrary.net/Coronavirus_(Wuhan_2019-nCov)/Carlos_Zapata_Stands_for_Freedom.mp4

http://avalonlibrary.net/Coronavirus_(Wuhan_2019-nCov)/Carlos_Zapata_Stands_for_Freedom.mp4


“At first we sat as concerned citizens, as we realized that Covid is not as quite as dangerous as we thought it would be, I was absolutely appalled at the cowardice — and you guys are sitting here with your masks on — I don’t blame you for wearing masks because I would be hiding my face if I was you for what you’re doing.

“I’m a business owner and I’m telling you, our families are starving — you guys can sit here with your jobs — you’re gonna sit here and get paid to fall asleep in your chair like that gentleman’s doing behind his mask right there.

“Right now we’re being peaceful and you better be happy we’re good citizens, that we’re peaceful citizens but it’s not gonna be peaceful much longer — and this isn’t a threat — I’m not a criminal, I’ve never been a criminal but I’m telling you real good citizens are going to turn into real concerned and revolutionary citizens real soon. And nobody else is gonna say that. I’m probably the only person that has the balls to say what I’m saying right now.

“We’re building and we’re organizing and we’ll work with law enforcement or without law enforcement but you won’t stop us when the time comes because our families are starving.

“This is a warning for what’s coming because it’s not going to be peaceful for much longer! It’s gonna get real.”


Wow, I believe him too. I’ve been thinking for some time now that the time for full lockdowns is over, quite possibly they were never even necessary in the first place had emphasis been on being healthy and playing it smart with proper precautions, and if you just keep stifling a population like that eventually they will rise up like a cornered animal.

Too bad he had to go into the red country/blue country thing though. Yet another example of this virus, and the way it’s perceived, has become politicized.

[Mark (Star Mariner)]

Current events make "They Live" (1988) seem prophetic.

https://pbs.twimg.com/card_img/1291831255370280960/2nD7yzuP?format=jpg&name=240x240 (https://youtu.be/jTK8eff1Zsk)
They Live - Trailer (https://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=2&v=jTK8eff1Zsk&feature=emb_logo)
Feast your eyes on this brand new restoration of THEY LIVE, one of John Carpenter's most accomplished films. An action packed, satirical, sci-fi adventure and socio-cultural critique on the decline of spiritual values and the rise of consumerism within modern society...
youtube.com


Ah yes, one of my favourite documentaries.

[Deborah (ahamkara)]

As I listen to Carlos Zapata, I am reminded of the old Gil Scott Heron song “The Revolution Will Not Be Televised”. All the BLM/ Target sponsored “protests” are hardly the stuff of real revolution. Starving families present another story....

[palehorse]

Carlos Zapata, a veteran and business owner living in Shasta County, California, confronted the local board of supervisors and warned that a revolution is brewing in the county as people are tired of being hungry and out of work.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=trmtpXGn2OE

Edit to add:
The video was quickly deleted from YouTube. But here it is in the Avalon Library: :thumbsup

http://avalonlibrary.net/Coronavirus_(Wuhan_2019-nCov)/Carlos_Zapata_Stands_for_Freedom.mp4

http://avalonlibrary.net/Coronavirus_(Wuhan_2019-nCov)/Carlos_Zapata_Stands_for_Freedom.mp4


“At first we sat as concerned citizens, as we realized that Covid is not as quite as dangerous as we thought it would be, I was absolutely appalled at the cowardice — and you guys are sitting here with your masks on — I don’t blame you for wearing masks because I would be hiding my face if I was you for what you’re doing.

“I’m a business owner and I’m telling you, our families are starving — you guys can sit here with your jobs — you’re gonna sit here and get paid to fall asleep in your chair like that gentleman’s doing behind his mask right there.

“Right now we’re being peaceful and you better be happy we’re good citizens, that we’re peaceful citizens but it’s not gonna be peaceful much longer — and this isn’t a threat — I’m not a criminal, I’ve never been a criminal but I’m telling you real good citizens are going to turn into real concerned and revolutionary citizens real soon. And nobody else is gonna say that. I’m probably the only person that has the balls to say what I’m saying right now.

“We’re building and we’re organizing and we’ll work with law enforcement or without law enforcement but you won’t stop us when the time comes because our families are starving.

“This is a warning for what’s coming because it’s not going to be peaceful for much longer! It’s gonna get real.”


He is absolutely right, this mindset is not only in America, I have been talking with people from many different countries, things will really get ugly soon. God bless us all and punish the culprits.

[onawah]

FLU D’ÉTAT – INFILTRATION, NOT INVASION
8/21/20
https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net/infiltration-not-invasion-flu-detat/
by Alexandra Bruce

"A couple of weeks ago, I was contracted to write a short Special Report for John Michael Chambers’ new YouTube channel, Making Sense of the Madness. Last night, the micro-documentry, ‘Infiltration, Not Invasion’ based on my script was premiered.

Afterwards, I drilled down on the details and answered some caller questions on John’s podcast.

***

THE GREAT RESET –>> NEW WORLD ORDER

With COVID-19 and the Black Lives Matter “protests”, what we’ve been at the effects of a highly-orchestrated global PSYOP being deployed at every institutional level, from the world’s largest corporations to the smallest teachers’ unions. This can only indicate a mass-infiltration by globalist operatives of our institutions, who are now performing their pre-assigned tasks.

The Scamdemic and the riots are tools to bring about what the World Economic Forum is calling the “Great Reset”, which is a reengineering of the global financial system and governance system, using the police powers created through the healthcare system to shut down a huge part of the independent economy, worldwide. This is nothing less than the vaunted New World Order we’ve been hearing about for decades.

There are four main arenas where the “Great Reset” is being orchestrated and deployed: 1) Political/Legal; 2) Medical; 3) Internet/AI; 4) Legacy Media.

POLICE ABOLITION

We see that George Soros has been instrumental in manipulating the political side of this operation. As we know, Soros spent millions over the past few years, placing his assets into Congress, as Mayors and Governors and state prosecutors all across the country, ready to do his bidding.

As examples, we see the District Attorneys, Kim Foxx in Illinois and Kim Gardner in Missouri, whose campaigns were financed by Soros. I believe that Michigan Governor Gretchen Whitmer, Nevada Governor Brian Sandoval and Phoenix Mayor, Kate Gallego are all Soros operatives, among many others, who we see uniformly and unilaterally invoking healthcare police powers in this Globalist “Flu d’État”, by executing harsh lockdowns, mask mandates, contact tracing, etc. It is they who would impose the forced vaccinations.

The immediate legal goal is to initiate the dismantling the local police and police unions and to replace them eventually with a Globalist police force. This would be after the social workers now being installed fail to stop crime.

This follows the well-worn script of what was done in Yugoslavia in the 1990s and throughout the Middle East over the past 20 years. First, you destabilize a country, such as with these “George Floyd” riots and then you dismantle the police and replace them with NATO troops or with their equivalent. This is exactly what House Bill 7120, the “George Floyd Justice in Policing Act of 2020” does.

House Bill 7120 does to the US criminal justice system what the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) intended to do to US trade and to US sovereignty. Happily, Donald Trump withdrew from the TPP in January 2017, in one of his first acts as President. Likewise, this bill will not pass as long as Trump or an America-First president is in office. But you’d better believe that Joe Biden and Kamala Harris (a Soros agent) would pass “George Floyd Justice in Policing Act” in a heartbeat.

Besides Soros, there are many UN-backed initiatives that seek to dismantle the US legal system. One of these is known as the Strong Cities Network, launched in 2015 by then-Attorney General Loretta Lynch, during an address she made to the United Nations General Assembly.

The Strong Cities Network (SCN) is a move toward international integration of global law-enforcement agencies. This is antithetical to locally-controlled police, who are a part of, and accountable to the communities they serve. It also violates the Constitution.

The SCN hands over control of local law enforcement to a London-based think-tank called the Institute for Strategic Dialogue. The ISD is focused on abolishing civilian gun ownership (the 2nd Amendment) and local police departments. A quick search of the ISD’s website reveals a Board of Trustees comprised of a Who’s Who of top-tier Globalist, one-world government, Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission and Bilderberg Group power brokers.

Forty-six US cities, including New York, Los Angeles, San Diego and Louisville have already signed onto the SCN, which allocates US Taxpayer money to pay the UN to install Human Rights police review boards, because according to the UN, America is a “racist society” in need of UN intervention.

The SCN gives the UN High Commissioner of Human Rights and lifelong Communist, Michelle Bachelet the power to dismiss police as soon as a complaint is filed, without an investigation and to fine the alleged wrongdoers. These fines are then awarded to the State – not to the people who were allegedly injured.

HCQ SUPPRESSION

Standing to gain trillions from the COVID vaccines, the medical industry is supporting the political and legal aspects of this financial reset with its suppression of hydroxychloroquine and its approval of the medical martial law now being imposed, with varying degrees of intensity and/or success from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.

A huge funder and orchestrator of the medical aspect of this operation is Bill Gates. He funds and controls both the Big Pharma companies and the regulators that own the patents for the methods of detection and treatment of COVID-19, in addition to the actual SARS-CoV-2 virus, itself.

At this point, it’s important to recall that if the novel coronavirus is a natural virus that evolved spontaneously, it would be illegal to patent it. Conversely, if it’s bioengineered, then it would violate biological and chemical weapons treaties and laws. Regardless, in SARS-CoV-2, we are dealing with a monstrous crime and fraud; one of malfeasance, cynicism and cruelty that boggles the mind.

Two films came out this week, which illustrate some of the mechanisms by which this stunning coordination of repressive action by governments and corporations around the world has been deployed.

The first film is ‘ShadowGate’ by Millie Weaver and the second is ‘Plandemic II’ by Mikki Willis, both of which are superb and that everyone reading this must view as soon as possible.

ROBOCOP & PRE-CRIME A.I.

What we learned in the incredible film, ‘ShadowGate’ by Millie Weaver is that the “de-fund the police” movement originated at UNICRI, the United Nations Interregional Crime and Justice Research Institute Centre for AI and Robotics. This is the aspect of the Great Reset that is being managed online and via Artificial Intelligence.

UNICRI was established to advance understanding of artificial intelligence (AI), robotics and related technologies, with a special focus on crime, terrorism and “other threats” to security. ‘ShadowGate’ shows how Globalist retired traitor generals have been using this technology in Interactive Internet Activities (IIA), which are tactical social media warfare programs that use military grade PSYOP applications to target and influence the populace.

DATA = MONEY

In Bangladesh, hydrogel vaccines containing nanotechnology are currently being tested by Bill Gates’ GAVI, in collaboration with the ID2020 program. The nanorobots connect with Artificial Intelligence through the Internet of Things, broadcasting your biological data 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year.

The data generated by these nanorobots could spawn quadrillions of dollars of value, which may even form the basis of a new financial system and its associated digital currency. We would be harvested for our data, like dairy cows are for their milk, as surveillance capitalism goes into hyperdrive. (Not that we aren’t, already).

It is believed that this nanotechnology-hydrogel-artificial-intelligence connection could also receive messages/instructions, akin to Elon Musk’s transhumanist Neuralink implants now in development.

Artificial Intelligence is also a major component of the robocops and pre-crime algorithms that are scheduled to replace human police officers through the Strong Cities Network. When we look at SCN’s partners and funders, we find Big Tech companies like Google and Twitter.

The IIA/online censorship has become so dystopian, it would have been unimaginable just a few years ago. It has snuck up on us and it is now galloping us towards draconian information control similar to that seen in China.

Helping with the disinformation and propaganda efforts, of course is the gaslighting Legacy Media, which has also become unrecognizable from its former self of a decade ago.

We’re looking at the New World Order, a new financial order and literally a “Mark of the Beast” system, in which the new cryptocurrency requires that your wallet be implanted in your body, together with all of your medical records and “immunity passports”.

HOW THIS PLAN MIGHT BE FOILED

The Plan is being rolled-out rather chaotically because our putative owners weren’t totally ready, as all of this was supposed to happen with Hillary Clinton in office but now they’re using it to get rid of Trump.

Therefore, there’s a chance the Globalists may not be able to pull off this diabolical plot. As Catherine Austin Fitts says:

“Our opportunity is to make a difference together now, while the new system is still being prototyped and the factions competing.”

We cannot count on anybody saving us. It truly comes down to We the People stopping this horror."
(Start at 10:35 minutes in the youtube following)
8oY08YCnzNI

[Bill Ryan]

More from Pastor Dana Coverstone —and very interesting, too.


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YRswNOKZ1z0
So his latest dream (nightmare!) leads to this question.

What happens when Trump wins in November?

Which he will, unless there's an unknown X-factor looming which will cause the election to be canceled. (But that's the partial topic of this different thread: What's the 2020 October Surprise? (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?111797-What-s-the-2020-October-Surprise))

[Sarah Rainsong]

This pastor seems very sincere to me, but at the same time, I believe that most, nearly all, dreams are meant for the dreamer, not a greater audience. At most, any messages in his dream are, IMO, to be applied to him personally and very possibly to his direct role as a pastor and therefore to his specific congeration.

But there are the rare exceptions, and maybe this is one of them. One thing is for sure, no matter who "wins" the election in November, America is not going to come out without a collective black eye, at best. It doesn't take prophetic dreams to see that.

The US is so divided that one side will be furious and refuse to accept the results. We have been set up to fight each other. The divisions have been fed and stoked. Even now, we are being set up to not accept the election results. As long as we continue to allow ourselves to be divided, which is being encouraged by both the establisment-ruled main stream news and Trump, we are heading down a very dangerous road.

But I want to issue a caution that has been nagging me for weeks now. I have serious concerns that--rather than being a hero or figure for justice--Trump is actually closer to being a Palpatine. (Is there anyone here who has not seen Star Wars?)

Palpatine stoked division. He pushed a war between the Separatists and the Jedi. He played both sides and manipulated everything to his advantage, right from the very beginning.

In this analogy, the Jedi are not the good guys. They are the controllers behind the Republic.

We, the average American, are the Separatists. We want to be free from from the rule of the untouchable Jedi who pull the strings of the great Republic. We want to live our own lives and have freedom make our own choices. And Palpatine has promised that once the Jedi are finished, once that evil is uprooted and eradicated from the Republic, that's what we will get.

Palpatine did part of what he promised. He got rid of the Jedi. But instead of being a hero to the Seperatists, he destroyed them all and made himself the Emperor. He didn't bring justice back to the Republic. He destroyed it.

As I said, it's just a caution, just something to think about.

[EFO]

This pastor seems very sincere to me, but at the same time, I believe that most, nearly all, dreams are meant for the dreamer, not a greater audience. At most, any messages in his dream are, IMO, to be applied to him personally and very possibly to his direct role as a pastor and therefore to his specific congeration.

But there are the rare exceptions, and maybe this is one of them. One thing is for sure, no matter who "wins" the election in November, America is not going to come out without a collective black eye, at best. It doesn't take prophetic dreams to see that.

The US is so divided that one side will be furious and refuse to accept the results. We have been set up to fight each other. The divisions have been fed and stoked. Even now, we are being set up to not accept the election results. As long as we continue to allow ourselves to be divided, which is being encouraged by both the establisment-ruled main stream news and Trump, we are heading down a very dangerous road.

But I want to issue a caution that has been nagging me for weeks now. I have serious concerns that--rather than being a hero or figure for justice--Trump is actually closer to being a Palpatine. (Is there anyone here who has not seen Star Wars?)

Palpatine stoked division. He pushed a war between the Separatists and the Jedi. He played both sides and manipulated everything to his advantage, right from the very beginning.

In this analogy, the Jedi are not the good guys. They are the controllers behind the Republic.

We, the average American, are the Separatists. We want to be free from from the rule of the untouchable Jedi who pull the strings of the great Republic. We want to live our own lives and have freedom make our own choices. And Palpatine has promised that once the Jedi are finished, once that evil is uprooted and eradicated from the Republic, that's what we will get.

Palpatine did part of what he promised. He got rid of the Jedi. But instead of being a hero to the Seperatists, he destroyed them all and made himself the Emperor. He didn't bring justice back to the Republic. He destroyed it.

As I said, it's just a caution, just something to think about.

Your right Sarah Rainsong,the same everywhere not only in USA,but in the final all of us will sing!:

Star Wars Music Pick Episode VI: Victory Celebration
(2:24 min.)

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=II04E2GEJG8

and not the the ending theme even it sound glorious:
Star Wars IV-A New Hope Ending Theme
(5:33min.)

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1WJPp5qpbe0

and I'm out of here
https://media1.giphy.com/media/12haGO61oFZ28w/giphy.gif

[mountain_jim]

onawah posted this post in the Q thread which would seem to be possibly relevant both to the subject of this thread and Pastor Dana's second dream (quoted below).



I saw monuments. I saw Washington DC, burning. I saw Washington DC blazing. I saw fires, everywhere. I saw people being rounded up. I saw Chinese and Russian soldiers on the ground. The Russian soldiers would tell the Chinese soldiers to go “pick up these people”…” secure this quadrant”….” secure this area”… I saw blue helmets of the UN. I saw a military things taking place. I also saw no sign of President Trump. I saw no sign of leadership in Washington DC.


http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?100318-The-Qanon-posts-and-associated-US-political-analysis&p=1374597&viewfull=1#post1374597

https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net/us-...h-dave-hodges/



US INVASION USING INDIAN RESERVATIONS, MASS CHILD TRAUMA, CHINESE RAY TECHNOLOGY WITH DAVE HODGES
Transcript by Alexandra Bruce of Forbidden Knowledge

[mountain_jim]

probably not related...?


https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/american-fishing-vessels-spooked-russian-nuclear-submarine-surfaces-near-alaska
(images at link)

https://www.zerohedge.com/s3/files/inline-images/russsub.jpg?itok=AyzvhJ9B





American Fishing Vessels Spooked As Russian Nuclear Submarine Surfaces Near Alaska

Though American and its European allies are quite used to by now Russian drills occurring in places like the Black and Baltic Seas, and even in the Eastern Mediterranean off Syria's coast, on Thursday into Friday the Russian navy conducted military games near Alaska, in a first such instance since the Soviet Union.

The military games took place in the Bering Sea and surprisingly involved over 50 warships and some 40 aircraft. The significant size given the location will surely be seen as a provocation by Washington, in a region which over the past year has seen multiple NORAD jets scrambled to intercept Russian long-range bombers coming too near Alaska's coast.

We are holding such massive drills there for the first time ever,” Russia’s navy chief, Adm. Nikolai Yevmenov said in an official statement.

The AP reports that the timeline of the exercises remains unclear, and they could be ongoing possibly through the weekend. It's broadly part of a Russian military initiative to better secure the Arctic region and to "protect its resources," as the AP notes.

“We are building up our forces to ensure the economic development of the region,” the Ministry of Defense statement said. “We are getting used to the Arctic spaces.”

Interestingly and certainly provocatively both the Omsk nuclear submarine and the Varyag missile cruiser took part in the games, reportedly launching cruise missiles at targets as part of the exercises.

NORAD says it's closely monitoring as is the US Coast Guard, the latter which was actually tipped off by US fishing vessels which were stunned to apparently observe military activity.

The Moscow Times also confirms that area fishing vessels actually witnessed a Russian nuclear submarine surfacing - something highly unusual:

A Russian nuclear submarine has surfaced near Alaska during navy exercises, spooking American commercial fishing vessels in the area, the U.S. military said early Friday.

Russia’s Defense Ministry announced Thursday that its nuclear-powered cruise missile submarine Omsk and missile cruiser Varyag fired at targets in the Bering Sea as part of its “Ocean Shield 2020” drills. Alaskan media reported that local pollock fishermen had a close encounter with the Russian vessels.

[Mark (Star Mariner)]

As I said, it's just a caution, just something to think about.

I have thought about it, first time in 2016, and several times since, but nothing at all about it ever added up. I actually do see Trump as the good guy. Not a hero yet, but not a villain either. All the division that's currently occurring is not coming from him. I see Trump trying and wanting to cleanse these scars and install a sense of unity. I really do.

I hate seeing all this violence and conflict. And when I see democrat politicians of the standing of Kamala Harris not condemning the violence, not calling for peace and calm, but pro-actively stoking it, even inciting it, by stating "the [rioters] are not going to let up, and they should not", it's another indicator on an existing pile of indicators that clues me in to who's doing what, and who isn't. If there really is a real world Palpatine, it ain't Trump.

https://twitter.com/chiIIum/status/1299077701916073984

[Billy Vasiliadis]

To be fair to Kamala, in that video she seems to be referring to the protesting, not necessarily the rioting. Has she or Biden said anything specifically about the rioting at this point (i.e. speaking against them, seeing them as necessary etc)?

[Mark (Star Mariner)]

To be fair to Kamala, in that video she seems to be referring to the protesting, not necessarily the rioting.

I see what you're saying, problem is they make little to no distinction between 'protesting' and what is actually happening in many cities, which is vandalism, bloodshed and chaos. The mainstream media , or certain sectors of it, are quite complicit in playing down the severity of these disturbances, some of which have been extremely shocking.

From Kenosha two nights ago - "mostly peaceful":
44156

This meme sums up what the media have become:
44155